Quotations.ch
  Directory : Vol. I. ACADIA: 1610-1613 English translation of the Latin
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents,
  • Vol. I: Acadia, 1610-1613, by Various
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents, Vol. I: Acadia, 1610-1613
  • Author: Various
  • Editor: Reuben Gold Thwaites
  • Release Date: January 14, 2014 [EBook #44669]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS, VOL I ***
  • Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
  • file was produced from images generously made available
  • by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions
  • (www.canadiana.org))
  • Transcriber's Note.
  • A list of the changes made can be found at the end of the book.
  • Formatting and special characters are indicated as follows:
  • _italic_
  • =bold=
  • ^{superscript}
  • [C=] reverse C
  • [~e] e with tilde
  • [~i] i with tilde
  • [^a] a with breve
  • [(c] c with accent
  • -reversed characters-
  • THE JESUIT RELATIONS AND ALLIED DOCUMENTS
  • VOL. I.
  • The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents
  • TRAVELS AND EXPLORATIONS OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES IN NEW FRANCE
  • 1610-1791.
  • THE ORIGINAL FRENCH, LATIN, AND ITALIAN TEXTS, WITH ENGLISH
  • TRANSLATIONS AND NOTES; ILLUSTRATED BY PORTRAITS, MAPS, AND FACSIMILES
  • EDITED BY
  • REUBEN GOLD THWAITES
  • Secretary of the State Historical Society of Wisconsin
  • Vol. I.
  • ACADIA: 1610-1613
  • CLEVELAND: =The Burrows Brothers Company=, PUBLISHERS, M DCCCXCVI
  • COPYRIGHT, 1896
  • BY
  • THE BURROWS BROTHERS CO
  • ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
  • _The Imperial Press, Cleveland_
  • EDITORIAL STAFF
  • Editor REUBEN GOLD THWAITES
  • Translator from the French JOHN CUTLER COVERT
  • Assistant Translator from the French MARY SIFTON PEPPER
  • Translators from the Latin { WILLIAM FREDERIC GIESE
  • { JOHN DORSEY WOLCOTT
  • Translator from the Italian MARY SIFTON PEPPER
  • Assistant Editor EMMA HELEN BLAIR
  • GENERAL PREFACE
  • The story of New France is also, in part, the story of much of New
  • England, and of States whose shores are washed by the Great Lakes and
  • the Mississippi River. It may truly be said that the history of every
  • one of our northern tier of commonwealths, from Maine to Minnesota,
  • has its roots in the French régime. It is not true, as Bancroft avers,
  • that the Jesuit was ever the pioneer of New France; we now know that in
  • this land, as elsewhere in all ages, the trader nearly always preceded
  • the priest. But the trader was not often a letter-writer or a diarist:
  • hence, we owe our intimate knowledge of New France, particularly in
  • the seventeenth century, chiefly to the wandering missionaries of the
  • Society of Jesus. Coming early to the shores of Nova Scotia (1611),
  • nearly a decade before the landing of the Plymouth Pilgrims, and
  • eventually spreading throughout the broad expanse of New France, ever
  • close upon the track of the adventurous coureur de bois, they met
  • the American savage before contact with civilization had seriously
  • affected him. With heroic fortitude, often with marvellous enterprise,
  • they pierced our wilderness while still there were but Indian trails
  • to connect far-distant villages of semi-naked aborigines. They saw
  • North America and the North Americans practically in the primitive
  • stage. Cultivated men, for the most part,--trained to see as well as to
  • think, and carefully to make record of their experiences,--they left
  • the most luxurious country in Europe to seek shelter in the foul and
  • unwelcome huts of one of the most wretched races of man. To win these
  • crude beings to the Christian Faith, it was necessary to know them
  • intimately, in their daily walks. No coureur de bois was more expert
  • in forest lore than were the Jesuit Fathers; and the records made by
  • these soldiers of the Cross,--explicit and detailed, while familiar
  • in tone,--are of the highest scientific value, often of considerable
  • literary interest. The body of contemporary, documentary material
  • which, in their _Relations_ and Letters, the Jesuits of New France
  • have bequeathed to the historian, the geographer, and the ethnologist,
  • entitles them to the enduring gratitude of American scholars. For forty
  • years, these documents have, in part, been more or less familiar to
  • Americanists as a rich storehouse of material. But, hitherto, they
  • have existed only in rare and costly forms, when in print at all,--as
  • original products of ancient French, Italian, and German presses, or
  • as reprints issued in sparse number for small circles of bibliophiles;
  • while many important papers, capable of throwing light upon certain
  • portions of Canadian history hitherto in shade, have as yet remained in
  • manuscript.
  • We cannot promise for this series the entire body of existing Jesuit
  • documents, either printed or in manuscript, which illustrate the
  • history of New France in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This
  • would carry us, even were they all obtainable, far beyond the necessary
  • limits of this series; for the fathers were profuse writers, and their
  • papers are in many archives. It is of necessity a matter of selection.
  • We shall, however, reissue all of the documents usually designated
  • as _Relations_,--the Cramoisys, the Quebec reissue, the Shea and
  • O'Callaghan reprints; and to these will be added a very considerable
  • collection of miscellaneous papers of importance, from printed sources
  • and from manuscripts, in order to fill the chronological gaps and
  • round out and complete the story. It is the purpose of the Editor to
  • present this mass of selected material in chronological order, so
  • far as proves practicable, and to furnish such scholarly helps as
  • will tend to render it more available than hitherto for daily use by
  • students of American history. To this end will be given an English
  • translation, side by side with the original text. While translations
  • of many of the briefest documents, and of portions of others, have
  • already appeared in one form of other, this is the first attempt to
  • translate the entire body of the _Relations_. In many cases, where
  • corruptions in text have crept in, we shall be enabled, by recourse to
  • original manuscripts, to restore correct renderings; this care has been
  • taken, wherever practicable, even to the examination of manuscripts in
  • European archives; but occasionally we shall be obliged to follow our
  • predecessors blindly in this regard, either from inability to discover
  • the whereabouts of the original, or to obtain access to it, when found.
  • In the case of each document, we shall invariably state the source
  • whence we obtained our copy, and shall give additional bibliographical
  • data as to other editions known to us. All maps and other illustrations
  • appearing in previous editions will be reproduced in this; and these
  • will be supplemented by other important contemporary aids of like
  • character. At the end of each volume will appear such Notes as seem
  • necessary to the elucidation of the text. The closing volume of the
  • series will contain--and probably will be wholly devoted to--an
  • exhaustive analytical Index, a feature without which the work would
  • lose much of its value. In short, no pains have been, or will be,
  • spared to render all possible service to scholars, in the present
  • work. But the field is wide, the difficulties are many, and the Editor
  • makes no claims to perfection. He will be grateful to any who, in the
  • course of publication,--promising to extend through several years yet
  • to come,--will offer helpful suggestions in any department of the
  • undertaking.
  • While seeking to reproduce the old texts as closely as practicable,
  • with their legitimate typographic and orthographic peculiarities, it
  • has been found advisable here and there to make a few minor changes.
  • The original printer was sometimes careless,--Cramoisy especially
  • so,--and his proof-reader negligent. The result was that certain
  • typographical errors crept into the original prints,--errors not of the
  • author's making, and therefore not illustrative of his methods. These
  • consist in the main, of: (1) turned letters; (2) transposed letters;
  • (3) slipped letters; and (4) mis-spacings. To these obvious errors may
  • be added such as, e.g., mistaking the verb _gratter_ for _grauer_,
  • evidently through a failure on the part of the writer to cross his
  • t's,--the context plainly showing what was written; the printing,
  • e.g., of _beau[(c]oup_ for _beaucoup_; or the repetition on the next
  • line of a syllable in a divided word, resulting in such a redundancy
  • as, _poupouuant_ for _pouuant_. Palpable blemishes like these, we
  • have deemed it advisable to correct without specific mention; in
  • some instances, however, the original error has been retained, and in
  • juxtaposition the correct rendering given within brackets.
  • Another and more annoying class of errors is, the wrong numbering of
  • chapters and pages in the old issues, chiefly the fruit of carelessness
  • in make-up. We indicate, throughout, the original pagination, by
  • inclosing within brackets the number of each page at its beginning,
  • e.g. [148]; in case of misnumbering, the correct figure is also given,
  • e.g. [150, i.e. 149]. A similar device is adopted as to chapter
  • misnumbering, e.g. Chapitre XXX. [i.e. XXIX.].
  • A difference in the typographic style of the documents presented in the
  • present series, will occasionally be noticed. In following originals of
  • the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, we have of course reproduced
  • their peculiarities, such as the long "s," and character diphthongs;
  • but where our sole copy has been a modern reprint, in a modern
  • typographic dress, we have followed its style, deeming it inadvisable,
  • for mere sake of uniformity, to masquerade the document in olden guise.
  • In the progress of the work, which has now been under way for some
  • sixteen months, many persons beside the present staff have tendered
  • helping hands. To them, the Editor returns, for the Publishers and
  • for himself, grateful acknowledgment. It is impracticable to name
  • them all in this place; but of a few from whom special favors have
  • been received, it is only just to speak: The Reverend Arthur E.
  • Jones, S. J., archivist of St. Mary's College, Montreal, from the
  • first opened his heart to this enterprise, and has not only given us
  • _carte blanche_ to ransack his priceless stores, but has contributed
  • invaluable suggestions and data, almost without number. To Wilberforce
  • Eames, librarian of Lenox Library, and his assistant, Victor H.
  • Paltsits, we owe much; for in their institution the greater part
  • of the transcription is being done, and their daily courtesies and
  • kindnesses materially lighten the task. Superintendent Robbins Little,
  • and Librarian Frederick Saunders, of Astor Library, have also been of
  • much assistance in the conduct of the work. To John Nicholas Brown,
  • of Providence, R. I., and to his librarian, George Parker Winship,
  • we are indebted for numerous courtesies and suggestions during the
  • copying and photographing of documents in the John Carter Brown Library
  • of Americana. Similar aid is being rendered by Dr. Justin Winsor, of
  • Harvard College Library, and his assistants, W. H. Tillinghast and T.
  • J. Kiernan; by the librarians of St. Francis Xavier College, New York,
  • and the Jesuit Colleges at Georgetown, D. C., and Woodstock, Md.; by L.
  • P. Sylvani, assistant librarian of the Library of Parliament, Ottawa;
  • and by C. H. Gould, librarian of McGill University Library, Montreal,
  • and his assistant, Henry Mott. Donald Guthrie McNab, of Montreal,
  • has kindly permitted us to photograph and reproduce his excellent
  • oil portraits of the early fathers; and, in this connection, we feel
  • under especial obligations to Messrs. Notman & Son, of Montreal, for
  • their intelligent advice and patience in photographing paintings and
  • manuscripts for the series. Marked privileges have been granted by
  • the officials of the Bibliothèque Nationale and the Bibliothèque de
  • l'Arsenal, of Paris. Numerous antiquarians have rendered generous aid,
  • notably Peter A. Porter, of Niagara Falls, N. Y.; W. M. Beauchamp,
  • of Baldwinsville, N. Y.; l'Abbé H. A. B. Verreau, of Montreal; Mgr.
  • T. E. Hamel, of Quebec; and A. F. Hunter, of Barrie, Ontario. Further
  • acknowledgment of assistance will be rendered in the several volumes,
  • as they appear.
  • R. G. T.
  • MADISON, WIS., August, 1896.
  • CONTENTS OF VOL. I
  • GENERAL PREFACE vii
  • HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION. _The Editor_ 1
  • PREFACE TO VOLUME I 45
  • DOCUMENTS:--
  • I. La Conversion des Savvages qui ont esté baptizés en la Novvelle
  • France, cette annee 1610. _Marc Lescarbot_ 49
  • II. Lettre Missive, tovchant la Conversion et baptesme du grand
  • Sagamos de la nouuelle Frãce. _M. Bertrand_; Port Royal,
  • June 28, 1610 115
  • III. Lettre au T.-R. P. Claude Aquaviva, Général de la Compagnie de
  • Jésus, à Rome. _Pierre Biard_; Dieppe, January 21, 1611 125
  • IV. Lettre au R. P. Christophe Baltazar, Provincial de France, à Paris.
  • _Pierre Biard_; Port Royal, June 10, 1611 138
  • V. Lettre au R. P. Provincial, à Paris. _Ennemond Massé_; Port
  • Royal, June 10, 1611 184
  • VI. Lettre au T.-R. P. Claude Aquaviva. _Pierre Biard_; Port
  • Royal, June 11, 1611 188
  • VII. Canadicæ Missionis Relatio ab anno 1611 usque ad annum 1613; cum
  • statu ejusdem Missionis, annis 1703 & 1710. _Joseph Jouvency_ 193
  • VIII. De Regione et Moribus Canadensium seu Barbarorum Novæ Franciæ.
  • _Joseph Jouvency_ 239
  • BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA: Volume I 299
  • NOTES 305
  • [Decoration]
  • ILLUSTRATIONS TO VOL. I
  • I. Photographic facsimile of title-page, Lescarbot's _La Conversion
  • des Savvages_ 52
  • II. Photographic facsimile of title-page, Bertrand's _Lettre Missive_
  • 118
  • III. Map of Port Royal (1609), from Lescarbot's _Histoire de la
  • Nouvelle France_ (Paris, 1612) _Facing_ 124
  • IV. Map of "La Terre Nevve, Grand Riviere de Canada, et côtes de
  • l'Ocean en la Novvelle France," from _Ibid_ _Facing_ 192
  • V. Historical map of New France, showing missions, forts,
  • portage-routes, tribes, etc. _At end of volume_
  • INTRODUCTION
  • BY REUBEN GOLD THWAITES
  • Doubtless Norse vikings, venturing far southward from outlying colonies
  • in Iceland and Greenland, first coasted New France, and beached their
  • sturdy ships on the shores of New England. But five centuries passed
  • without result, and we cannot properly call them pioneers of American
  • civilization. Columbus it was, who unlocked the eastern door of the
  • New World. Five years later, John Cabot, in behalf of England, was
  • sighting the gloomy headlands of Cape Breton. Cortereal appeared in
  • the neighborhood, in 1501, seeking lands for the Portuguese crown.
  • About this time, at intervals, there came to Newfoundland certain
  • Norman, Breton, and Basque fishers, who, erecting little huts and
  • drying-scaffolds along the rocky shore, sowed the first seed of that
  • polyglot settlement of French, Portuguese, Spanish, and English which
  • has come down to our day almost uninterruptedly. By 1511, these
  • fishermen appear to have known the mainland to the west; for on the
  • map of Sylvanus, in his edition of Ptolemy, that year, we find a
  • delineation of the "Square Gulf," which answers to the Gulf of St.
  • Lawrence. In 1520, Fagundus visited these waters for the Portuguese,
  • and four years later Verrazano was making for the French an exploration
  • of the coast between North Carolina and Newfoundland. Whether or not
  • Cartier (1535) was the first to sail up the St. Lawrence "until land
  • could be seen on either side," no man can now tell; apparently, he was
  • the first to leave a record of doing so. Progress up the river was
  • checked by Lachine Rapids, and he spent the winter on Montreal Island.
  • France and Spain were just then engaged in one of their periodical
  • quarrels, and adventurers were needed to fight battles at home, so
  • that it was six years before any attempts were made to colonize the
  • river-lands to which Cartier had led the way. In 1541, a Picard
  • seigneur named Roberval, enjoying the friendship of Francis I., was
  • commissioned as viceroy of the new country beyond the Atlantic, with
  • Cartier as his chief pilot and captain-general, and a choice selection
  • of jail-birds for colonists. Cartier started off before his chief,
  • built a fort at Quebec, and, after a long and miserable winter, picked
  • up a quantity of glittering stones which he took to be gold and
  • diamonds, and gladly set sail for home. Tradition has it that Roberval
  • met him near the mouth of the river, but was unable to induce him to
  • return to his cheerless task of founding a state in an inhospitable
  • wilderness, with convicts for citizens. Roberval, however, proceeded
  • to Quebec with his consignment of prison dregs, and throughout another
  • protracted winter the flag of France floated from the little intrenched
  • camp which Cartier had planted on the summit of the cliff. Roberval's
  • principal occupation appears to have been the disciplining of his
  • unruly followers, a work in which the gibbet and the lash were freely
  • employed. He also essayed explorations up the river; but the rude task
  • was not to his liking, and, with what remained of his battered band, he
  • followed Cartier to France.
  • It is commonly said that Canada was abandoned by the French between
  • the going of Roberval and the coming of Champlain. But, though little
  • was done toward colonizing on the St. Lawrence, Newfoundland was by
  • no means neglected. Its fishing industry grew apace. The rules of the
  • Church, prescribing a fish diet on certain holy days, led to a large
  • use of salted fish throughout Catholic Europe; and, by 1578, full a
  • hundred and fifty French vessels alone, chiefly Breton, were employed
  • in the Newfoundland fisheries, while a good trade with the mainland
  • Indians, as far south as the Potomac, had now sprung up. The island
  • colony proved valuable as a supply and repair station for traders and
  • explorers, and thus served as a nucleus of both French and English
  • settlement in America.
  • It is difficult for us of to-day to realize that, at any time in the
  • world's history, enlightened folk should have thought good colonists
  • could be made out of the sweepings of the jails and gutters of the Old
  • World. But in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries that delusion
  • was quite generally entertained by would-be founders of states across
  • sea; it required the lessons of more than a hundred years of disastrous
  • experiments to teach discerning men that only the best of the middle
  • class and the masses, can successfully plant a new community in
  • the wilderness. The experiences of Cartier and Roberval on the St.
  • Lawrence, and of Laudonnière in Florida (1564), were of no avail in
  • influencing governmental policy at Paris. In 1590, the Marquis de la
  • Roche was sent out with the usual dissolute crew to succeed Roberval as
  • the king's agent on the banks of the St. Lawrence. Leaving part of his
  • ill-favored gang on the desert Sable Isle, off Nova Scotia (where early
  • in the century Baron de Léry had vainly attempted to plant a colony),
  • La Roche set forth to explore the mainland for a site. A wild storm
  • blew his vessels to France, and the wretched skin-clad survivors of the
  • band which he had left behind were not rescued until thirteen years had
  • elapsed. Their tale of horror long rang in the ears of France.
  • In 1600-1603, Chauvin and Pontgravé made successful trading voyages
  • to the St. Lawrence. Samuel de Champlain was one of the party
  • which, in the latter year, followed in Cartier's track to Montreal.
  • The same season, a Calvinist, named De Monts, was given the
  • vice-royalty and fur-trade monopoly of Acadia, and in 1604 he landed
  • a strangely-assorted company of vagabonds and gentlemen on St. Croix
  • Island, near the present boundary between Maine and New Brunswick; but
  • in the spring following they settled at Port Royal, near where is now
  • Annapolis, Nova Scotia, thus planting the first French agricultural
  • settlement in America. Five years later, Champlain reared a permanent
  • post on the rock of Quebec, and New France was at last, after a century
  • of experiments, fairly under way.
  • Various motives influenced the men who sought to establish French
  • colonization in America. The ill-fated agricultural colony of the
  • Huguenots in Florida (1562-68), was avowedly an attempt of Admiral
  • Coligny to found an enduring asylum for French Protestants. The
  • enterprise of New France, on the other hand, was the outgrowth of
  • interests more or less conflicting. Doubtless the court had deepest
  • at heart the kingly passion for territorial aggrandizement; next
  • uppermost, was the pious wish to convert heathen nations to the
  • Catholic faith, explorers like Cartier being authorized to discover
  • new lands "in order the better to do what is pleasing to God, our
  • Creator and Redeemer, and what may be for the increase of his holy
  • and sacred name, and of our holy mother, the Church;" the desire for
  • pelf, through the agency of the fur trade, and the possibility of the
  • discovery of precious metals, gave commercial zest to the undertaking,
  • and to many was the _raison d'être_ of the colony; and lastly, was the
  • almost universal yearning for adventure, among a people who in the
  • seventeenth century were still imbued with that chivalric temper which
  • among Englishmen is assigned to the Middle Ages. The inner life of New
  • France, throughout its century and a half of existence, was largely a
  • warring between these several interests.
  • Missionaries came early upon the scene. With the Calvinist De Monts
  • were Huguenot ministers for the benefit of the settlers, and Catholic
  • priests to open a mission among the savages, for the court had
  • stipulated with him that the latter were to be instructed only in the
  • faith of Rome. But no missionary work was done, for the colony was
  • through several years on the verge of dissolution, and the priests
  • became victims of scurvy. Poutrincourt, who held under De Monts the
  • patent for Port Royal, did nothing to further the purposes of the
  • court in this regard, until 1610, when, admonished for his neglect,
  • he brought out with him a secular priest, Messire Jessé Fléché,
  • of Langres, who on June 24, "apparently in some haste," baptized
  • twenty-one Abenakis, including the district sagamore, or chief. The
  • account of this affair, which Poutrincourt sent in triumph to France,
  • is the initial document in the present series.
  • On the twelfth of June, 1611, there arrived at Port Royal, at the
  • instance of King Henry IV., two Jesuit fathers, Pierre Biard and
  • Ennemond Massé. They were, however, not favorably received by
  • Poutrincourt and his followers; they found great practical difficulties
  • in acquiring the Indian languages and made slight progress in the
  • herculean task to which they had been set. To them, came the following
  • year, a lay brother, Gilbert du Thet, who was soon dispatched to the
  • head of the order, in France, with an account of the situation. In the
  • spring of 1613, he returned, in company with Father Quentin. The little
  • band of missionaries had no sooner established themselves at the new
  • French colony on Mt. Desert Island, than the latter was attacked and
  • dispersed by the Virginian Argall. Du Thet was killed in the fight,
  • Massé was, with other colonists, set adrift in a boat, and Biard and
  • Quentin were taken to Virginia, to be eventually shipped to England,
  • and thence allowed to return into France. Several of the earlier
  • documents of our series have to do with this first and apparently
  • unfruitful mission of the Jesuits to Acadia.
  • In 1615, Champlain thought the time ripe for the institution of Indian
  • missions upon the St. Lawrence, a spiritual field hitherto neglected,
  • and introduced to Quebec four members of the fraternity of Récollets,
  • the most austere of the three orders of Franciscans; these were
  • Fathers Denis Jamay, Jean d'Olbeau, and Joseph le Caron, and a lay
  • brother, Pacifique du Plessis. To D'Olbeau was assigned the conversion
  • of the Montagnais of the Lower St. Lawrence; Le Caron went to the
  • Hurons, or Wyandots, in the vast stretch of forested wilderness west
  • of the Ottawa River, and before the coming of autumn had established
  • a bark chapel in their midst; Jamay and Du Plessis remained in the
  • neighborhood of Quebec, ministering to the colonists and the wandering
  • savages who came to the little settlement for purposes of trade or
  • sociability, or through fear of scalp-hunting Iroquois. For ten years
  • did these gray friars practice the rites of the church in the Canadian
  • woods, all the way from the fishing and trading outpost of Tadoussac
  • to the western Lake of the Nipissings. Barefooted, save for heavy
  • wooden sandals, coarsely clad in gown and hood, enduring in a rigorous
  • climate, to which they were unused, all manner of hardships by flood
  • and field, they were earnestly devoted to their laborious calling in a
  • time when elsewhere the air of New France was noisy with the strife of
  • self-seeking traders and politicians. Yet somehow their mission seemed
  • without important result. Even less successful was the enterprise of
  • some fellow Récollets, who, in 1619, began independent work among the
  • French fishermen and Micmacs of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Gaspé,
  • but were forced in 1624, after many disasters, to abandon their task,
  • three of them joining the party at Quebec.
  • The little band on the St. Lawrence, although thus reinforced, felt
  • impelled, in 1625, to invite the powerful aid of the Jesuits, who
  • in the face of great odds were just then holding most successful
  • missions in Asia, Africa, and South America. In response to the call,
  • three fathers of the black gown came to Quebec this year,--Massé, who
  • had been of the old Acadian mission, Charles Lalemant, and that giant
  • among them, in both stature and deeds, Jean de Brébeuf. Immediately
  • the work began to broaden, but the records of the dual mission do not
  • give evidence of many converts,--a few Huron youth taken to France, and
  • there instructed and baptized, being the chief gains. The wandering
  • habits of the Indians were not favorable to persistent instruction
  • of the young, and adults were unwilling to commit themselves to the
  • new doctrine, even when not openly opposed to its promulgation. The
  • summer months were usually spent by the missionaries at Tadoussac,
  • Quebec, and Three Rivers, where trading parties from the tribes were
  • wont to assemble; and, when the latter scattered for their winter
  • hunts, the missionaries accompanied them, sharing the toils, dangers,
  • and discomforts of the movable camps, and often suffering much from
  • positive abuse at the hands of their not over-willing hosts.
  • The settlements of Port Royal and Quebec were at this time wretched
  • little hamlets of a few dozen huts each, surrounded by a palisade, and
  • these fell an easy prey to small English naval forces (1628-29). With
  • their fall, ended the slender mission of the Récollets and Jesuits, who
  • were in triumph carried off to England. For a few months, France did
  • not hold one foot of ground in North America. But as peace had been
  • declared between France and England before this conquest, the former
  • received back all of its possessions, and the inevitable struggle for
  • the mastery of the continent was postponed for four generations longer.
  • With the release of Canada to France, in 1632, the Jesuits were by the
  • home authorities placed in sole charge of the spiritual interests of
  • both settlers and Indians, and the history of their greatest missions
  • begins at this time. On the fifth of July, there landed at Quebec,
  • Fathers Paul le Jeune and Anne de Nouë, and a lay brother named
  • Gilbert. Le Jeune was the superior, and at once devoted himself to
  • learning the language and customs of the savages, and so studying the
  • enormous field before him as intelligently to dispose of his meagre
  • forces.
  • THE INDIANS.
  • The existence of rival tribes among the Red Indians of North America,
  • was, perhaps, the most formidable obstacle in the path of the
  • missionaries. It has always been impossible to make any hard-and-fast
  • classification; yet the Indians presented a considerable variety
  • of types, ranging from the Southern Indians, some of whose tribes
  • were in a relatively high stage of material advancement and mental
  • calibre, down to the savage root-eaters of the Rocky Mountain region.
  • The migrations of some of the Indian tribes were frequent, and they
  • occupied overlapping territories, so that it is impossible to fix the
  • tribal boundaries with any degree of exactness. Again, the tribes
  • were so merged by intermarriage, by affiliation, by consolidation, by
  • the fact that there were numerous polyglot villages of renegades, by
  • similarities in manner, habits, and appearance, that it is difficult
  • even to separate the savages into families. It is only on philological
  • grounds that these divisions can be made at all. In a general way we
  • may say that between the Atlantic and the Rockies, Hudson Bay and the
  • Gulf of Mexico, there were four Indian languages in vogue, with great
  • varieties of local dialect:
  • I. The Algonkins were the most numerous, holding the greater portion of
  • the country from the unoccupied "debatable land" of Kentucky northward
  • to Hudson Bay, and from the Atlantic westward to the Mississippi. Among
  • their tribes were the Micmacs of Acadia, the Penobscots of Maine, the
  • Montagnais of the St. Lawrence, the ill-defined tribes of the country
  • round about Lake St. John, and the Ottawas, Chippewas, Mascoutens,
  • Sacs, Foxes, Pottawattomies, and Illinois of the Upper Lakes. These
  • savages were rude in life and manners, were intensely warlike, depended
  • for subsistence chiefly on hunting and fishing, lived in rude wigwams
  • covered with bark, skins, or matted reeds, practised agriculture in
  • a crude fashion, and were less stable in their habitations than the
  • Southern Indians. They have made a larger figure in our history than
  • any other family, because through their lands came the heaviest and
  • most aggressive movement of white population, French or English.
  • Estimates of early Indian populations necessarily differ, in the
  • absence of accurate knowledge; but it is now believed that the number
  • was never so great as was at first estimated by the Jesuit fathers and
  • the earliest English colonists. A careful modern estimate is, that the
  • Algonkins at no time numbered over 90,000 souls, and possibly not over
  • 50,000.
  • II. In the heart of this Algonkin land was planted the ethnic group
  • called the Iroquois, with its several distinct branches, often at war
  • with each other. The craftiest, most daring, and most intelligent
  • of North American Indians, yet still in the savage hunter state, the
  • Iroquois were the terror of every native band east of the Mississippi,
  • before the coming of the whites, who in turn learned to dread their
  • ferocious power. The five principal tribes of this family--Mohawks,
  • Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senecas, all stationed in palisaded
  • villages south and east of lakes Erie and Ontario--formed a loose
  • confederacy styled by themselves and the French "The Long House," and
  • by the English "The Five Nations," which firmly held the waterways
  • connecting the Hudson and Ohio rivers and the Great Lakes. The
  • population of the entire group was not over 17,000--a remarkably small
  • number, considering the active part they played in American history,
  • and the control which they exercised through wide tracts of wilderness.
  • Related to, but generally at war with them, were the Hurons of Canada,
  • among whom the Jesuits planted their earliest missions. Champlain,
  • in an endeavor to cultivate the friendship of his Huron and Algonkin
  • neighbors, early made war on the Iroquois, and thus secured for New
  • France a heritage of savage enmity which contributed more than any
  • other one cause to cripple its energies and render it at last an easy
  • prey to the rival power of the English colonies.
  • III. The Southern Indians occupied the country between the Tennessee
  • River and the Gulf, the Appalachian Ranges and the Mississippi. Of
  • a milder disposition than their Northern cousins, the Cherokees,
  • Chickasaws, Choctaws, Creeks, and Seminoles were rather in a barbarous
  • than in a savage state; by the time of the Revolution, they were not
  • far behind the white proprietors in industrial or domestic methods,
  • and numbered not above 50,000 persons. With them, this story of the
  • Jesuit missions has little to do; the Louisiana mission, an offshoot of
  • that of New France, did faithful work here, but the documentary result
  • was neither as interesting nor as prolific, and necessarily occupies
  • but small space in the present series.
  • IV. The Dakotah, or Sioux, family occupied for the most part the
  • country beyond the Mississippi. They were and are a fierce, high-strung
  • people, genuine nomads, and war appears to have been their chief
  • occupation. The Jesuits worked among them but in slight measure, on
  • the waters of the Upper Mississippi; they met this family, chiefly in
  • the persons of the Winnebagoes, one of their outlying bands, which at
  • the time of the French occupation was resident on and about Green Bay
  • of Lake Michigan, at peace and in confederacy with the Algonkins who
  • hedged them about.
  • The mission of the French Jesuits to these widely-scattered hordes of
  • savages forms one of the most thrilling chapters in human history. It
  • is impossible, in this brief Introduction, to attempt anything more
  • than the barest outline of the theme; Rochemonteix, Shea, and Parkman
  • have told the story in detail, from differing points of view, and with
  • these authorities the student of the following documents in the case
  • is presumed to be familiar. A rapid summary of results will, however,
  • be useful; and this we may best obtain, at the expense of occasional
  • repetition of narrative, by following the fortunes of the pioneers of
  • the Cross through the several district missions into which their work
  • was naturally divided.
  • I. THE ABENAKI MISSION.
  • This mission was chiefly in Maine and Acadia, and on Cape Breton
  • Island. The Abenakis (or Abnakis) were a strong but mild-mannered
  • Algonkin tribe, settled in villages or cantonments; but, like others
  • of their race, in the habit of taking long semi-annual journeys,--each
  • winter to hunt, and each summer to fish. We have seen that the
  • French Jesuits, Biard and Massé, were in the field as early as 1611,
  • soon after the establishment of Port Royal; their predecessor being
  • the secular French priest, Fléché, who had been introduced to the
  • country by Poutrincourt, the patentee. Biard and Massé met with
  • many discouragements, chiefly the opposition of Poutrincourt's son,
  • Biencourt (sometimes called Baron St. Just), who had been left in
  • charge of the colony. Nevertheless the missionaries learned the native
  • language, and made many long journeys of exploration, one of Biard's
  • trips extending as far as the mouth of the Kennebec. They were later
  • joined by a lay brother, Du Thet, and by Fathers Quentin and Lalemant.
  • Joining the new French colony on Mt. Desert Island, in the spring
  • of 1613, the establishment was almost immediately destroyed by the
  • Virginian Argall. In the skirmish, Du Thet was killed.
  • In 1619, a party of Récollets, from Aquitaine, began a mission on St.
  • John River, in Acadia, but five years later, as we have seen above,
  • abandoned the task, the survivors joining the Quebec mission of their
  • order. Other Récollets were in Acadia, however, between 1630 and 1633,
  • and later we have evidence of a small band of Capuchins ministering to
  • French settlers on the Penobscot and Kennebec; but it is probable that
  • they made no attempt to convert the natives.
  • A Jesuit mission was founded on Cape Breton in 1634, by Father Julian
  • Perrault; and a few years later, Father Charles Turgis was at Miscou.
  • Other missionaries soon came to minister to the Micmacs, but for many
  • years their efforts were without result; and sickness, resulting from
  • the hardships of the situation, caused most of the early black gowns to
  • retreat from the attempt. Finally, an enduring mission was established
  • among these people, and, until about 1670, was conducted with some
  • measure of success by Fathers Andrew Richard, Martin de Lyonne, and
  • James Fremin. About 1673, the Récollets took up the now abandoned work,
  • occasionally aided by secular priests from the Seminary of Quebec,
  • and Jesuits, until at last the Micmacs from Gaspé to Nova Scotia were
  • declared to be entirely converted to the Catholic faith.
  • Father Gabriel Druillettes, of the Jesuit mission at Sillery, near
  • Quebec, went to the Kennebec country in 1646, invited thither by
  • converted Abenakis who had been at Sillery, and during visits,
  • extending through a period of eleven years, was more than ordinarily
  • successful in the task of gaining Indian converts to Christianity. In
  • 1650, he made a notable visit to the Puritans of Eastern Massachusetts,
  • during which was discussed the proposed union between New France
  • and New England, against the Iroquois. Upon the final departure of
  • Druillettes in 1657, the Abenakis were but spasmodically served with
  • missionaries; occasionally a Jesuit appeared among them, but the field
  • could not be persistently worked, owing to the demands upon the order
  • from other quarters. The fathers now sought to draw Abenaki converts
  • to Sillery, and later to St. Francis de Sales, at the falls of the
  • Chaudière, which soon became almost exclusively an Abenaki mission.
  • In 1688, Father Bigot, of this mission, again entered the field of
  • the Kennebec, at the same time that Rev. Peter Thury, a priest of the
  • Quebec Seminary, opened a mission on the Penobscot, and the Récollet
  • F. Simon gathered a flock at Medoktek, near the mouth of the St.
  • John. They were in time aided and succeeded by others: the Jesuits
  • being Julian Binneteau, Joseph Aubery, Peter de la Chasse, Stephen
  • Lauverjeat, Loyard, and Sebastian Rale; the death of Rale, the greatest
  • of them all, at the hands of New England partisans in the border
  • strife of 1724, is a familiar incident in American history. Jesuits
  • succeeded to the Penobscot mission in 1703, and with great zeal, but
  • amid continual hardships and discouragements, carried on the principal
  • work among the Abenakis until the downfall of New France in 1763. The
  • majority of the Kennebec converts, however, emigrated to the mission
  • of St. Francis de Sales, and from there frequently went forth upon
  • avenging expeditions against the New England borderers.
  • II. THE MONTAGNAIS MISSION.
  • This was centered at Tadoussac, and ministered to the Montagnais,
  • Bersiamites, Porcupines, Oumaniwek, Papinachois, and other tribes
  • of the Lower St. Lawrence and the Saguenay. Tadoussac had, from the
  • earliest historic times, been a favorite harbor and trading-station
  • for the French; for, being at the junction of two great rivers, it
  • was convenient as a place of assembly for the natives of the lower
  • country. The first priests in the district had said mass there; but it
  • was not until 1640 that a Jesuit mission was formed by Father Jean du
  • Quen, its sphere of influence soon reaching to the upper waters of the
  • Saguenay, Lake St. John, Hudson Bay, and the coast of Labrador. Du Quen
  • was actively assisted by Charles Meiachkwat, a Montagnais convert, who
  • erected the first chapel, became a catechist, and made extended tours
  • through the neighboring tribes. In time, there were associated with
  • Du Quen, Fathers Buteux and Druillettes. Protracted missionary tours
  • were made by them, with results which were considered satisfactory as
  • compared with other missions; although they had serious difficulties
  • to contend with, in the prevalent intemperance which the fur trade
  • introduced among the natives, the belief in dreams, the laxity of
  • morals, and the wiles of medicine-men, or sorcerers, as they were
  • called by the Jesuits.
  • For the first few years, the missionaries spent their winters in
  • Quebec, ministering to the colonists, and each spring went down to
  • Tadoussac to meet the summer trading parties; but greater persistency
  • of effort was deemed desirable, and thereafter, instead of returning
  • home in the autumn, they followed the Indians upon their winter hunts,
  • and in the course of these wanderings endured the usual privations and
  • hardships of traveling camps. Bailloquet, Nouvel, Beaulieu, Albanel,
  • De Crépieul, Dalmas, Boucher, Peter Michael Laure, and Jean Baptiste
  • Labrosse, are other names of Jesuit fathers who at different periods
  • were engaged upon this toilsome mission.
  • In 1670, Tadoussac was almost deserted, owing to Iroquois raids and the
  • ravages of smallpox; the Montagnais and kindred tribes were in hiding,
  • through the vast country between Lake St. John and Hudson Bay. They
  • were still followed by their devoted shepherds, whom no hardship could
  • discourage. The following year, Crépieul began a mission on Hudson Bay,
  • and here in 1694 his auxiliary Dalmas was killed. Laure (1720-37) left
  • us a monument of his labors in a Montagnais grammar and dictionary.
  • Labrosse, the last of his order at Tadoussac, instructed many of his
  • flock to read and write, and left a legacy of native education, which
  • has lasted unto the present day; he lived and taught long after his
  • order had been suppressed in New France, and died at Tadoussac in 1782.
  • III. THE QUEBEC AND MONTREAL MISSIONS.
  • These included the several missions at Quebec, Montreal, Three Rivers,
  • Sillery, Bécancourt, and St. Francis de Sales, which were designed for
  • the wandering Montagnais of the district, those Algonkins of the West
  • who could be induced to come and settle on the lower waters, and in
  • later years such Abenakis of Acadia and Maine as sought an asylum upon
  • distinctively French soil.
  • We have seen that Récollets were first at Quebec, ministering both to
  • colonists and Indians, and that, in 1625, they invited the Jesuits
  • to aid them. In 1629, the joint mission came to a close through the
  • surrender of Quebec to the English. When the mission was reopened in
  • 1632, Jesuits alone were in charge, their operations being at first
  • confined to the neighboring Montagnais, although they soon spread
  • throughout the entire Canadian field. In 1658, Bishop Laval founded
  • the Seminary of Quebec, whereupon the Jesuits resigned their parishes
  • among the colonists, and thereafter confined themselves to their
  • college and the Indian missions. In addition to their parish work, the
  • priests of the seminary conducted missions in Acadia, Illinois, and on
  • the lower Mississippi.
  • The year following the return of the Jesuits to Canada, Father Buteux,
  • of that order, began his labors at Three Rivers, which was a convenient
  • gathering-place for the fur trade. The village was frequently raided
  • by Iroquois, but remained until the fall of New France one of the
  • prominent centers of missionary influence. The efforts of Buteux, which
  • lasted until his death at the hands of Iroquois in 1652, met with
  • considerable success. His custom, like that of the other missionaries,
  • was to be present at the French posts during the annual trading
  • "meets," and when the savages returned to the wilderness, to accompany
  • some selected band. In thus following the nomadic tribes, he made some
  • of the longest and most toilsome journeys recorded in the annals of the
  • Society of Jesus, and shared with his flock all the horrors of famine,
  • pestilence, and inter-tribal war.
  • It was soon realized by the missionaries that but meagre results could
  • be obtained until the Indians were induced to lead a sedentary life.
  • Their wandering habit nullified all attempts at permanent instruction
  • to the young; it engendered improvidence and laziness, bred famine and
  • disease; and the constant struggle to kill fur-bearing animals for
  • their pelts rapidly depleted the game, while the fur trade wrought
  • contamination in many forms. Missionary efforts were at first conducive
  • to the interests of the fur trade, by bringing far-distant tribes
  • within the sphere of French influence; but so soon as the Jesuit
  • sought to change the habits of the natives, to cause them to become
  • agriculturists instead of hunters, and to oppose the rum traffic
  • among them, then the grasping commercial monopoly which controlled
  • the fortunes of New France, and was merely "working" the colony for
  • financial gains, saw in the Jesuit an enemy, and often placed serious
  • obstacles in his path.
  • In pursuance of the sedentary policy, and also to protect the wretched
  • Montagnais from Iroquois war-parties, the Jesuits, in 1637, established
  • for them a palisaded mission four miles above Quebec, at first
  • giving it the name St. Joseph, but later that of Sillery, in honor
  • of Commander Noël Brulart de Sillery, of France, who had given ample
  • funds for the founding of this enterprise. Here were at first gathered
  • twenty of the Indians, who began cultivation of the soil, varied by
  • occasional hunting and fishing trips, which the missionaries could not
  • prevent. The little town slowly grew in importance, both Algonkins and
  • Montagnais being represented in its population. Three years later,
  • nuns opened a hospital at Sillery, for the reception of both French
  • and Indian patients, and thus greatly added to the popularity of
  • the mission. But in 1646 the nuns removed their hospital to Quebec;
  • a few years later, the church and mission house were destroyed by
  • fire; disease made sad havoc in the settlement; the thin soil became
  • exhausted through careless tillage; Iroquois preyed upon the converts,
  • until at last the Algonkins almost entirely disappeared; and although
  • their place was taken by Abenakis from Maine and Acadia, until the
  • attendance became almost solely Abenaki, the enterprise waned. In
  • 1685, it was abandoned in favor of St. Francis de Sales, a new mission
  • established at the falls of the Chaudière River, not far from the St.
  • Lawrence. Beyond a monument of later days, to the memory of Fathers
  • Massé and De Nouë, whose names are prominently connected with this
  • work, nothing now remains to mark the site of the old Sillery mission.
  • From St. Francis, the mission work began to spread into Maine. Of
  • its character and extent there, mention has already been made. St.
  • Francis achieved a certain measure of prosperity, as Indian missions
  • go. It became in time a source of serious trouble to the New England
  • borderers, for many a French and Indian war-party was here fitted out
  • against the latter, during the series of bloody conflicts which marked
  • the three-quarters of a century previous to the fall of New France.
  • Finally, in September, 1759, Maj. Robert Rogers descended upon the
  • village with his famous rangers, and in retaliation pillaged and burned
  • the houses, and killed "at least two hundred Indians." New France
  • soon after fell into the hands of the English, and, the Jesuits being
  • suppressed, we hear little more of St. Francis de Sales.
  • In 1641, the missionary settlement of Montreal was founded by
  • Maisonneuve. The Jesuits were the first resident clergy, and soon began
  • mission work among the neighboring Indians and those who resorted
  • thither from the valleys of the Lower St. Lawrence and the Ottawa.
  • Soon, however, the Sulpitians, established in Paris by the Abbé Olier,
  • one of the Society of Montreal, took charge of the mission on Montreal
  • Island, which in after years was moved to the Sault au Récollet, and
  • thence to the Lake of the Two Mountains, where there was gathered a
  • polyglot village composed of Iroquois, Algonkins, and Nipissings. Upon
  • the opening of the English régime, the Jesuit and Récollet missions
  • were suppressed, but those of the Sulpitians were undisturbed, so that
  • this mission at the lake is the oldest now extant in Canada.
  • Among the Algonkins of the Ottawa River (or Grande Rivière), no
  • permanent missions were attempted by any of the orders. Long the chief
  • highway to the West, the river was familiar to travelling missionaries,
  • who frequently ministered to the tribesmen along its banks, either at
  • the native villages or during the annual trading councils at the French
  • posts of Montreal, Three Rivers, and Quebec.
  • IV. THE HURON MISSION.
  • At the time of the advent of the French, the Hurons (or Wyandots),
  • allied in origin and language to the Iroquois, numbered about 16,000
  • souls, and dwelt in several large villages in a narrow district on the
  • high ground between Lake Simcoe and Georgian Bay of Lake Huron. Their
  • dwellings were bark cabins, clustered within stoutly-palisaded walls,
  • and near each fortified town were fields of corn, beans, pumpkins,
  • and tobacco. Agricultural in habit, keen traders, and in the main
  • sedentary, these semi-naked savages made short hunting and fishing
  • expeditions, and laid up stores for the winter. They were better
  • fighters than the Algonkins around them, yet were obliged gradually
  • to withdraw northward and westward from Iroquois persecution, and
  • during the period of the Jesuit missions were almost annihilated by
  • the latter. To the southwest, across a wide stretch of unpopulated
  • forest, were the allies and kindred of the Hurons, the Tionontates,
  • called also Petuns, or Tobacco Nation, a term having its origin in
  • their custom of cultivating large fields of tobacco, which commodity
  • they used in a wide-spread barter with other tribes. To the southeast
  • of the Petuns, west of Lake Ontario and on both sides of the gorge of
  • Niagara, were the peaceful Atiwandaronks, who, being friends alike of
  • Iroquois, Algonkins, and Hurons, were known as the Neutral Nation. To
  • the eastward of the Neutrals, strongly intrenched in the interlocking
  • basins of the Genesee and the Mohawk, lay the dread confederacy of the
  • Iroquois, who in time were to spread like a pestilence over the lands
  • of all their neighbors.
  • The intelligence and mobility of the Hurons rendered the early
  • prospects for missionary effort among them more promising than with
  • the rude and nomadic Algonkins. But while at first the missionaries
  • of New France were well received, the innate savagery of these people
  • in time asserted itself. Their medicine-men, as bitterly fanatical as
  • the howling dervishes of the Orient, plotted the destruction of the
  • messengers of the new faith; the introduction of European diseases
  • was attributed to the "black gowns;" the ravages of the Iroquois were
  • thought to be brought on by the presence of the strangers; the rites
  • of the church were looked upon as infernal incantations, and the lurid
  • pictures of the Judgment, which were displayed in the little forest
  • chapels, aroused unspeakable terror among this simple people; finally,
  • an irresistible wave of superstitious frenzy led to the blotting out of
  • the mission, accompanied by some of the most heart-rending scenes in
  • the history of Christian evangelization.
  • It will be remembered that in 1615 the Récollet friar, Joseph le
  • Caron, made his way into the far-away country of the Hurons, but
  • returned in the following year, having learned much of their language
  • and customs. Five years later, another of his order, William Poulin,
  • took up the weary task, being joined in 1623 by Fathers Le Caron and
  • Nicholas Viel, and the historian of the Récollet missions, Brother
  • Gabriel Sagard. All of them soon left the field, however, save Viel,
  • who alone, amid almost incredible hardships, attained some measure of
  • success; but in 1625, when descending the Ottawa to meet and arrange
  • for co-operation with the Jesuit Brébeuf, at Three Rivers, he was
  • willfully drowned by his Indian guide in the last rapid of Des Prairies
  • River, just back of Montreal. Such is the origin of the name of the
  • dread Sault au Récollet.
  • In 1626, the Jesuits Brébeuf and Anne de Nouë, having received some
  • linguistic instruction from Récollets who had been in the Huron field,
  • proceeded thither, with a Récollet friar, Joseph de la Roche Daillon,
  • to resume the work which the Récollets had abandoned. Daillon attempted
  • a mission to neighboring Neutrals, but, being roughly handled by
  • them, rejoined his Jesuit friends among the Hurons. Two years later,
  • he returned to Quebec, having been preceded by De Nouë, who found it
  • impossible to master the difficult language of their dusky flock.
  • Brébeuf, now left alone, labored gallantly among these people, and,
  • winning the hearts of many by his easy adoption of their manners,
  • gathered about him a little colony of those favorably inclined to his
  • views. He was recalled to Quebec in 1629, arriving there just in time
  • to fall into the hands of Louis Kirk, and be transported to England.
  • When Canada was restored to France, by the treaty of St. Germain, the
  • Jesuits were given sole charge of the Indian missions, but it was 1634
  • before the Huron mission could be reopened. In September, Brébeuf,
  • Antoine Daniel, and Davost returned to Brébeuf's old field, and
  • commenced, in the large town of Ihonatiria, the greatest Jesuit mission
  • in the history of New France. Others soon joined them. Additional
  • missions were opened in neighboring towns, some of the strongest of
  • these being each served by four fathers, who were assisted by laymen
  • donnés, or given men; while in the cultivation of the soil, and the
  • fashioning of implements and utensils both for the fathers and for the
  • Indians, numerous hired laborers, from the French colonies on the St.
  • Lawrence, were employed in and about the missions. Charles Garnier and
  • Isaac Jogues, with their attendants, made a tour of the Petun villages;
  • other Jesuits were sent among the Neutrals; and even the Algonkins as
  • far northwestward as Sault Ste. Marie were visited (1641) by Raymbault
  • and Jogues, and looked and listened with awe at the celebration of the
  • mass. In 1639, there was built, on the River Wye, the fortified mission
  • house of St. Mary's, to serve as a center for the wide-spread work, as
  • a place for ecclesiastical retreat for the fathers, and a refuge when
  • enemies pressed too closely upon them.
  • The story of the hardships and sufferings of the devoted missionaries,
  • as told us by Rochemonteix, Shea, and Parkman, and with rare modesty
  • recorded in the documents to be contained in this series, is one of
  • the most thrilling in the annals of humanity. Space forbids us here
  • to dwell upon the theme. No men have, in the zealous exercise of
  • their faith, performed hardier deeds than these Jesuits of the Huron
  • mission; yet, after three years of unremitting toil, they could (1640)
  • count but a hundred converts out of a population of 16,000, and these
  • were for the most part sick infants or aged persons, who had died
  • soon after baptism. The rugged braves scorned the approaches of the
  • fathers, and unmercifully tormented their converts; the medicine-men
  • waged continual warfare on their work; smallpox and the Iroquois were
  • decimating the people.
  • Jogues was (1642) sent down to the colonies for supplies for the
  • missions, but with his Huron companions was captured by an Iroquois
  • war-party, who led them to the Mohawk towns. There most of the Hurons
  • were killed, and Jogues and his donné, René Goupil, were tortured
  • and mutilated, and made to serve as slaves to their savage jailers.
  • Finally Goupil, a promising young physician, was killed, and Jogues,
  • being rescued by the Dutch allies of the Mohawks, was sent to Europe.
  • Supplies thus failing them, the Huron missionaries were in a sad plight
  • until finally (1644) relieved by an expedition to the lower country
  • undertaken at great hazards by Brébeuf, Garreau, and Noël Chabanel. The
  • same season, Francis Joseph Bressani, attempting to reach the Huron
  • missions, had been captured and tortured by Mohawks; like Jogues, he
  • was rescued through Dutch intercession and sent back to Europe, but
  • both of these zealots were soon back again facing the cruel dangers of
  • their chosen task.
  • A temporary peace followed, in 1645, and the hope of the Jesuits was
  • rekindled, for they now had five missions in as many Huron towns, and
  • another established for Algonkins who were resident in the Huron
  • district. But in July, 1648, the Iroquois attacked Teanaustayé, the
  • chief Huron village, and while encouraging the frenzied defense Father
  • Daniel lost his life at the hands of the enemy. He was thus the first
  • Jesuit martyr in the Huron mission, and the second in New France,--for
  • Jogues had been tortured to death in the Iroquois towns, two years
  • before. The spirit of the Hurons was crushed in this bloody foray;
  • large bands, deserting their towns, fled in terror to seek protection
  • of the Petuns, while others made their way to the Manitoulin Islands of
  • Lake Huron, and even as far west as the islands of Green Bay and the
  • matted pine forests of Northern Wisconsin. Here and there a town was
  • left, however, and one of the largest of these, called St. Ignatius
  • by the Jesuits, was stormed by a thousand Iroquois, March 16, 1649.
  • The three survivors fled through the woods to neighboring St. Louis,
  • where were Brébeuf, now grown old in his service of toil, and young
  • Gabriel Lalemant. Bravely did they aid in defending St. Louis, and
  • administering to wounded and dying; but at last were captured, and
  • being taken to the ruined town of St. Ignatius were most cruelly
  • tortured until relieved by death. Early in November, Fathers Garnier
  • and Chabanel met their death in the Petun country, the former at the
  • hands of Iroquois, the latter being killed by a Huron who imagined that
  • the presence of the Jesuits had brought curses upon his tribe.
  • The missions in the Huron country were now entirely abandoned. A
  • few of the surviving Jesuits followed their flocks to the islands
  • in Lake Huron; but in June, 1650, the enterprise was forsaken, and
  • the missionaries, with a number of their converts, retired to a
  • village, founded for them, on the Island of Orleans, near Quebec. This
  • settlement being in time ravaged by the Iroquois, a final stand was
  • made at Lorette, also in the outskirts of Quebec, which mission exists
  • to this day.
  • The great Huron mission, which had been conducted for thirty-five
  • years, had employed twenty-nine missionaries, of whom seven had lost
  • their lives in the work. This important field forsaken, many of the
  • missionaries had returned to Europe disheartened, and apparently
  • the future for Jesuit missions in New France looked gloomy enough.
  • The Iroquois had now practically destroyed the Montagnais between
  • Quebec and the Saguenay, the Algonkins of the Ottawa, and the Hurons,
  • Petuns, and Neutrals. The French colonies of Quebec, Three Rivers,
  • and Montreal, had suffered from repeated raids of the New York
  • confederates, and their forest trade was now almost wholly destroyed.
  • In this hour of darkness, light suddenly broke upon New France.
  • The politic Iroquois, attacked on either side by the Eries and the
  • Susquehannas, and fearing that while thus engaged their northern
  • victims might revive for combined vengeance, sent overtures of peace to
  • Quebec, and cordially invited to their cantonments the once detested
  • black gowns.
  • V. THE IROQUOIS MISSION.
  • Champlain had early made enemies of the Iroquois, by attacking them
  • as the allies of his Algonkin neighbors. This enmity extended to all
  • New France, and lasted, with brief intervals of peace, for over half
  • a century. We have seen that Jogues was the first of his order (1642)
  • to enter the Iroquois country, as a prisoner of the Mohawks, the
  • easternmost of the five tribes of the confederacy. Two years later,
  • Bressani, while on his way to the Huron missions, was also captured by
  • the Mohawks, passed through a similar experience of torture, was sold
  • to the Dutch, and transported back to France, and, again like Jogues
  • resumed his hazardous task of attempting to tame the American savage.
  • During the first peace (May, 1646), Jogues, now in civilian costume,
  • paid a brief visit to his former tormentors on the Mohawk, this time
  • conveying only expressions of good-will from the governor of New
  • France. His political errand accomplished, he returned to Quebec; but
  • in August was back again, with a young French attendant named Lalande,
  • intent on opening admission among the Iroquois. Meanwhile, there had
  • been a revulsion of sentiment on their part, and the two Frenchmen had
  • no sooner reached the Mohawk than they were tortured and killed.
  • During an Iroquois attack upon Quebec, seven years later (1653),
  • Father Joseph Anthony Poncet was taken prisoner by the marauders and
  • carried to the Mohawk, where he suffered in the same manner as his
  • predecessors; but his captors being now desirous of a renewal of
  • peace with the French, spared his life, and sent him back to Quebec
  • with overtures for a renewal of negotiations. Early in July, 1654,
  • Father Simon le Moyne was sent forth upon a tour of inspection, and
  • returned to Quebec in September, with glowing reports of the fervor
  • of his reception by both Mohawks and Onondagas. It was determined to
  • rear a mission among the latter, and thither (1655),--a four weeks'
  • voyage,--proceeded Claude Dablon and Peter Mary Joseph Chaumonot;
  • while, to appease the jealous Mohawks, Le Moyne at the same time
  • reopened a brief but unprosperous mission among that tribe.
  • At first, Dablon and Chaumonot had high hopes of their Onondaga
  • enterprise; but mistrust soon arose in the minds of the natives,
  • and Dablon found it necessary to proceed to Quebec and obtain fresh
  • evidences of the friendship of the French. He returned in the early
  • summer of 1656, accompanied by Fathers Francis Le Mercier, superior of
  • the Canadian mission, and René Ménard, two lay brothers, and a party
  • of French colonists under a militia captain, who designed founding
  • a settlement in the land of the Iroquois. By the close of the year,
  • the work was in a promising stage; a number of Christianized Hurons,
  • who had been adopted into the confederacy, formed a nucleus for
  • proselyting, several Iroquois converts had been made, and all five of
  • the tribes had been visited by the missionaries.
  • Fathers Paul Ragueneau and Joseph Imbert Dupéron, who had been sent
  • out from Quebec in July, 1657, to assist the Onondaga mission, reached
  • it only after many perils en route; for meanwhile, there had been
  • a fresh Iroquois uprising against the Hurons and Ottawas, in which
  • Father Leonard Garreau lost his life near Montreal, and the entire
  • confederacy was soon in an uproar against the white allies of its
  • ancient enemies. The intrepid Le Moyne joined the party in November,
  • and in the following March (1658), on learning that all of the French
  • had been condemned to death, the entire colony stole away in the night,
  • and reached Montreal only after a long and hazardous voyage. The great
  • Iroquois mission, which had promised so happily and cost so much in
  • blood and treasure, was now thought to be a thing of the past.
  • There was, however, still another chapter to the story. In the summer
  • of 1660, after two years of bloody forays against New France, a Cayuga
  • sachem, who had been converted at Onondaga, came to Montreal as a peace
  • messenger, asking for another black gown to minister to the native
  • converts and a number of French captives in the Iroquois towns. Once
  • more, Le Moyne cheerfully set out upon what seemed a path to death; but
  • he passed the winter without molestation, and in the spring following
  • was allowed to return to Canada with the French prisoners.
  • It was five years later (1665), before the government of New France
  • felt itself sufficiently strong to threaten chastisement of the raiding
  • Iroquois, who had long been making life a torment in the colonies on
  • the St. Lawrence. The Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senecas sued
  • for peace; but the Mohawks were obstinate, and their villages were
  • wasted by fire until they too asked for mercy and the ministrations of
  • the Jesuits. Fathers James Fremin, James Bruyas, and John Pierron were
  • sent out in 1667; later, they were assisted by Julian Garnier, Stephen
  • de Carheil, Peter Milet, and Boniface, so that by the close of 1668 a
  • mission was in progress in each of the five cantonments. A few notable
  • converts were made, among them Catharine Tegakouita, known as the
  • "Iroquois saint;" Catharine Ganneaktena, an Erie captive who afterwards
  • founded a native mission village on the banks of the St. Lawrence;
  • the head-men Assendasé, Kryn, and Soenrese. But a great success
  • was never possible; here as elsewhere, the vices and superstitions
  • of the tribesmen were deep-rooted, and they had not yet reached
  • a stage of culture where the spiritual doctrines of Christianity
  • appealed strongly, save to a few emotional natures. The converts
  • were subjected to so many annoyances and dangers, that isolation
  • was thought essential, and there was established for them opposite
  • Montreal the palisaded mission of St. Francis Xavier; this settlement,
  • fostered by the French as a buffer against Iroquois attack on the
  • colonists, was subsequently removed to Sault St. Louis, and is known
  • in our day as Caughnawaga. This mission, and that of the Sulpitians on
  • Montreal Mountain--later removed to the neighboring Lake of the Two
  • Mountains,--and at Quinté Bay, were frequently recruited by Iroquois
  • Christians, who were carefully instructed by the missionaries in the
  • arts of agriculture and the rites of the church.
  • This depletion of the Iroquois population alarmed the sachems of the
  • confederacy. To please them, Governor Dongan of New York, himself a
  • Catholic, introduced to the Five Nations three English Jesuits, who
  • sought in vain to counteract the movement. The French did not abandon
  • the Iroquois mission-field until 1687, when the rising power of the
  • English obliged them to withdraw from the country. We have, however,
  • glimpses of occasional attempts thereafter to revive the work, Bruyas
  • being on the ground in 1701, joined the following year by James de
  • Lamberville, Garnier, and Le Valliant, and later by James d'Hue
  • and Peter de Marieul. The entire party were again driven from the
  • cantonments in 1708, De Marieul being the last of his order to remain
  • on duty.
  • Thereafter, the Jesuits were chiefly devoted to their mission at
  • Caughnawaga, whither many Iroquois retreated before the inroads of
  • Dutch and English settlers who were now crowding upon their lands. When
  • the black gowns were at last expelled from New France, secular priests
  • continued their work among the remnants of those New York Indians who
  • had sought protection by settling among the French colonists on the St.
  • Lawrence.
  • VI. THE OTTAWA MISSION.
  • This embraced the tribes beyond Lake Huron,--the Chippewas at Sault
  • Ste. Marie, the Beavers, the Crees, the Ottawas and refugee Hurons
  • on Lake Superior, the Menomonees, Pottawattomies, Sacs, Foxes,
  • Winnebagoes, Miamis, Illinois, and those of the Sioux who lived on or
  • near the banks of the Mississippi. The Ottawas were the first Indians
  • from the upper lakes to trade with the French, hence that vast district
  • became early known as the country of the Ottawas.
  • The Huron mission was the door to the Ottawa mission. Jogues and
  • Raimbault were with the Chippewas at Sault Ste. Marie in 1641; but it
  • was nineteen years after that (1660), before they were followed by
  • another Jesuit, the veteran Father Ménard, who accompanied an Ottawa
  • fleet up the great river of that name, through Lake Huron and the
  • Sault, and on to Keweenaw Bay, where he said the first mass heard
  • on the shores of the northern sea. After a wretched winter on that
  • inhospitable coast, spent in a shanty of fir boughs, with savage
  • neighbors who reviled his presence, he proceeded inland intent on
  • ministering to some Hurons who had fled from Iroquois persecution to
  • the gloomy pine forest about the upper waters of Black River, in what
  • is now Wisconsin. In August, 1661, he lost his life at a portage, thus
  • being the first martyr upon the Ottawa mission.
  • Four years later, Claude Alloüez set out for Lake Superior, and
  • reaching Chequamegon Bay in October (1665), built a little chapel of
  • bark upon the southwest shore of that rock-bound estuary,--the famous
  • mission of La Pointe. His flock was a medley, Hurons and Algonkins here
  • clustering in two villages, where they lived on fish, safe at last
  • from the raging Iroquois, although much pestered by the wild Sioux of
  • the West. For thirty years did Alloüez travel from tribe to tribe,
  • through the forests and over the prairies of the vast wilderness which
  • a century later came to be organized into the Northwest Territory, and
  • established missions at Green Bay, Sault Ste. Marie, on the Miami, and,
  • with Marquette, among the Illinois at Kaskaskia.
  • Later, there arrived on the scene Fathers Louis Nicholas, James
  • Marquette, Dablon, Louis André, Druillettes, Albanel, and others. The
  • field of the Northwest seemed at first, as did the Huron mission,
  • highly promising. The missionaries were everywhere greeted by large
  • audiences, and much curiosity was displayed concerning the rites of
  • the church; but, as usual, the nomadic habits of the Indians rendered
  • instruction difficult. The fathers, with great toil and misery, and
  • subject to daily danger and insult, followed their people about upon
  • long hunting and fishing expeditions; and even when the bands had
  • returned to the squalid villages, life there was almost as comfortless
  • as upon the trail. Among the donnés and the Jesuit coadjutor brothers
  • were skillful workers in metal, who repaired the guns and utensils of
  • the natives, and taught them how best to obtain and reduce the ore from
  • lead and copper deposits. We have evidence that the copper region
  • of Lake Superior was at times resorted to by the lay followers and
  • their Indian attendants, to obtain material for crucifixes and for the
  • medals which the missionaries gave to converts; and in the lead mines
  • centering about where are now Dubuque, Iowa, and Galena, Ill., the
  • missionary attendants and Indians obtained lead for barter with French
  • fur-traders, who, like the soldiers of the Cross, were by this time
  • wandering all over the Northwest.
  • Marquette had succeeded Alloüez at La Pointe, in 1669; but it was
  • not long before the Hurons and Ottawas of Chequamegon Bay foolishly
  • incurred the fresh hostility of the Sioux, and the following year
  • were driven eastward like autumn leaves before a blast. Marquette
  • established them in a new mission, at Point St. Ignace, opposite
  • Mackinaw; and it was from here that, in 1673, he joined the party of
  • Louis Joliet, en route to the Mississippi River. The St. Ignace mission
  • became the largest and most successful in the Northwest, there being
  • encamped there, during Marquette's time, about 500 Hurons and 1,300
  • Ottawas. The interesting story of Marquette, a familiar chapter in
  • American history, will be fully developed in the documents of this
  • series; and we shall be able to present for the first time a facsimile
  • of the original MS. Journal of his final and fatal voyage (1674), which
  • is preserved among the many treasures of the Jesuit College of St.
  • Mary's, in Montreal.
  • After the suspension of the publication of the _Relations_, in 1673,
  • we obtain few glimpses of the Ottawa mission, save in the occasional
  • references of travelers. The several local missions in the district
  • were, in the main, probably more successful than those in any of the
  • other fields of endeavor. La Pointe, Green Bay; St. Ignace (later
  • Mackinac), Sault Ste. Marie, St. Joseph's, and Kaskaskia became the
  • most important of them all; and at some of these points Catholic
  • missions are still maintained by Franciscan friars and secular priests,
  • for resident French Creoles and Indians. The uprising of the Foxes
  • against French power, which lasted spasmodically from about 1700 to
  • 1755, greatly hampered the work of the Jesuits; they did not, during
  • this period, entirely absent themselves from the broad country of the
  • Ottawas, but conversions were few and the records slight.
  • There was, for a time, governmental attempt to supplant the Western
  • Jesuits with Récollets. Several friars were with La Salle, who had
  • a great antipathy to the disciples of Loyola,--Father Hennepin's
  • adventures belong to this period of Récollet effort, his colleagues at
  • Fort Crèvecoeur being Brothers Ribourde and Membré; but their mission
  • closed with the Iroquois repulse of the French from Crèvecoeur, and
  • the consequent death of Ribourde. When La Salle retired from the
  • region, Alloüez resumed the Illinois mission of the Jesuits; and soon
  • after there arrived upon the ground Fathers Gravier, Marest, Mermet,
  • and Pinet, who, because of the more docile character of the tribes
  • collectively known as the Illinois,--Kaskaskias, Cahokias, Peorias,
  • and Tamaroas,--found here a relatively fruitful field. In time, French
  • settlements grew up around the palisaded missions, intermarriages
  • occurred, and the work flourished for many years. Black gowns visited
  • the prosperous Illinois towns as late as 1781, when the death of Father
  • Meurin closed the work of his order in the Northwest.
  • VII. THE LOUISIANA MISSION.
  • The Jesuit Marquette was in Louisiana in 1673, but established no
  • mission. Nine years later, Membré, of the Récollets, accompanied
  • La Salle into the region, and instructed natives as far down the
  • Mississippi as the mouth; and with La Salle at his death were
  • Anastasius Douay, of the Récollets, and the Sulpitian Cavalier. In
  • 1698, Francis Jolliet de Montigny and Anthony Davion, priests of the
  • Seminary of Quebec, established missions on the Yazoo, among the
  • Natchez, and elsewhere in the neighborhood; to their aid, soon came
  • others of their house,--St. Côme, Gaulin, Fonçault, and Erborie, who
  • labored until about 1710, when, St. Côme and Fonçault being killed by
  • roving Indians, the survivors retired to the North. The Jesuit Du Rue
  • accompanied Iberville into the country in 1699-1700, followed by De
  • Limoges and Dongé, of his order, their work continuing until about 1704.
  • In 1721, Father Charlevoix reported that but two priests were then
  • in Louisiana, one at Yazoo and another in New Orleans; at the latter
  • post, a chaplain of some sort was established throughout the French
  • régime. Capuchins and Jesuits were both admitted to Louisiana, in
  • 1722, the former to serve as priests to the French of the country,
  • chiefly at New Orleans and Natchez, while the Jesuits were restricted
  • to the Indian missions, although permitted to maintain a house in the
  • outskirts of New Orleans. It was not long before the Illinois mission
  • became attached to Louisiana, and missionaries for that field usually
  • entered upon their work by way of the New Orleans house. Missions were
  • maintained in the villages of the Arkansas, Yazoo, Choctaws, and
  • Alibamons; but the uprising of the Indians in the Natchez district, in
  • 1727, led to the fall of these several missions, together with that
  • of French colonies above New Orleans. Father Du Poisson was killed
  • by savages at Natchez, where he was temporarily supplying the French
  • settlers in the absence of their Capuchin friar; Souel fell a victim
  • to the Yazoos, at whose hands Doutreleau narrowly escaped destruction.
  • However, the Jesuits did not despair, but soon returned to the Lower
  • Mississippi, where they continued their labors until about 1770,
  • although the order had in 1762 been suppressed in France.
  • The Louisiana mission of the Jesuits, while producing several martyrs,
  • and rich in striking examples of missionary zeal, has yielded but
  • meagre documentary results; few of the papers in the present series
  • touch upon its work, and indeed detailed knowledge thereof is not
  • easily obtainable. Severed from Canada by a long stretch of wilderness,
  • communication with the St. Lawrence basin was difficult and spasmodic,
  • and in the case of the Jesuits generally unnecessary; for, having their
  • own superior at New Orleans, his allegiance was to the general of the
  • order in France, not to his fellow-superiors in Quebec and Montreal.
  • The several missions of New France played a large part in American
  • history; that of Louisiana, although interesting, is of much less
  • importance.
  • THE RELATIONS.
  • A few explorers like Champlain, Radisson, and Perrot have left valuable
  • narratives behind them, which are of prime importance in the study
  • of the beginnings of French settlement in America; but it is to the
  • Jesuits that we owe the great body of our information concerning the
  • frontiers of New France in the seventeenth century. It was their
  • duty annually to transmit to their superior in Quebec, or Montreal,
  • a written journal of their doings; it was also their duty to pay
  • occasional visits to their superior, and to go into retreat at the
  • central house of the Canadian mission. Annually, between 1632 and 1673,
  • the superior made up a narrative, or _Relation_, of the most important
  • events which had occurred in the several missionary districts under
  • his charge, sometimes using the exact words of the missionaries, and
  • sometimes with considerable editorial skill summarizing the individual
  • journals in a general account, based in part upon the oral reports
  • of visiting fathers. This annual _Relation_, which in bibliographies
  • occasionally bears the name of the superior, and at other times of the
  • missionary chiefly contributing to it, was forwarded to the provincial
  • of the order in France, and, after careful scrutiny and re-editing,
  • published by him in a series of duodecimo volumes, known collectively
  • as _The Jesuit Relations_.
  • The authors of the journals which formed the basis of the _Relations_
  • were for the most part men of trained intellect, acute observers, and
  • practised in the art of keeping records of their experiences. They
  • had left the most highly civilized country of their times, to plunge
  • at once into the heart of the American wilderness, and attempt to win
  • to the Christian faith the fiercest savages known to history. To gain
  • these savages, it was first necessary to know them intimately,--their
  • speech, their habits, their manner of thought, their strong points and
  • their weak. These first students of the North American Indian were
  • not only amply fitted for their undertaking, but none have since had
  • better opportunity for its prosecution. They were explorers, as well
  • as priests. Bancroft was inexact when he said, in oft-quoted phrase,
  • "Not a cape was turned, not a river entered, but a Jesuit led the
  • way." The actual pioneers of New France were almost always coureurs de
  • bois, in the prosecution of the fur trade; but coureurs de bois, for
  • obvious reasons, seldom kept records, even when capable of doing so,
  • and as a rule we learn of their previous appearance on the scene only
  • through chance allusions in the _Relations_. The Jesuits performed
  • a great service to mankind in publishing their annals, which are,
  • for historian, geographer, and ethnologist, among our first and best
  • authorities.
  • Many of the _Relations_ were written in Indian camps, amid a chaos of
  • distractions. Insects innumerable tormented the journalists, they were
  • immersed in scenes of squalor and degradation, overcome by fatigue and
  • lack of proper sustenance, often suffering from wounds and disease,
  • maltreated in a hundred ways by hosts who, at times, might more
  • properly be called jailers; and not seldom had savage superstition
  • risen to such a height, that to be seen making a memorandum was certain
  • to arouse the ferocious enmity of the band. It is not surprising
  • that the composition of these journals of the Jesuits is sometimes
  • crude; the wonder is, that they could be written at all. Nearly always
  • the style is simple and direct. Never does the narrator descend to
  • self-glorification, or dwell unnecessarily upon the details of his
  • continual martyrdom; he never complains of his lot; but sets forth
  • his experience in phrases the most matter-of-fact. His meaning is
  • seldom obscure. We gain from his pages a vivid picture of life in the
  • primeval forest, as he lived it; we seem to see him upon his long canoe
  • journeys, squatted amidst his dusky fellows, working his passage at the
  • paddles, and carrying cargoes upon the portage trail; we see him the
  • butt and scorn of the savage camp, sometimes deserted in the heart of
  • the wilderness, and obliged to wait for another flotilla, or to make
  • his way alone as best he can. Arrived at last, at his journey's end,
  • we often find him vainly seeking for shelter in the squalid huts of
  • the natives, with every man's hand against him, but his own heart open
  • to them all. We find him, even when at last domiciled in some far-away
  • village, working against hope to save the unbaptized from eternal
  • damnation; we seem to see the rising storm of opposition, invoked
  • by native medicine-men,--who to his seventeenth-century imagination
  • seem devils indeed,--and at last the bursting climax of superstitious
  • frenzy which sweeps him and his before it. Not only do these devoted
  • missionaries,--never, in any field, has been witnessed greater personal
  • heroism than theirs,--live and breathe before us in the _Relations_;
  • but we have in them our first competent account of the Red Indian, at
  • a time when relatively uncontaminated by contact with Europeans. We
  • seem, in the _Relations_, to know this crafty savage, to measure him
  • intellectually as well as physically, his inmost thoughts as well as
  • open speech. The fathers did not understand him from an ethnological
  • point of view, as well as he is to-day understood; their minds were
  • tinctured with the scientific fallacies of their time. But, with what
  • is known to-day, the photographic reports in the _Relations_ help the
  • student to an accurate picture of the untamed aborigine, and much
  • that mystified the fathers, is now, by aid of their careful journals,
  • easily susceptible of explanation. Few periods of history are so well
  • illuminated as the French régime in North America. This we owe in large
  • measure to the existence of the Jesuit _Relations_.
  • What are generally known as the _Relations_ proper, addressed
  • to the superior and published in Paris, under direction of the
  • provincial, commence with Le Jeune's _Brieve Relation du Voyage de la
  • Nouvelle-France_ (1632); and thereafter a duodecimo volume, neatly
  • printed and bound in vellum, was issued annually from the press
  • of Sebastien Cramoisy, in Paris, until 1673, when the series was
  • discontinued, probably through the influence of Frontenac, to whom
  • the Jesuits were distasteful. The _Relations_ at once became popular
  • in the court circles of France; their regular appearance was always
  • awaited with the keenest interest, and assisted greatly in creating
  • and fostering the enthusiasm of pious philanthropists, who for many
  • years substantially maintained the missions of New France. In addition
  • to these forty volumes, which to collectors are technically known
  • as "Cramoisys," many similar publications found their way into the
  • hands of the public, the greater part of them bearing date after the
  • suppression of the Cramoisy series. Some were printed in Paris and
  • Lyons by independent publishers; others appeared in Latin and Italian
  • texts, at Rome, and other cities in Italy; while in such journals as
  • _Mercure François_ and _Annuæ Litteræ Societatis Jesu_, occasionally
  • were published letters from the missionaries, of the same nature as the
  • _Relations_, but briefer and more intimate in tone.
  • It does not appear, however, that popular interest in these
  • publications materially affected the secular literature of the period;
  • they were largely used in Jesuit histories of New France, but by others
  • were practically ignored. General literary interest in the _Relations_
  • was only created about a half century ago, when Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan,
  • editor of the _Documentary History of New York_, called attention to
  • their great value as storehouses of contemporary information. Dr.
  • John G. Shea, author of _History of the Catholic Missions among the
  • Indian Tribes of the United States_, and Father Felix Martin, S. J., of
  • Montreal, soon came forward, with fresh studies of the _Relations_.
  • Collectors at once commenced searching for Cramoisys, which were found
  • to be exceedingly scarce,--most of the originals having been literally
  • worn out in the hands of their devout seventeenth-century readers;
  • finally, the greatest collector of them all, James Lenox, of New York,
  • outstripped his competitors and laid the foundation, in the Lenox
  • Library, of what is to-day probably the only complete collection in
  • America. In 1858, the Canadian government reprinted the Cramoisys, with
  • a few additions, in three stout octavo volumes, carefully edited by
  • Abbés Làverdière, Plante, and Ferland. These, too, are now rare, copies
  • seldom being offered for sale.
  • The Quebec reprint was followed by two admirable series brought
  • out by Shea and O'Callaghan respectively. Shea's _Cramoisy Series_
  • (1857-1866), numbers twenty-five little volumes, the edition of
  • each of which was limited to a hundred copies, now difficult to
  • obtain; it contains for the most part entirely new matter, chiefly
  • _Relations_ prepared for publication by the superiors, after 1672,
  • and miscellaneously printed; among the volumes, however, are a few
  • reprints of particularly rare issues of the original Cramoisy press.
  • The O'Callaghan series, seven in number (the edition limited to
  • twenty-five copies), contains different material from Shea's, but of
  • the same character. A further addition to the mass of material was
  • made by Father Martin, in _Relations Inédites de la Nouvelle-France_,
  • 1672-79 (2 vols., Paris, 1861); and by Father Carayon in _Première
  • Mission des Jésuites au Canada_ (Paris, 1864). In 1871, there was
  • published at Quebec, under the editorship of Abbés Laverdière and
  • Casgrain, _Le Journal des Jésuites_, from the original manuscript in
  • the archives of the Seminary of Quebec (now Laval University). The
  • memoranda contained in this volume,--a rarity, for the greater part
  • of the edition was accidentally destroyed by fire,--were not intended
  • for publication, being of the character of private records, covering
  • the operations of the Jesuits in New France between 1645 and 1668. The
  • _Journal_ is, however, an indispensable complement of the _Relations_.
  • It was reprinted by a Montreal publisher (J. M. Valois) in 1892, but
  • even this later edition is already exhausted. Many interesting epistles
  • are found in _Lettres Édifiantes et Curieuses, écrites des Missions
  • Étrangères_, which cover the Jesuit missions in many lands, between the
  • years 1702 and 1776; only a small portion of this publication (there
  • are several editions, ranging from 1702-1776 to 1875-77) is devoted to
  • the North American missions.
  • American historians, from Shea and Parkman down, have already made
  • liberal use of the _Relations_, and here and there antiquarians and
  • historical societies have published fragmentary translations. The
  • great body of the _Relations_ and their allied documents, however, has
  • never been Englished. The text is difficult, for their French is not
  • the French of the modern schools; hence these interesting papers have
  • been doubly inaccessible to the majority of our historical students.
  • The present edition, while faithfully reproducing the old French text,
  • even in most of its errors, offers to the public for the first time, an
  • English rendering side by side with the original.
  • In breadth of scope, also, this edition will, through the generous
  • enterprise of the publishers, readily be first in the field. Not only
  • will it embrace all of the original Cramoisy series, the Shea and
  • O'Callaghan series, those collected by Fathers Martin and Carayon, the
  • _Journal des Jésuites_, and such of the _Lettres Édifiantes_ as touch
  • upon the North American missions, but many other valuable documents
  • which have not previously been reprinted; it will contain, also,
  • considerable hitherto-unpublished material from the manuscripts in the
  • archives of St. Mary's College, Montreal, and other depositories. These
  • several documents will be illustrated by faithful reproductions of all
  • the maps and other engravings appearing in the old editions, besides
  • much new material obtained especially for this edition, a prominent
  • feature of which will be authentic portraits of many of the early
  • fathers, and photographic facsimiles of pages from their manuscript
  • letters.
  • In the Preface to each volume will be given such Bibliographical
  • Data concerning its contents, as seem necessary to the scholar. The
  • appended Notes consist of historical, biographical, archæological, and
  • miscellaneous comment, which it is hoped may tend to the elucidation of
  • the text. An exhaustive General Index to the English text will appear
  • in the final volume of the series.
  • PREFACE TO VOL. I
  • There is a dramatic unity in the Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents,
  • as they will be presented in this series. Commencing with a report of
  • the first conversion of savages in New France, in 1610, by a secular
  • priest, and soon drifting into the records of Jesuit missionary effort,
  • they touch upon practically every important enterprise of the Jesuits,
  • in Canada and Louisiana, from the coming of Fathers Biard and Massé, in
  • 1611, to the death, in the closing decade of the eighteenth century, of
  • Father Well, "the last Jesuit of Montreal."
  • I. The series fitly opens with Lescarbot's _La Conversion des
  • Savvages_. Marc Lescarbot, a Paris lawyer, a Huguenot poet as well as
  • historian, and in many respects a picturesque character in the early
  • scenes of our drama, adroitly seeks in this document to convince the
  • Catholic Queen of France that his Huguenot patrons, De Monts and
  • Poutrincourt, are so wisely ordering affairs in their New World domain
  • that not only will the glory of France be enhanced, but the natives
  • be won to Christ through the medium of the Church; for it was part of
  • the agreement entered into with the Crown, by these adventurers, that
  • while their colonists should be permitted to have Huguenot ministers,
  • the aborigines must be converted only by Catholic priests. To this end,
  • Lescarbot describes with unction the sudden conversion by a secular
  • priest, Messire Jessé Fléché, of old Chief Membertou and twenty other
  • Micmacs, and their formal baptism on the beach at Port Royal. The
  • object is, of course, to ward off the threatened invasion of New France
  • by the Jesuits, by showing how thoroughly the work of proselyting is
  • being carried forward without their aid.
  • II. By the same ship which, in the hands of Poutrincourt's son,
  • Biencourt, carries to France this ingenious document, one Bertrand,
  • a Huguenot layman, sends a message to his friend, the Sieur de
  • la Tronchaie. In his _Lettre Missive_, M. Bertrand describes the
  • conversion of Membertou and his fellow savages, and speaks with
  • enthusiasm of the new country: as well he may, for in Volume II. we
  • shall find Lescarbot testifying that in Paris the worthy Bertrand was
  • "daily tormented by the gout," while at Port Royal he was "entirely
  • free" from it.
  • III. Lescarbot's fervid description of Father Fléché's conversions
  • did not succeed in keeping the Jesuits from New France. The present
  • document is a letter written at Dieppe, by Father Pierre Biard, of the
  • Society of Jesus, to his general at Rome, telling of the adventures
  • which had befallen Father Ennemond Massé and himself, since they,
  • the pioneers of their order in the New World, had been ordered from
  • France to Port Royal. Certain Huguenot merchants of Dieppe conspired to
  • prevent the passage of the Jesuits to America; but finally the queen
  • and other court ladies, favoring the missionaries, purchased control of
  • the Huguenots' ship and cargo, and the exultant fathers are now on the
  • eve of sailing.
  • IV. In this letter, written by Biard to his provincial, a few weeks
  • after the arrival at Port Royal, the missionary gives the details
  • of his voyage, describes the spiritual and material condition
  • of Poutrincourt's colony, and outlines plans for work among the
  • Indians--only Huguenot ministers being, as yet, allowed under the
  • charter to serve the spiritual needs of the colonists themselves.
  • V. In this letter, Biard notifies his general of the safe arrival of
  • Massé and himself.
  • VI. A like duty is here performed by Massé.
  • VII. Father Jouvency, one of the eighteenth-century historians of the
  • Society of Jesus, herein gives an historical account of the Canadian
  • missions of his order, in 1611-13; and, by way of comparison, tells of
  • the condition of the same missions in 1703, ending with a list of the
  • Jesuit missions in North America in the year 1710, the date of original
  • publication.
  • VIII. Herein, Jouvency gives a detailed account of the Indian tribes of
  • Canada,--their customs, characteristics, superstitions, etc. Although
  • not in strict chronological order, these chapters are given here as
  • being from the same work as the foregoing.
  • In the preparation of several of the Notes to Volume I., the Editor has
  • had some assistance from Mrs. Jane Marsh Parker, of Rochester, N. Y.
  • R. G. T.
  • MADISON, WIS., August, 1896.
  • I
  • LESCARBOT'S LA CONVERSION DES SAVVAGES
  • PARIS: JEAN MILLOT, 1610
  • SOURCE: Title-page and text, reprinted from original in Lenox Library,
  • New York; the Register of Baptisms from original in the John Carter
  • Brown Library, Providence, R. I.
  • PECULIARITIES IN ORIGINAL PAGINATION: P. 7, misnumbered 1; p. 16,
  • misnumbered 6; pp. 23, 24, are repeated, except the last sentence on p.
  • 24; p. 46 numbered "[-4-6]."
  • LA
  • CONVERSION
  • DES SAVVAGES
  • QVI ONT ESTÉ BAPTIZÉS
  • EN LA NOVVELLE
  • France, cette annee 1610.
  • _AVEC VN BREF RECIT,
  • du voyage du Sieur_ DE
  • POVTRINCOVRT.
  • [Illustration]
  • A PARIS,
  • Chez IEAN MILLOT, tenant sa boutique sur
  • les degrez de la grand' Salle du Palais.
  • _Avec Priuilege du Roy._
  • THE CONVERSION
  • OF THE SAVAGES
  • WHO WERE BAPTIZED
  • IN NEW FRANCE
  • during this year, 1610.
  • _WITH A BRIEF NARRATIVE
  • of the voyage of Sieur_ DE
  • POUTRINCOURT.
  • PARIS,
  • JEAN MILLOT, keeping shop upon the steps of
  • the great Hall of the Palace.
  • _By Royal License._
  • [iii] A la Royne.
  • _MADAME_,
  • _Dieu m'ayant fait naitre amateur de ma nation & zelateur de
  • sa gloire, ie ne puis moins que de luy faire part de ce qui la
  • touche, & qui sans doute l'époinçonnera quand elle entendra que
  • le nom de Iesus-Christ est annoncé és terres d'outre mer qui
  • portent le nom de France. Mais particulierement cela regarde vôtre
  • Majesté, laquelle sur ces nouvelles a rendu vn temoignage du grand
  • contentement_ [iv] _qu'elle en avoit. La Chrétienté doit ceci au
  • courage & à la pieté du Sieur de Poutrincourt, qui ne peut viure
  • oisif parmi la trãquillité en laquelle nous vivons par le benefice
  • du feu Roy vôtre Epoux. Mais (MADAME) si vous desirez bien-tot
  • voir cet oeuvre avancé, il faut que vous y mettiez la main. Donnez
  • luy des ailes pour voler sur les eaux, & penetrer si avant dans
  • les terres de delà, que jusques a l'extremité où l'Occident se
  • joint à l'Orient, tout lieu retentisse du nom de la France. Ie
  • sçay qu'il ne manque de volonté & fidelité au service du Roy & de
  • vôtre Majesté, pour faire (apres ce qui est de Dieu) que vous soyés
  • obeis par tout le monde. Et pour mon regard en tout ce que i'ay
  • iamais travaillé, ie me suis efforcé de bien meriter du Roy & du
  • public, ausquels i'ay dedié mes labeurs._ [v] _S'il m'en arrive
  • quelque fruit, ie le dedieray volontiers, & tout ce que Dieu m'a
  • donné d'industrie, à l'accroissement de cette entreprise, & à ce
  • qui regardera le bien de vôtre service. Cependant ayez (MADAME)
  • agreable ce petit discours evangelique (c'est à dire portant bonnes
  • nouvelles) que publie à la France souz vôtre bon plaisir, MADAME,
  • de vôtre Majesté le tres-humble, tres-obeïssant, & tres-fidele
  • serviteur & sujet_,
  • _MARC LESCARBOT_.
  • [iii] To the Queen.[1]
  • _MADAME_,
  • _God having created me a lover of my country and zealous for its
  • glory, I cannot do less than impart to it whatever affects its
  • interests; and so doubtless it will be greatly encouraged by the
  • tidings that the name of Jesus Christ has been proclaimed in the
  • lands beyond the sea, which bear the name of France. But this news
  • is of especial interest to your Majesty, who, upon hearing it, gave
  • evidence of your great satisfaction_ [iv] _therein._
  • _The Christian World owes this event to the courage and piety
  • of Sieur de Poutrincourt,[2] who cannot lead a life of idleness
  • amid the peaceful prosperity in which we live through the favor
  • of the deceased King, your Husband. But (MADAME), if you wish to
  • see immediate advancement in this work, you must lend a helping
  • hand. Give it wings to fly over the seas, and to penetrate so far
  • into the lands beyond that, even to the uttermost parts where the
  • West unites with the East, every place may resound with the name
  • of France. I know that there is no lack of good-will and loyalty
  • in the service of the King and of your Majesty, to the end that
  • (after what is due to God) you may be obeyed by all mankind. And
  • as for me, in all that I have ever done, I have endeavored to
  • merit the esteem of the King and of the public, to whom I have
  • dedicated my labors._ [v] _If I gather any fruit therefrom, I shall
  • willingly consecrate it, and all the energy God has given me, to
  • the enlargement of this enterprise and to whatever may concern
  • the welfare of your service. Meanwhile, be pleased (MADAME) to
  • accept this little gospel narrative (gospel, because bringing good
  • tidings), which is published in France under your good pleasure,
  • MADAME, by your Majesty's very humble, very obedient and very
  • faithful servant and subject_,
  • _MARC LESCARBOT.[3]_
  • [vi] Extraict du Priuilege du Roy.
  • PAR grace & priuilege du Roy, il est permis à Iean Millot Marchant
  • Libraire en la ville de Paris, d'imprimer, ou faire imprimer,
  • vendre & distribuer par tout nostre Royaume tant de fois qu'il luy
  • plaira, en telle forme ou caractere que bon luy semblera, vn liure
  • intitulé LA CONVERSION DES SAVVAGES composé par MARC LESCARBOT
  • Advocat en la Cour de Parlement. Et ce jusques au temps & terme de
  • six ans finis & accomplis, à compter du jour que ledit livre sera
  • achevé d'imprimer. Pendant lequel temps defences sont faictes à
  • tous Imprimeurs, Libraires, & autres de quelque estat, qualité,
  • ou condition qu'ils soient, de non imprimer, vendre, contrefaire,
  • ou alterer ledit liure, ou aucune partie d'iceluy, sur peine de
  • confiscation des ex[~e]plaires, & de quinze cens livres d'amende
  • appliquable moitié à nous, & moitié aux pauvres de L'hostel Dieu
  • de cette ville de Paris, & despens dommages, & interests dudit
  • exposant: Nonobstant toute clameur de Haro, Chartre Normande,
  • Privileges, lettres ou autres appellations & oppositions formees à
  • ce contraires faictes ou a faire. Donné à Paris le neufiesme iour
  • de Septembre l'an de grace 1610. Et de nostre regne le premier.
  • Par le Roy en son Conseil.
  • Signé, BRIGARD.
  • [vi] Extract from the Royal License.
  • BY the grace and prerogative of the King, permission is granted
  • to Jean Millot, Bookseller in the city of Paris, to print or to
  • have printed, to sell and distribute throughout all our Kingdom,
  • as often as he may desire, in such form or character as he may see
  • fit, a book, entitled: THE CONVERSION OF THE SAVAGES, composed by
  • MARC LESCARBOT, Counsellor in the Court of Parliament. And this to
  • remain valid until the expiration of six complete years, counting
  • from the day on which the printing of said book shall be finished.
  • During said period of time all Printers, Booksellers, and other
  • persons of whatsoever rank, quality, or condition are prohibited
  • from publishing, selling, imitating, or changing said book or any
  • part thereof, under penalty of confiscation of the copies, and of
  • fifteen hundred livres fine, one-half of which is to be paid to
  • us, and one-half to the poor of the town hospital in this city
  • of Paris, together with the costs, damages, and interests of the
  • aforesaid petitioner: notwithstanding all cries of Haro, Norman
  • Charter,[4] Licenses, letters, or other appeals and counter-claims,
  • opposed to this now or in future. Given at Paris on the ninth day
  • of September, in the year of grace, 1610, and in the first of our
  • reign.
  • By the King in Council.
  • Signed, BRIGARD.
  • [7] La Conversion des Sauvages qui ont esté baptisez en la
  • Nouuelle-France, cette annee 1610.
  • [_Matth._ 24. _vers._ 14.]
  • LA parole immuable de nôtre Sauveur Iesus-Christ nous temoigne par
  • l'organe de sainct Matthieu que _l'Euangile du royaume des cieux sera
  • annoncé par tout le monde, pour estre en temoignage à toutes nations,
  • avant que la consommation vienne_. Nous scavons par les histoires que
  • la voix des Apôtres a eclaté par tout le monde de deça dés il y a
  • plusieurs siecles passez, quoy qu'aujourd'hui les royaumes Chrétiens
  • en soient la moindre partie. Mais quant au nouveau monde decouvert
  • depuis environ six-vingts ans, nous n'auons aucun vestige que la
  • parole de Dieu y ait onques [8] esté annoncée avant ces derniers
  • temps, si ce n'est que nous voulions adjouter quelque foy à ce que
  • Iehan de Leri rapporte, que comme il racontoit vn jour aux Bresiliens
  • les grandes merveilles de Dieu en la creation du monde, & mysteres
  • de nôtre redemption, vn vieillart lui dit qu'il auoit oui dire à son
  • grand pere qu'autrefois vn homme barbu (or les Bresiliens ne le sont
  • point) estoit venu vers eux, & leur avoit dit choses semblables: mais
  • qu'on ne le voulut point écouter, & depuis s'estoi[~e]t entre-tuez &
  • mangez les vns les autres. Quant aux autres nations de dela quelques
  • vns ont bien quelque sourde nouvelle du deluge, & de l'immortalité
  • des ames, ensemble dela beatitude des bi[~e]vivans apres cette vie,
  • mais ils peuvent avoir retenu cette obscure doctrine de main en main
  • par tradition depuis le cataclisme vniversel qui avint au temps de
  • Noé. Reste donc à deplorer la miserable condition de ces peuples
  • qui occupent vne terre si grande, que le monde de deça ne vient en
  • comparaison avec elle, si nous comprenons la terre qui est outre le
  • detroit de Magellan dite, [9] _Terra del fugo_, tant en son etenduë
  • vers la Chine, & le Iapan, que vers la Nouvelle Guinée: comme aussi
  • celle qui est outre la grande riviere de Canada, qui s'estend vers
  • l'Orient & est baignée de la grande mer Occidentale. Toutes lesquelles
  • contrees sont en vne miserable ignorance, & n'y a point d'apparence
  • qu'elles aient onques eu le v[~e]t de l'Evangile, sinon qu'en ce
  • dernier siecle l'Hespagnol parmi la cruauté & l'avarice y a apporté
  • quelque lumiere de la religion Chrétienne. Mais cela est si peu
  • de chose, qu'on n'en peut pas faire si grand estat qu'il pourroit
  • sembler, d'autant que par la confession méme de ceux qui en ont écrit
  • les histoires ils ont preque tué tous les naturels du païs, & en fait
  • nombre vn certain historien, de plus de vingt millions, dés il y a
  • soixante dix ans. L'Anglois depuis vingt-cinq ans a pris pié en vne
  • terre qui git entre la Floride, & le païs des Armouchiquois, laquelle
  • terre a esté appellée Virginie en l'honneur de la defuncte Royne
  • d'Angleterre. Mais cette nation fait ses affaires si secretement, que
  • peu de gens en sçauent de [10] nouvelles certaines. Peu apres que i'eu
  • publié mon Histoire de la Nouvelle France on fit vn embarquem[~e]t
  • de huit cens hommes pour y envoyer. Il n'est point mention qu'ils se
  • soient lavé les mains au sang de ces peuples. En quoy ils ne sont ni
  • à loüer, ni à blamer: car il n'y a aucune loy, ni aucun pretexte,
  • qui permette de tuer qui que ce soit, & méme ceux des biens desquelz
  • nous-nous emparons. Mais ils sont à priser s'ils montrent à ces
  • pauvres ignorans le chemin de salut par la vraye & non fardée doctrine
  • Evangelique. Quant à noz François ie me suis assez plaint en madite
  • Histoire de la poltronnerie du temps d'aujourd'huy, & du peu de zele
  • que nous avons soit à redresser ces pauvres errans, soit à faire que
  • le nom de Dieu soit coneu exalté & glorifié en ces terres d'outre mer,
  • où jamais il ne le fut. Et toutefois nous voulons que cela porte le
  • nom de France, nom tant auguste & venerable, que nous ne pouvons sans
  • honte nous glorifier d'vne France qui n'est point Chrétienne. Ie sçay
  • qu'il ne manque pas de gens de bõne volonté pour y aller. Mais pourquoy
  • [11] l'Eglise, qui possede tant de biens; mais pourquoy les Grands,
  • qui sont tant de depenses superflues, ne financent-ilz quelque chose
  • pour l'execution d'vn si sainct oeuvre? Deux Gentils-hommes pleins
  • de courage en ces derniers t[~e]ps se sont trouvez zelés à ceci, les
  • Sieurs de Monts, & de Poutrincourt, lesquels à leurs dépens se sont
  • enervés, & ont fait plus que leurs forces ne pouvoient porter. L'vn
  • & l'autre ont continué jusques à present leurs voyages. Mais l'vn a
  • esté deceu par deux fois, & est tombé en grand interest pour s'estre
  • rendu trop credule aux paroles de quelques vns. Or d'autant que les
  • dernieres nouvelles que nous avons de nôtre Nouvelle-France viennent
  • de la part du Sieur de Poutrincourt, nous dirons ici ce qui est de son
  • fait: & avons iuste sujet d'exalter son courage, entant que ne pouvant
  • viure parmi la tourbe des hommes oisifs, dont nous n'abondons que
  • trop; & voyant nôtre France comme languir au repos d'vn calme ennuieux
  • aux hõmes de travail: apres avoir en mille occasions fait preuve de
  • sa valeur depuis vingt quatre ans ença; il a voulu coroner [12] ses
  • labeurs vrayement Herculeens par la cause de Dieu, pour laquelle
  • il employe ses moyens & ses forces, & va hazardant sa vie, pour
  • accroitre le nombre des citoyens des cieux, & amener à la bergerie de
  • Iesus-Christ nôtre souverain Pasteur, les brebis egarées, lesquelles il
  • seroit bien-seant aux Prelats de l'Eglise d'aller recuillir (du moins
  • contribuer à cet effect) puis qu'ils en ont le moyen. Mais avec combien
  • de travaux s'est-il employé jusques ici à cela? Voici la troisieme
  • fois qu'il passe le grand Ocean pour parvenir à ce but. La premiere
  • année se passa avec le sieur de Monts à chercher vne demeure propre &
  • vn port asseuré pour la retraite des vaisseaux & des hommes. Ce qui
  • ne succeda pas bien. La seconde année fut employée à la mesme chose,
  • & lors il estoit en France. En la troisieme nous fimes epreuve de la
  • terre, laquelle nous rendit abondamment le fruict de nôtre culture:
  • Cette annee icy voyant par vne mauvaise experience que les hommes sont
  • trompeurs, il ne s'est plus voulu attendre à autre qu'à luy-méme, &
  • [s']est mis en mer le 26. Fevrier, ayant eu [13] temps fort contraire
  • en sa navigation, laquelle a esté la plus longue dont i'aye jamais ouï
  • parler. Certes la nôtre nous fut fort ennuieuse il y a trois ans, ayans
  • esté vagabons l'espace de deux mois & demi sur la mer avant qu'arriver
  • au Port Royal. Mais en cette-ci ils ont esté trois mois entiers. De
  • sorte qu'vn indiscret se seroit mutiné jusques à faire de mauvaises
  • conspirations: toutesfois la benignité dudit Sieur de Poutrincourt &
  • le respect du lieu où il demeuroit à Paris, lui ont serui de bouclier
  • pour luy garentir la vie. [_Terrir, c'est à dire decouvrir la terre._]
  • La premiere côte où territ iceluy Sieur de Poutrincourt fut au port au
  • Mouton. De là parmi les brouïllas qui sont fort frequens le long de
  • l'Eté en cette mer, il se trouva en quelques perils, principalement
  • vers le Cap de Sable, où son vaisseau pensa toucher sur les brisans.
  • [_Hist. de la Nouvelle-France liv._ 2. _chap._ 37. _p._ 527.] Depuis
  • voulant gaigner le Port Royal, il fut porté par la violence des vents
  • quarante lieuës par-dela, c'est à sçavoir à la riviere de Norombega
  • tant celebrée & fabuleusement décrite par les Geographes & Historiens,
  • ainsi que i'ay monstré en madite Histoire, là où se pourra voir cette
  • navigation par la Table geographique [14] que i'y ay mise. De-là il
  • vint à la riviere sainct Iehan qui est vis à vis du Port Royal pardela
  • la Baye Françoise, où il trouva vn navire de S. Malo, qui troquoit avec
  • les Sauvages du païs. Et là il eut plainte d'vn Capitaine Sauvage qu'vn
  • dudit navire lui auoit ravi sa femme, & en abusoit: dont ledit Sieur
  • fit informer, & print celui là prisonnier, & le navire aussi. Mais il
  • laissa aller ledit navire & les matelots se contentant de garder le
  • malfaiteur: lequel neantmoins s'evada dans vne chaloupe & se retira
  • avec les Sauvages, les detournant de l'amitié des François, comme nous
  • dirons ci-apres. En fin arriués audit Port Royal il ne se peut dire
  • avec combien de ioye ces pauvres peuples receurent ledit Sieur & sa
  • compagnie. Et de verité le sujet de cette ioye estoit d'autant plus
  • grand qu'ils n'avoient plus d'esperance de voir les François habiter
  • aupres d'eux, desquels ils auoient ressenti les courtoisies lors que
  • nous y estions, dont se voyans priués, aussi pleuroient ils à chaudes
  • larmes quand nous partimes de là il y a trois ans. En ce Port Royal est
  • la demeure [15] dudict sieur de Poutrincourt, le plus beau sejour que
  • Dieu ait formé sur la terre, remparé d'un rang de 12 ou 15. lieuës de
  • montagnes du côté du Nort, sur lesquelles bat le Soleil tout le iour: &
  • de cotaux au côte du Su, ou Midi: lequel au reste peut contenir vingt
  • milles vaisseaux en asseurance, ayant vingt brasses de profond à son
  • entrée, vne lieuë & demie de large, & quatre de long jusques à vne ile
  • qui a vne lieuë Françoise de circuit: dans lequel i'ay veu quelquefois
  • à l'aise noüer vne moyenne Baleine, qui venoit auec le flot à huict
  • heures au matin par chacun jour. Au reste dans ce port se peche en la
  • saison grande quantité de harens, d'eplans, (ou eperlans) sardines,
  • bars, moruës, loups-marins, & autre poissons: & quant aux coquillages,
  • on y recueille force houmars, crappes, palourdes, coques, moules,
  • escargots, & chatagines de mer. Mais qui voudra aller au dessus du
  • flot de la mer il pechera en la riviere force eturgeons & saumons, à
  • la dessaicte desquels il y a vn singulier plaisir. Or pour reprendre
  • nôstre fil, le Sieur de Poutrincourt arrivé [6 i.e. 16] là a trouvé
  • ses batimens tout entiers sans que les Sauvages (ainsi a-on appellé
  • ces peuples là iusques à maintenant) y eussent touché en aucune façon,
  • ny méme aux meubles qu'on y avoit laissé. Et soucieux de leurs vieux
  • amis ils demandoient comme vn chacun d'eux se portoit, les nommant
  • particulierement par leurs noms communs, & demandans pourquoy tels &
  • tels n'y estoient retournez. Ceci demontre vne grãde debõnaireté en
  • ce peuple, lequel aussi ayant en nous reconu toute humanité, ne nous
  • fuit point; comme il fait l'Hespagnol en tout ce grand monde nouveau.
  • Et consequemment par vne douceur & courtoisie, qui leur est aussi
  • familiere qu'à nous, il est aisé de les faire plier à tout ce que l'on
  • voudra, & particulierement pour ce qui touche le point de la Religion,
  • de laquelle nous leur avions baillé de bonnes impressiõs lors que nous
  • estions aupres d'eux, & ne desiroient pas mieux que de se ranger souz
  • la banniere de Iesus-Christ: à quoy ils eussent esté receuz dés lors,
  • si nous eussions eu vn pié ferme en la terre. Mais comme nous pensions
  • continuer, [17] avint que le sieur de Monts ne pouvant plus fournir à
  • la depense, & le Roy ne l'assistant point, il fut contraint de revoquer
  • tous ceux qui estoient pardelà, lesquels n'avoient porté les choses
  • necessaires à vne plus longue demeure. Ainsi c'eust esté temerité
  • & folie de conferer le baptéme à ceux qu'il eust fallu par apres
  • abandonner, & leur donner sujet de retourner à leur vomissement. Mais
  • maintenant que c'est à bon escient, & que ledit sieur de Poutrincourt
  • fait pardelà sa demeure actuelle, il est loisible de leur imprimer le
  • charactere Chrétien sur le front & en l'ame, apres les avoir instruit
  • és principaux articles de nôtre Foy. [_Aux Hebr._ 11. _vers._ 6.] Ce
  • qu'a eu soin de faire ledit Sieur, sachant ce que dit l'Apôtre, que
  • _celuy qui s'approche de Dieu doibt croire que Dieu est_: & apres cette
  • croyance, peu à peu on vient aux choses qui sont plus eloignées du sens
  • commun, comme de croire que d'vn rien Dieu ait fait toutes choses,
  • qu'il se soit fait homme, qu'il soit nay d'vne Vierge, qu'il ait voulu
  • mourir pour l'homme, &c. Et d'autant que les hommes Ecclesiastics qui
  • ont esté portés pardelà ne sont encore [18] instruits en la langue
  • de ces peuples, ledit Sieur a pris la peine de les instruire & les
  • faire instruire par l'organe de son fils ainé jeune Gentilhomme qui
  • entend & parle fort bien ladite langue, & qui s[~e]ble estre né pour
  • leur ouvrir le chemin des cieux. Les hommes qui sont au Port Royal, &
  • terres adjacentes tirant vers la Terre-neuve, s'appellent Souriquois,
  • & ont leur langue propre. Mais passée la Baye Françoise, qui a environ
  • 40. lieuës de profond dans les terres, & 10. ou 12. lieuës de large,
  • les hommes de l'autre part s'appellent Etechemins, & plus loin sont
  • les Armouchiquois peuple distingué de langage de ceux-ci, & lequel
  • est heureux en quãtité de belles vignes & gros raisins, s'il sçavoit
  • conoitre l'vtilité de ce fruit, lequel (ainsi que nos vieux Gaullois)
  • il pense estre poison. [_Ammian Marcellin._] Il a aussi de la chãve
  • excellente que la nature lui donne, laquelle en beauté and bõté passe
  • de beaucoup la nôtre: & outre ce le Sassafras, force chenes, noyers,
  • pruniers, chataigniers, & autres fruits qui ne sont venus à nôtre
  • conoissance. Quant au Port Royal ie veux confesser qu'il n'y a pas
  • [19] tant de fruits: & neantmoins la terre y est plantureuse pour y
  • esperer tout ce que la France Gaulloise nous produit. Tous ces peuples
  • se gouvernent par Capitaines qu'ils appellent Sagamos, mot qui est
  • pris és Indes Orientales en méme signification, ainsi que i'ay leu
  • en l'histoire de Maffeus, & lequel i'estime venir du mot Hebrieu
  • _Sagan_, qui signifie Grand Prince, selon Rabbi David, & quelquefois
  • celui qui tient le second lieu apres le souverain Pontife. [_Esai._
  • 41. _vers._ 25, _Ierem._ 51. _vers._ 23. _Santes Pagnin_, 9.] En
  • la version ordinaire de la Bible il est pris pour le Magistrat: &
  • neantmoins là méme les interpretes Hebrieux le tourn[~e]t Prince.
  • Et de fait nous lisons dans Berose que Noé fut appellé Saga tant
  • pour ce qu'il estoit grand Prince, que pour ce qu'il avoit enseigné
  • la Theologie, & les ceremonies du service divin, avec beaucoup de
  • secrets, des choses natureles, aux Scytes Armeniens, que les anciens
  • Cosmographes appellerent Sages du nom de Noé. Et paraventure pour
  • cette méme consideration ont esté appellés nos Tectosages, qui sont
  • les Tolosains. Car ce bon pere restaurateur du monde vint en Italie,
  • & envoya [20] repeupler les Gaulles apres le Deluge, donnant son nom
  • de Gaulois (car Xenophon dit qu'il fut aussi appellé de ce nom) à ceux
  • qu'il y envoya, par ce qu'il avoit esté echappé des eaux. Et n'est
  • pas inconvenient que lui-méme n'ait imposé le nom aux Tectosages.
  • Revenons à nôtre mot de Sagamos lequel est le tiltre d'honneur des
  • Capitaines en ces Terres neuves dont nous parlons. Au Port Royal le
  • Capitaine, ou Sagamos dudit lieu s'appelle en son nom Membertou. Il
  • est âgé de cent ans pour le moins, & peut naturellement vivre encore
  • plus de cinquante. Il a sous soy plusieurs familles, ausquelles il
  • commande, non point avec tant d'authorité que fait nôtre Roy sur ses
  • sujets, mais pour haranguer, donner conseil, marcher à la guerre, faire
  • raison à celui qui reçoit quelque injure, & choses s[~e]blables. Il
  • ne met point d'impost sur le peuple. Mais s'il y a de la chasse il
  • en a sa part sans qu'il soit tenu d'y aller. Vray est qu'on lui fait
  • quelquefois des presens de peaux de Castors, ou autre chose, quand il
  • est employé pour la guerison de quelque malade, ou pour interroger [21]
  • son dæmon (qu'il appelle _Aoutem_) afin d'auoir nouvelle de quelque
  • chose future, ou absente: car chaque village, ou compagnie de Sauvages,
  • ayant vn _Aoutmoin_, c'est à dire Devin, qui fait cet office, Membertou
  • est celui qui de grande ancienneté à prattiqué cela entre ceux parmi
  • lesquels il a conversé. Si bien qu'il est en credit pardessus tous les
  • autres Sagamos du païs, aiãt dés sa jeunesse esté grand Capitaine, &
  • parmi cela exercé l'office de Devin & de Medecin, qui sont les trois
  • choses plus efficaces à obliger les hommes, & à se rendre necessaire
  • en ceste vie humaine. Or ce Membertou aujourd'huy par la grace de Dieu
  • est Chrétien avec toute sa famille, aiant esté baptizé, & vingt autres
  • apres lui, le jour sainct Iehan dernier 24. Iuin. I'en ay lettres dudit
  • Sieur de Poutrincourt en datte du vnzieme jour de Iuillet ensuivant.
  • Ledit Membertou a esté nommé du nom de nôtre feu bon Roy HENRY IIII.
  • & son fils ainé du nom de Monseigneur le Dauphin aujourd'huy nôtre
  • Roy LOVIS XIII. que Dieu benie. Et ainsi consequemment la femme de
  • Membertou a [22] esté nommée MARIE du nom de la Royne Regente, & à sa
  • fille a esté imposé le nom de la Roine MARGVERITE. Le second fils de
  • Membertou dit Actaudin fut nommé PAVL du nom de nôtre sainct Pere le
  • Pape de Rome. La fille du susdit Louis eut nom CHRISTINE en l'honneur
  • de Madame la soeur ainee du Roy. Et consequemment à chacun fut imposé
  • le nom de quelque illustre, ou notable personnage de deça. Plusieurs
  • autres Sauvages estoient lors allez cabanner ailleurs (comme c'est
  • leur coutume de se disperser par bendes quand l'esté est venu) lors
  • de ces solennitez de regeneration Chrétienne, lesquels nous estimons
  • estre aujourd'huy enrollés en la famille de Dieu par le méme lavem[~e]t
  • du sainct bapteme. Mais le diable, qui iamais ne dort, en ceste
  • occurrence ici a témoigné la jalousie qu'il avoit du salut annoncé à
  • ce peuple, & de voir que le nom de Dieu fust glorifié en cette terre:
  • ayant suscité vn mauvais François, non François, mais Turc: non Turc,
  • mais Athée, pour detourner du sentier de salut plusieurs Sauvages qui
  • estoient Chrétiens en leur ame & de [23] volonté dés il y a trois ans:
  • & entre autres vn Sagamos nommé ChKoudun homme de grand credit, duquel
  • i'ay fait honorable m[~e]tion en mon Histoire de la Nouvelle-Frãce,
  • par ce que je l'ay veu sur tous autres aymer les François, & qu'il
  • admiroit nos inventions au pris de leur ignorance: mémes que s'estant
  • quelquefois trouvé aux remontrances Chrétiennes qui se faisoient par-de
  • là à noz Frãçois par chacun Dimanche, il s'y rendoit attentif, encores
  • qu'il n'y ent[~e]dist rien: & davantage avoit pendu devant sa poitrine
  • le signe de la Croix, lequel il faisoit aussi porter à ses domestics
  • & avoit à nôtre imitation planté vne grande Croix en la place de son
  • village dit _Oigoudi_, sur le port de la riuiere sainct Iehan, à dix
  • lieuës du port Royal. Or cet homme avec les autres, a esté détourné
  • d'estre Chrétien par l'avarice maudite de ce mauvais François que
  • i'ay touché ci-dessus, lequel ie ne veux nõmer pour cette heure pour
  • l'amour & reverence que ie porte à son pere, mais avec protestation de
  • l'eterniser s'il ne s'amende. Celui-là, di-ie, pour attraper quelques
  • Castors de ce Sagamos [24] ChKoudun, l'alla en Iuin dernier suborner,
  • apres s'estre euadé des mains dudit Sieur de Poutrincourt, disãt que
  • tout ce qu'icelui Poutrincourt leur disoit de Dieu n'estoit rien qui
  • vaille, qu'il ne le falloit point croire, & que c'estoit vn abuseur, &
  • qu'il les feroit mourir pour avoir leurs Castors. Ie laisse beaucoup
  • de mechans discours qu'il peut avoir adjouté à cela. S'il estoit de la
  • Religion de ceux qui se disent Reformez ie l'excuserois aucunement:
  • mais il mõtre bien qu'il n'est ni de l'vne, ny de l'autre. Si diray-ie
  • toutefois qu'il a sujet de remercier Dieu du dãger où il s'est veu en
  • nôtre voiage. Ce Sagamos pouvoit estant Chrétien en r[~e]dre bon nombre
  • semblables à lui, à son imitation. Mais ie veux esperer, ou plustot
  • croire pour certain qu'il ne demeurera plus gueres long t[~e]ps en cet
  • erreur, & que ledit Sieur aura trouvé moyen de l'attirer (avec beaucoup
  • d'autres) pres de soy, pour luy imprimer derechef les vives persuasions
  • dont il luy avoit autrefois touché l'ame en ma presence. Car l'esprit
  • de Dieu est puissant pour faire tõber sur ce champ vne nouvelle rousee,
  • qui fera regermer ce que la grele a desseché & abbatu. Dieu vueille par
  • sa grace conduire le tout en sorte que la chose reüssisse à sa gloire
  • & à l'edification de ce peuple, pour lequel tous Chrétiens doivent
  • faire continuelles prieres à sa divine bonté, à ce qu'il lui plaise
  • confirmer & avancer l'oeuvre qu'il lui a pleu susciter en ce temps pour
  • l'exaltation de son nom, & le salut de ses creatures.
  • FIN.
  • [25] Il y a pardela des hommes d'Eglise de bon sçavoir que le seul
  • zele de la Religion y a porté, lesquels ne manqueront de faire tout ce
  • que la pieté requerra en ce regard. Or quant à present il n'est pas
  • besoin de ces Docteurs sublimes, qui peuvent estre plus vtiles pardeça
  • à combattre les vices & les heresies. Ioint qu'il y a certaine sorte
  • de gens desquels on ne se peut pas bien asseurer faisans métier de
  • censurer tout ce qui ne vient à leurs maximes, & voulans commander par
  • tout. Il suffit d'estre veillé au dehors sans avoir de ces epilogueurs
  • qui considerent tous les mouvemens de vôtre corps & de vôtre coeur
  • pour en faire regitres, desquels les plus grands Rois mémes ne se
  • peuv[~e]t defendre. Et puis, que serviroi[~e]t pardela tãt de gens de
  • cette sorte, quãt à present, si ce n'est qu'ils voulussent s'addonner
  • à la culture de la terre? Car ce n'est pas tout que d'aller là. Il
  • faut considerer ce que l'on y fera y estant arrivé. Pour ce qui est
  • de la demeure du Sieur de Poutrincourt il s'est fourni au depart de
  • ce qui lui estoit necessaire. Mais s'il prenoit envie à quelques gens
  • de bien d'y [26] avancer l'Evangile, ie seroy d'avis qu'ils fissent
  • cinq ou six bandes, avec chacun vn navire bien equippé, & qu'ils
  • allassent planter des colonies en diverses places de ces quartiers
  • là, comme à Tadoussac, Gachepé, Campseau, la Héve, Oigoudi, Saincte
  • Croix, Pemptegoet, KinibeKi, & autres endroits où sont les assemblées
  • de Sauvages, lesquels il faut que le temps ameine à la Religion
  • Chrétienne: si ce n'est qu'vn grand Pere de famille tel que le Roy
  • en vueille avoir la gloire totale, & face habiter ces lieux. Car d'y
  • penser vivre à leur mode i'estime cela estre hors de nôtre pouvoir.
  • [_Façon de vivre des Souriquois & Ethechemins._] Et pour le montrer,
  • leur façon de vivre est telle, que depuis la premiere terre (qui est
  • la Terre-neuve) insques aux Armouchiquois, qui sont pres de trois cens
  • lieuës, les hommes vivent vagabons, sans labourage, n'estans iamais
  • plus de cinq ou six semaines en vn lieu. Pline à fait mention de
  • certains peuples dits Ichthyophages, c'est à dire Mangeurs de poissons,
  • viuans de cela. Ceux ci sont tout de méme les trois parts de l'année.
  • Car venant le Print[~e]ps ils se divisent par troupes sur les rives
  • de mer insques à [27] l'Hiver, lequel venãt, par ce que le poissõ se
  • retire au fond des grandes eaux salées, ilz cherchent les lacs & ombres
  • des bois, où ilz pechent les Castors, dont ilz viv[~e]t, & d'autres
  • chasses, comme Ellans, Caribous, Cerfs, & autres animaux moindres que
  • ceux-lá. Et neantmoins quelquefois, en Eté méme ilz ne laissent point
  • de chasser: & d'ailleurs ont infinie quantité d'oyseaux en certaines
  • iles és mois de May, Iuin, Iuillet, & Aoust. [_le coucher._] Quant à
  • leur coucher, vne peau etendue sur la terre leur sert de matelas. Et
  • en cela n'avons dequoy nous mocquer d'eux, par ce que noz vieux peres
  • Gaullois en faisoient de méme, & dinoi[~e]t aussi sur des peaux de
  • chiens & de loups, si Diodore & Strabon disent vray. [_Armouchiquois._]
  • Mais quant au pais des Armouchiquois & Iroquois, il y a plus grande
  • moisson à faure pour ceux qui sont poussez d'vn zele religieux, par
  • ce que le peuple y est beaucoup plus frequent, & cultive la terre,
  • de laquelle il retire vn grand soulagement de vie. Vray est qu'il
  • n'entent pas bien la façõ de faire le pain, n'ayant les inventiõs des
  • moulins, ni du levain, ni des fours; ains broye son blé en certaine
  • façon de [28] mortiers, & l'empâte au mieux qu'il peut pour le faire
  • cuire entre deux pierres echauffées au feu: ou bien rotit ledit blé en
  • epic sur la braise, ainsi que faisoient les vieux Romains, au dire de
  • Pline. [_Plin. liv._ 18. _chap._ 2. _&_ 10.] Depuis on trouva le moyen
  • de faire des gateaux souz la cendre: & depuis encore les boulengers
  • trouverent la façon des fours. Or ces peuples cultivans la terre sont
  • arretés, ce que les autres ne sont point, n'ayans rien de propre, tels
  • qu'estoient les Allemans au temps de Tacite, lequel a décrit leurs
  • anciennes façons de vivre. [_Iroquois._] Plus avant dans les terres
  • au dessus des Armouchiquois sont les Iroquois peuples aussi arretés,
  • par-ce qu'ilz cultivent la terre, d'où ils recueillent du blé mahis
  • (ou Sarazin) dés féves, des bõnes racines, & bref tout ce que nous
  • avons dit du pays desdits Armouchiquois, voire encore plus, car par
  • necessité ilz vivent de la terre, estans loin de la mer. Neantmoins ils
  • ont vn grand lac d'étendue merveilleuse, comme d'environ 60. lieuës,
  • à lentour duquel ils sont cabãnés. Dans ledit lac il y a des iles
  • belles & grandes, habitées desdits Iroquois, qui sont vn grand peuple,
  • & plus on va [29] avant dans les terres plus on les trouve habitées:
  • [_Nouveau Mexique._] si bien que (s'il en faut croire les Hespagnols)
  • au pays dit le Nouveau Mexique bien loin pardela lesdits Iroquois, en
  • tirant au Suroüest, il y a des villes baties, & des maisons à trois &
  • quatre etages: méme du bestial privé: d'où ils ont appellé vne certaine
  • riviere _Rio de las Vaccas_, La riviere des Vaches, pour y en avoir
  • veu en grand nombre paturer le lõg de la riviere. [_Grand lac outre
  • Canada._] Et est-ce pays directement au Nort à plus de cinq cens lieuës
  • du vieil Mexique, avoisinant, comme ie croy, l'extremité du grand lac
  • de la riviere de Canada, lequel (selon le rapport des Sauvages) a
  • trente journées de long. Ie croiroy que des hommes robustes & bien
  • composés pourroient vivre parmi ces peuples là, & faire grand fruit
  • à l'avancement de la Religion Chrétienne. Mais quant aux Souriquois,
  • & Etechemins, qui sont vagabons & divisés, il les faut assembler par
  • la culture de la terre, & obliger par ce moyen à demeurer en vn lieu.
  • Car quiconque a pris la peine de cultiver vne terre il ne la quitte
  • point aisement. Il cõbat pour la conserver de tout son courage. [30]
  • Mais ie trouve ce dessein de longue execution si nous n'y allons
  • d'autre zele, & si vn Roy ou riche Prince ne prent cette cause en main,
  • laquelle certes est digne d'vn royaume tres-Chrétien. [_Conquete de la
  • Palestine comparee à celle de la Nouvelle-France._] On a jadis fait
  • tant de depenses & pertes d'hommes à la reconqueste de la Palestine, à
  • quoy on a peu proufité: & aujourd'hui à peu de frais on pourroit faire
  • des merveilles, & acquerir infinis peuples à Dieu sans coup ferir: &
  • nous sommes touchés d'vne ie ne sçay quelle lethargie en ce qui est du
  • zele religieux qui bruloit noz peres anciennement. Si on n'esperoit
  • aucun fruit temporel en ceci ie pardonnerois à l'imbecillité humaine.
  • Mais il y a de si certaines esperances d'vne bõne vsure, qu'elles
  • ferment la bouche à tous les ennemis de ce pays là, lesquels le
  • decrient afin de ne perdre la traite des Castors & autres pelleteries
  • dont ils vivent, & sans cela mourroyent de faim, ou ne sçauroient à
  • quoy s'employer. [_Au Roy & à la Royne._] Que s'il plaisoit au Roy,
  • & à la Royne Regente sa mere, en laquelle Dieu a allume vn brasier
  • de pieté, prendre goust à ceci (cõme certes elle a faict au rapport
  • de la Conversiõ des Sauvages baptizés par le [31] soin du Sieur de
  • Poutrincourt) & laisser quelque memoire d'elle, ou plustot s'asseurer
  • de la beatitude des cieux par cette action qui est toute de Dieu, on ne
  • peut dire quelle gloire à l'avenir ce lui seroit d'estre la premiere
  • qui auroit planté l'Evangile en de si grandes terres, qui (par maniere
  • de dire) n'ont point de bornes. Si Helene mere de l'Empereur Cõstantin
  • eust trouvé tant de sujet de bien-faire, elle eust beaucoup mieux
  • aimé edifier à Dieu des temples vivans que tant d'edifices de marbre
  • dont elle a rempli la terre saincte. Et au bout l'esperance de la
  • remuneration temporelle n'en est po[~i]t vaine. Car d'une part le Sieur
  • de Poutrincourt demeure toujours serviteur du Roy en la terre que sa
  • Maiesté luy a octroyée: en laquelle il seroit le rendezvous & support
  • de tant de vaisseaux qui vont tous les ans aux Terres neuves, où ilz
  • reçoivent mille incommodités, & en perit grand nombre, comme nous
  • avons veu & oui dire. [_Moyens pour aller aux Molucques par le Ponant
  • & le Nort._] Dailleurs penetrant dans les terres, nous pourrions nous
  • rendre familier le chemin de la Chine, & des Molucques par vn climat
  • & parallele t[~e]peré, en faisant quelques statiõs ou [32] demeures
  • au Saut de la grande riviere de Canada, puis aux lacs qui sont plus
  • outre, le dernier desquels n'est pas loin de la grande mer Occidentale,
  • par laquelle les Hespagnols vont aujourd'hui en l'Orient: Ou bien on
  • pouroit faire la méme entreprise par la riviere de Saguenay, outre
  • laquelle les Sauvages rapportent qu'il y a vne mer dont ilz n'ont veu
  • le bout, qui est sans doute ce passage par le Nort, lequel en vain l'on
  • a tant recherché. [_Vtilités._] De sorte que nous aurions des epices,
  • & autres drogues sans les mendier desdits Hespagnols, & demeureroit
  • és mains du Roy le proufit qu'il tire de nous sur ces denrées:
  • Laissant à part l'vtilité des cuirs, paturages, pecheries, & autres
  • biens. Mais il faut semer avant que recuillir. Par ces exercices on
  • occuperoit beaucoup de ieunesse Françoise, dont vne partie languit ou
  • de pauvreté, ou d'oisiveté: ou vont aux provinces etrangeres enseigner
  • les metiers qui nous estoient iadis propres & particuliers, au moyen
  • dequoy la France estoit remplie de biens, au lieu qu'aujourd'hui vne
  • longue paix ne l'a encore peu remettre en son premier lustre, tant
  • [33] pour la raison que dessus, que pour le nombre de gens oisifs, &
  • mendians valides & volontaires que le public nourrit. [_Chiquanerie._]
  • Entre lesquelles incommodités on pourrait mettre encore le mal de
  • la chiquanerie qui mange nostre nation, dõt elle a esté blamée de
  • tout temps. A quoy [_Ammiã Marcellin._] seroit aucunement obvié par
  • les frequ[~e]tes navigations: estant ainsi qu'une partie de ceux qui
  • plaident auroient plustot fait de conquester nouvelle terre, demeurans
  • en l'obeissance du Roy, que de poursuivre ce qu'ilz debattent avec
  • tant de ruines, longueurs, solicitudes, & travaux. Et en ce ie repute
  • heureux tous ces pauvres peuples que ie deplore ici. [_Felicité des
  • Sauvages._] Car la blafarde Envie ne les amaigrit po[~i]t ilz ne
  • ressentent point les inhumanités d'vn qui sert Dieu en torticoli, pour
  • souz cette couleur tourmenter les hommes; ilz ne sont point sujets au
  • calcul de ceux qui manquans de vertu & de bonté s'affublent d'vn faux
  • pretexte de pieté pour nourrir leur ambition. S'ilz ne conoissent point
  • Dieu, au moins ne le blasphement ilz point, comme font la pluspart des
  • Chretiens. Ilz ne sçavent que c'est d'empoisonner, ni de corrompre la
  • [34] chasteté par artifice diabolique. Il n'y a point de pauvres, ny
  • de mendians entre eux. Tous sont riches, entant que tous travaillent
  • & vivent. Mais entre nous il va bien autrement. Car il y en a plus de
  • la moitié qui vit du labeur d'autrui, ne faisant aucun metier qui soit
  • necessaire à la vie humaine. Que si ce païs là estoit etabli, tel y a
  • qui n'ose faire ici ce qu'il feroit là. [_Pour ceux qui vont en la N.
  • France._] Il n'ose point ici estre bucheron, laboureur, vigneron, &c.
  • par ce que sõ pere est chiquaneur, barbier, apothicaire &c. Et là il
  • oublieroit toutes ces aprehensions de reproche, & prendroit plaisir à
  • cultiver sa terre, ayant beaucoup de compagnons d'aussi bonne maison
  • que lui. Et cultiver la terre c'est le metier le plus innocent, & plus
  • certain, exercice de ceux de qui nous sommes tous descendus, & de ces
  • braves Capitaines Romains qui sçavoient domter & ne point estre domtés.
  • Mais depuis que la pompe & la malice se sont introduits parmi les
  • hommes, ce qui estoit vertu a tourné en reproche, & les faineans sont
  • venus en estime. [_A la Royne._] Or laissons ces gens là, & revenons au
  • Sieur de Poutrincourt, ains plustot a vous, ô Royne Tres-Chretienne,
  • [35] la plus grande, & plus cherie des cieux que l'oeil du monde voye
  • en la rõde qu'il fait chaque iour alentour de cet vnivers. Vous qui
  • avés le maniement du plus noble Empire dici bas, Quoy souffrirez vous
  • de voir vn Gentil-hõme de si bonne volonté sans l'employer & sans le
  • secourir? Voulez vous qu'il emporte la premiere gloire du monde par
  • dessus vous, & que le triomphe de cet affaire luy demeure sans que
  • vous y participiés? Non, non, Madame, il faut que le tout vous en soit
  • rapporté, & que cõme les etoilles empruntent leur lumiere du soleil,
  • aussi que du Roy & de vous qui nous l'avés dõné toutes les belles
  • actiõs des François dep[~e]dent. Il faut donc prevenir cette gloire, &
  • ne la ceder à autre, tandis que vous avés vn Poutrincourt bon François,
  • & qui a servi le feu Roy de regretable memoire vôtre Epoux (que Dieu
  • absolve) en des affaires d'Estat dont les histoires ne font mention.:
  • En haine dequoy sa maison & ses biens ont passé par l'examen du feu. Il
  • ne passe point l'Ocean pour voir le païs, comme ont fait préque tous
  • les autres qui ont entrepris de semblables navigations [36] aux dépens
  • de noz Roys. Mais il mõtre par effect quelle est son intentiõ, si bien
  • qu'on n'en peut point douter, & ne hazarderez rien maintenant quand
  • vôtre Majesté l'employera à bon escient à l'amplificatiõ de la religion
  • Chrétienne és terres Occidentales d'outre mer. Vous reconoissez son
  • zele, le vôtre est incomparable, mais il faut aviser où se pourra
  • mieux faire vôtre emploite. Ie louë les Princesses & Dames qui depuis
  • quinze ans ont dõné de leurs biens pour le repos de ceux ou celles qui
  • se veulent sequestrer du monde. Mais i'estime (sauf correction) que
  • leur pieté seroit plus illustre si elle se montroit envers ces pauvres
  • peuples Occidentaux qui gemissent, & dont le defaut d'instruction crie
  • vengeance à Dieu contre ceux qui les peuvent ayder à estre Chrétiens,
  • & ne le font pas. Vne Royne de Castille a esté cause que la religion
  • Chrétienne a esté portée és terres que tient l'Hespagnol en Occident:
  • faites ô lumiere des Roynes du monde, que par vous bientot on oye
  • eclater le nom de Dieu par tout ce monde nouveau où il n'est point
  • encore coneu. Or reprenant le fil de mõ [37] Histoire, puisque nous
  • avons parlé du voyage dudit Sieur de Poutrincourt, il ne sera point
  • hors de propos si apres avoir touché les incommodités & longueurs de sa
  • navigation, qui l'ont reculé d'vn an, nous disons vn mot du retour de
  • son vaisseau. Ce qui sera bref, d'autant qu'ordinairement sont bréves
  • les navigations qui se font des terres Occidentales en deça hors le
  • Tropique du Cancre. [_Liv. 1. ch._ 24. & _li._ 2. _ch._ 41. & 42.]
  • I'ay rendu la raison de cela en mon Histoire de la Nouvelle-France,
  • où ie renvoye le Lecteur: comme aussi pour sçavoir la raison pourquoy
  • en Eté la mer y est remplie de brumes en telle sorte que pour vn jour
  • serein il y en a deux de broüillas: & deux fois m'y suis trouvé parmi
  • des brumes de huict jours entiers. [_Que c'est ce Banc Voy la dite
  • Histoire liv._ 2. _chap._ 24.] Ceci e esté cause que ledit Sieur de
  • Poutrincourt renvoyant son fils en France pour faire nouvelle charge,
  • il a demeuré aussi long temps à gaigner le grand Banc aux Moruës
  • depuis le Port Royal, comme à gaigner la France depuis ledit Banc: &
  • toutefois depuis icelui Banc jusques à la terre de France il y a huit
  • cens bonnes lieuës: & de là méme jusques audit Port Royal il n'y en
  • a gueres [38] plus de trois cens. C'est sur ledit Banc qu'on trouve
  • ordinairement tout l'Eté force navires qui font la Pecherie des Moruës
  • qu'on apporte pardeça, lesquelles on appelle Moruës de Terre-neuve.
  • Ainsi le fils dudit Sieur de Poutrincourt (dit le Baron de Sainct
  • Iust) arrivãt audit Banc fit provision de viande freche, & pecherie
  • de poisson. [_La maniere de cette pecherie, voy au lieu sus-dit._] En
  • quoy faisant il eut en rencontre vn navire Rochelois & vn autre du
  • Havre de Grace, d'où il eut nouvelles de la mort lamentable de nôtre
  • defunct bon Roy, sans sçavoir par qui, ni comment. Mais apres eut en
  • rencontre vn autre navire Anglois, d'où il entendit la méme chose,
  • accusans du parricide des gens que ie ne veux ici nõmer: car ils le
  • disoient par haine & envie, n'ayans plus grans adversaires qu'eux.
  • [_En_ 15. _jours du Banc en France._] En quinze jours donc ledit
  • Sieur de Sainct Iust fut rendu dudit Banc en France, ayant toujours
  • eu vent en poupe: navigation certes beaucoup plus agreable que celle
  • du vingtsixieme de Février mentionnée-ci-dessus. Les gens du Sieur de
  • Monts partirent du Havre de Grace neuf ou dix jours apres ledit jour
  • 26. Février pour aller à Kebec, 40. lieuës pardela [39] la riviere de
  • Saguenay, où icelui Sieur de Monts s'est fortifié. Mais ilz furent
  • contraints de relacher pour les mauvais vents. Et là dessus courut
  • vn bruit que le Sieur de Poutrincourt estoit peri en mer, & tout son
  • equipage. A quoy ie n'adjoutay onques foy, croyant pour certain que
  • Dieu l'aidera, & le fera passer par-dessus toutes difficultez. [_Kebec
  • Fort du Sieur de Monts._] Nous n'avons encore nouvelles dudit Kebec, &
  • en attendons bien-tot. Mais ie puis dire pour la verité que si jamais
  • quelque chose de bon reüssit de la Nouvelle-France la posterité en
  • aura de l'obligatiõ audit Sieur de Monts autheur de ces choses, auquel
  • si on n'eust point oté le privilege qui lui avoit esté baillé pour la
  • traite de Castors & autres pelleteries, aujourd'hui nous aurions force
  • bestiaux, arbres fruictiers, peuples, & batim[~e]s en ladite province.
  • Car il a desiré ardamment de voir pardela les affaires etablies à
  • l'honneur de Dieu & de la France. Et jaçoit qu'on lui ait oté le sujet
  • de continuer, si ne s'est il point decouragé jusques à present de
  • faire ce qu'il a peu, ayant fait batir vn Fort audit Kebec, avec des
  • logemens fort beaux & commodes. En ce lieu de Kebec cette [40] grande &
  • immense riviere de Canada est reduite à l'étroit, & n'a que la portée
  • d'vn fauconneau de large, abõdante en poissons autant que riviere du
  • monde. Pour le pays il est beau à merveilles, & abondant en chasse.
  • Mais estant en pays plus froid que le port Royal, assavoir quatre
  • vingtz lieuës plus au Nort, aussi la pelleterie y est elle beaucoup
  • plus belle. Car (entre autres) les Renars y sont noirs, & d'vn poil si
  • beau, qu'il semble faire honte à la Martre. Les Sauvages du Port Royal
  • y peuvent aller en dix ou douze jours par le moyen des rivieres sur
  • lesquelles ils navigent préque jusques à la source, & de là portans
  • leurs petits canots d'écorce par quelque espace dans les bois, ils
  • gaignent vne autre riviere qui va tomber dans ledit fleuve de Canada,
  • & ainsi expedient bien-tot de lõgs voyages: ce que de nous-mémes ne
  • sçaurions faire en l'etat qu'est le païs. Et par mer audit Kebec il
  • y a dudit Port Royal plus de quatre cens lieuës en allant par le Cap
  • Breton. Ledit Sieur de Monts y auoit envoyé des vaches dés il y a deux
  • ans & demi, mais faute de quelque femme de village qui entendist le
  • [41] gouvernement d'icelles, on en a laissé mourir la pluspart en se
  • dechargeant de leurs veaux. [_Femmes combien necessaires._] En quoy
  • se reconoit combien vne femme est necessaire en vne maison, laquelle
  • ie ne sçay pourquoy tant de gens rejettent, & ne s'en peuvent passer.
  • Quant à moy ie seray toujours d'auis qu'en quelque habitation que ce
  • soit on ne fera jamais fruit sans la compagnie des femmes. Sans elles
  • la vie est triste, les maladies viennent, & meurt on sans secours.
  • C'est pourquoy ie me mocque de ces mysogames qui leur ont voulu tant
  • de mal, & particulierement i'en veux à ce fol qu'on a mis au nombre
  • des sept Sages, lequel disoit que la femme est vn mal necessaire, veu
  • qu'il n'y a bien au monde comparable à elle. [_Ecclesi._ 4 _vers._ 10.]
  • Aussi Dieu la il baillée _pour compagne à l'homme, afin de l aider
  • & consoler_: & le Sage dit que _Malheureux est l'hõme qui est seul,
  • car il n'a personne qui l echauffe, & s'il tombe en la fosse il n'a
  • personne pour le relever_. Que s'il y a des femmes folles, il faut
  • estimer que les hommes ne sont point sãs faute. De ce defaut de vaches
  • plusieurs se sont ressentis, car estant tombés malades ilz n'ont pas
  • eu toutes les douceurs [42] qu'autrement ils eussent euës, & s'en sont
  • allez promener aux champs Elisées. [_Conspiration chatiee._] Vn autre
  • qui auoit esté de nôtre voyage, n'eut point la patience d'attendre
  • cela, & voulut gaigner le ciel par escalade dés le commencement de
  • son arrivée, par vne conspiration contre le sieur Champlein son
  • Capitaine. Les complices furent condemnés aux galeres, & ramenés en
  • France. [_Voyage aux Iroquois._] L'Eté venu assavoir il y a vn an,
  • ledit Champlein desireux de voir le païs des Iroquois, afin qu'en
  • son absence les Sauvages ne se saisissent point de son Fort, il leur
  • persuada d'aller là faire la guerre, & partirent avec lui & deux autres
  • François, en nõbre de quatre-vingts ou cent, iusques au lac desdits
  • Iroquois, à deux c[~e]s lieües loin dudit Kebec. [_Peuples ennemis._]
  • De tout temps il y a eu guerre entre ces deux nations, comme entre les
  • Souriquois & Armouchiquois: & se sont quelquefois elevés les Iroquois
  • jusques au nõbre de huit mille hommes, pour guerroyer & exterminer
  • tous ceux qui habitoient la grande riviere de Canada: comme il est
  • à croire qu'ils ont fait, d'autant que là n'est plus aujourd'hui le
  • langage qui s'y parloit au [43] temps de Iacques Quartier, qui y fut
  • il y a quatre-vingts ans. [_Guerre._] Ledit Champlein avec ses troupes
  • arrivé là, ilz ne se peurent si bien cacher qu'ilz ne fussent apperceuz
  • de ces peuples, qui ont toujours des sentinelles sur les avenües de
  • leurs ennemis: & s'estans les vns & les autres bien remparés, il fut
  • convenu entre eux de ne point combattre pour ce jour là, mais de
  • remettre l'affaire au lendemain. Le temps lors estoit serein: si bien
  • que l'Aurore n'eut point plutot chassé les ombres de la nuit, que la
  • rumeur s'emeût par tout le camp. Quelque enfant perdu des Iroquois
  • ayant voulu sortir de ses rempars, fut transpercé non d'un trait
  • d'Apollon, ou de l'Archerot aux yeux bendés, mais d'un vray trait
  • materiel & bien poignant qui le mit à la renverse. Là dessus, la colere
  • monte au front des offensés & chacun se met en ordre pour attaquer &
  • se defendre. Comme la troupe des Iroquois s'avançoit, Champlein qui
  • avoit chargé son mousquet à deux balles, voyant deux Iroquois marcher
  • devant avec des panaches sur la tête, se douta que c'estoient deux
  • Capitaines, & voulut s'avancer [44] pour les mirer. Mais les Sauvages
  • de Kebec l'empecherent, disans: Il n'est pas bon qu'ilz te voyent,
  • car incontinent, n'ayans point accoutumé de voir telles gens, ilz
  • s'en fuiront. Mais retire toy derriere le premier rang des nôtres, &
  • puis quand nous serons prets, tu devanceras. Ce qu'il fit: & par ce
  • moyen furent les deux Capitaines tout ensemble emportés d'vn coup de
  • mousquet. [_Victorie._] Lors victoire gaignée. Car chacun se debende,
  • & ne restoit qu'à poursuivre. [_Tabagie, c'est fest[~i]._] Ce qui fut
  • fait avec peu de resistance, & emporterent environ cinquante têtes de
  • leurs ennemis, dont au retour ilz firent de merveilleuses fêtes en
  • Tabagies, danses, & chansons continuelles, selon leur coutume.
  • [7] The Conversion of the Savages who have been baptized in New France
  • during this year, 1610.
  • [_Matth. 24, verse 14._]
  • THE unchangeable word of our Savior Jesus Christ bears witness to us
  • through the lips of saint Matthew that _This Gospel of the kingdom,
  • shall be preached in the whole world, for a testimony to all nations,
  • and then shall the consummation come_. History shows that the voice
  • of the Apostles has resounded for several centuries past throughout
  • all the old world, although to-day the Christian kingdoms form the
  • smallest part of it. But as to the new world, discovered some hundred
  • and twenty years ago, we have no proof that the word of God has ever
  • [8] been proclaimed there prior to these later times; unless we are to
  • believe the story of Jean de Lery,[5] who says that one day as he was
  • telling the Brazilians about the great miracles of God in the creation
  • of the world, and the mysteries of our redemption, an old man told
  • him that he had heard his grandfather say that, many years before, a
  • bearded man (Brazilians have no beards) had come among them and had
  • related something similar; but that they would not listen to him, and
  • since then had been killing and eating each other. As to the other
  • countries beyond the sea, some of them have indeed a certain vague
  • knowledge of the deluge, and of the immortality of the soul, together
  • with the future reward of those who live aright; but they might have
  • handed this obscure doctrine down, from generation to generation, since
  • the universal deluge which happened in the time of Noah. It remains
  • now to deplore the wretched condition of these people who occupy a
  • country so large that the old world bears no comparison with it, if we
  • include the land which lies beyond the straits of Magellan, called [9]
  • _Terra del fugo_, extending as far toward China and Japan as toward
  • New Guinea; and also the country beyond the great river of Canada,[6]
  • which stretches out to the East and is washed by the great Western
  • ocean. Dense ignorance prevails in all these countries, where there is
  • no evidence that they have ever felt the breath of the Gospel, except
  • in this last century when the Spaniard carried thither some light of
  • the Christian religion, together with his cruelty and avarice.[7] But
  • this was so little that it should not receive much consideration, since
  • by the very confession of those who have written their histories, they
  • have killed almost all the natives of the country, who, only seventy
  • years ago, according to a certain historian,[8] numbered more than
  • twenty millions. For more than twenty-five years, the English have
  • retained a foothold in a country called, in honor of the deceased
  • Queen of England, Virginia, which lies between Florida and the land
  • of the Armouchiquois.[9] But that country carries on its affairs with
  • so much secrecy, that very few persons know [10] anything definite
  • about it. Soon after I published my History of New France,[10] there
  • was an embarkation of eight hundred men to be sent there. It is not
  • reported that they bathed their hands in the blood of those people, for
  • which they are neither to be praised nor blamed: for there is no law
  • nor pretext which permits us to kill anyone, whosoever he may be, and
  • especially the persons whose property we have seized. But they are
  • to be commended if they show to these poor ignorant people the way of
  • salvation by the true and unvarnished doctrine of the Gospel. As to our
  • French people, I have complained enough in my History of the cowardice
  • of these later times, and of our lack of zeal either in reclaiming
  • these poor erring ones, or in making known, exalted, and glorified,
  • the name of God in the lands beyond the seas, where it never has been
  • proclaimed. And yet we wish that country to bear the name of France,
  • a name so august and venerable that we cannot, without a feeling of
  • shame, glory in an un-Christianized France. I know that there are any
  • number of people who are willing to go there. But why is it that [11]
  • the Church, which has so much wealth; why is it that the Nobility, who
  • expend so much needlessly, do not establish some fund for the execution
  • of so holy a work? Two courageous Gentlemen, Sieurs de Monts and de
  • Poutrincourt, have in these later times shown such great zeal in this
  • work, that they have weakened their resources by their outlays, and
  • have done more than their strength justified them in doing. Both have
  • continued their voyages up to the present time. But one of them has
  • been frustrated twice, and has had heavy losses through too great
  • confidence in the words of certain persons. Now, inasmuch as the latest
  • news of our New France comes from Sieur de Poutrincourt, we shall speak
  • here of what he has accomplished, and we have good reason to praise his
  • courage; for (not being able to live among the crowd of idle men, of
  • whom we have only too many, and seeing our France seeming to languish
  • in a monotonous calm that was wearisome to men of action), after having
  • given a thousand proofs of his valor, during the last twenty-four
  • years, he sought to crown [12] his truly Herculean labors in the cause
  • of God, for which he employs his means and strength, and endangers his
  • life, by increasing the number of celestial citizens, and leading to
  • the fold of Jesus Christ, our sovereign Shepherd, the wandering sheep,
  • whom it would be becoming to the Prelates of the Church to go out and
  • gather in (at least to contribute to this end) since they have the
  • means of doing so. But with what difficulty has he labored in this
  • cause up to the present time? Thrice has he crossed the great Ocean
  • to carry on his enterprises. The first year was passed with sieur de
  • Monts in seeking a suitable dwelling and a safe port for the withdrawal
  • of the ships and their crews. In this, they did not meet with much
  • success. The second year passed in the same way, and then he returned
  • to France. During the third year, we experimented with the soil, which
  • yielded abundantly to our cultivation. This present year, discovering
  • through an unfortunate experience that men are not always to be
  • trusted, he made up his mind to depend upon no one but himself, and put
  • to sea on the twenty-sixth of February; the [13] weather being very
  • unfavorable, he made the longest voyage of which I have ever heard;
  • certainly our own, three years ago, was tedious enough, when we drifted
  • about upon the sea for the space of two months and a half before
  • reaching Port Royal. But this one lasted three whole months, so that
  • one reckless man was about to mutiny, going so far as to form wicked
  • conspiracies; but Sieur de Poutrincourt's kindness, and respect for the
  • place where he lived in Paris, served as a shield to protect his life.
  • [_Terrir, meaning to discover the land._] The first coast which Sieur
  • de Poutrincourt discovered was port Mouton; there, among the fogs
  • which are very common in this sea during the Summer, he encountered
  • serious dangers, principally in the neighborhood of Cape Sable,
  • where his ship came near foundering. [_History of New France, book
  • 2, chap. 37, p. 527._] Thence, in trying to reach Port Royal, he was
  • carried by violent winds forty leagues beyond, namely to the Norombega
  • river,[11] so celebrated and so fabulously described by Geographers and
  • Historians, as I have shown in my said History, where this voyage may
  • be seen in the geographical Chart [14] which I have inserted therein.
  • Thence he came to the river saint John, which is opposite Port Royal
  • beyond French Bay,[12] where he found a ship from St. Malo trading with
  • the Savages of the country. Here complaint was made to him by a Captain
  • of the Savages, that one of the crew of the said ship had stolen
  • away his wife and was abusing her: the Sieur informed himself about
  • the matter and then made a prisoner of the malefactor and seized the
  • ship.[13] But he released the ship and the sailors, contenting himself
  • by retaining the guilty one, who escaped, however, in a shallop, and
  • went off with the Savages, prejudicing them against the French, as we
  • shall relate hereafter. Arrived at last at Port Royal, it is impossible
  • to describe the joy with which these poor people received the Sieur and
  • his company. And, in truth, there was still greater reason for this
  • joy, since they had lost all hope of ever again seeing the French live
  • among them. They had had some experience of our kind treatment while we
  • were there, and, seeing themselves deprived of it, they wept bitterly
  • when we left them three years ago.
  • This Port Royal, the home [15] of sieur de Poutrincourt, is the most
  • beautiful earthly habitation that God has ever made. It is fortified
  • upon the North by a range of 12 or 15 leagues of mountains, upon
  • which the Sun beats all day, and by hills on the Southern or Meridian
  • shore, which forms a port that can securely harbor twenty thousand
  • ships, being twenty fathoms deep at its entrance, a league and a half
  • in width, and four leagues long, extending to an island which is a
  • French league in circumference: here I have sometimes seen swimming
  • at ease a medium-sized Whale, which came in with the tide at eight
  • o'clock every morning. Furthermore, there can be caught in this
  • port, in their season, great quantities of herring, smelt, sardines,
  • barbels, codfish, seals and other fish; and as to shell-fish, there
  • is an abundance of lobsters, crabs, palourdes,[14] cockles, mussels,
  • snails, and porpoises. But whoever is disposed to go beyond the tides
  • of the sea will find in the river quantities of sturgeon and salmon,
  • and will have plenty of sport in landing them. Now, to return to our
  • story; When Sieur de Poutrincourt arrived [6 i.e. 16] there, he found
  • his buildings entire, the Savages (as these people have been called up
  • to the present) not having touched them in any way, even the furniture
  • remaining as we had left it. Anxious about their old friends, they
  • asked how they were all getting along, calling each individual by his
  • name, and asking why such and such a one had not come back. This shows
  • the great amiability of these people, who, having seen in us only the
  • most humane qualities, never flee from us, as they do from the Spaniard
  • in this whole new world. And consequently by a certain gentleness and
  • courtesy, which are as well known to them as to us, it is easy to make
  • them pliant to all our wishes, and especially so in regard to Religion,
  • of which we left them some good impressions when we were there; and
  • they seemed to wish for nothing better than to enroll themselves under
  • the banner of Jesus Christ, where they would have been received at
  • once if we had had a firm foothold in the country. But just as we were
  • hoping to continue [17] the work, it happened that sieur de Monts,
  • being unable longer to meet the expenses, and not receiving any help
  • from the King, was obliged to recall all those who were over there, who
  • had not taken with them the means necessary to a longer sojourn. So it
  • would have been rash and unwise to administer baptism to people whom
  • it was necessary afterwards to abandon, and give them an opportunity
  • to return to their corruption. But now that the work is being carried
  • on in earnest, and as sieur de Poutrincourt has actually settled
  • there, it is lawful to impress upon their minds and souls the stamp of
  • Christianity, after having instructed them in the principal articles of
  • our Faith. [_Hebrews 11, vers. 6._] Sieur de Poutrincourt is careful
  • to do this, remembering what the Apostle said, _He that cometh to God,
  • must believe that he is_; and after believing this, one comes gradually
  • to ideas which are farther removed from mere sensual apprehension, such
  • as the belief that out of nothing God created all things, that he made
  • himself man, that he was born of a Virgin, that he consented to die for
  • man, etc. And inasmuch as the Ecclesiastics who have been taken over
  • there, are not [18] familiar with the language of these people, the
  • Sieur has taken the trouble to teach them and to have them taught by
  • his eldest son, a young Gentleman who understands and speaks the native
  • language very well, and who seems to have been destined to open up to
  • the Savages the way to heaven. The people who are at Port Royal, and
  • in the adjacent countries extending toward Newfoundland, are called
  • Souriquois[15] and have a language of their own. But beyond French Bay,
  • which extends into the land about forty leagues, and is ten or twelve
  • leagues wide, the people on the other side are called Etechemins; and
  • still farther away are the Armouchiquois, whose language is different
  • from that of the Etechemins, and who are fortunate in having an
  • abundance of vines and large grapes, if they only knew how to make use
  • of this fruit, which they believe (as did our ancient Gauls) to be
  • poisonous. [_Ammianus Marcellinus._] They also have excellent hemp,
  • which grows wild, and in quality and appearance is much superior to
  • ours. Besides this they have Sassafras, and a great abundance of oak,
  • walnut, plum and chestnut trees, and other fruits which are unknown to
  • us. As to Port Royal, I must confess that there is not [19] much fruit
  • there; and yet the land is productive enough to make us hope from it
  • all that Gallic France yields to us. All these tribes are governed by
  • Captains called Sagamores, a word used with the same signification in
  • the East Indies, as I have read in the History by Maffeus,[16] and
  • which I believe comes from the Hebrew word _Sagan_, which, according
  • to Rabbi David, means Great Prince, and sometimes means the one who
  • holds the second place after the sovereign Pontiff. [_Isaiah 41, vers.
  • 25, Jerem. 51, vers. 23, Santes Pagnin, 9._] In the usual version of
  • the Bible it is defined "Magistrate," and yet even there the Hebrew
  • interpreters translate it by the word "Prince." And in fact we read
  • in Berosus[17] that Noah was called Saga, as much because he was a
  • great Prince as because he had taught Theology and the ceremonies
  • of divine service, and also many of the secrets of nature, to the
  • Armenian Scythians, whom the ancient Cosmographers called "Sages,"
  • after Noah. And perhaps for this very same reason our Tectosages,
  • who are the Tolosains,[18] are so called. For this good father, who
  • restored the world, came into Italy and sent [20] a new population
  • into Gaul after the Deluge, giving his name, Gauls (for Xenophon says
  • that he was also called by this name), to those whom he sent there,
  • because he had escaped from the waters. And it is not improbable that
  • he himself imposed this name upon the Tectosages. Let us return to
  • our word Sagamore, which is the title of honor given to the Captains
  • in these new Lands, of which we are speaking. At Port Royal, the name
  • of the Captain or Sagamore of the place is Membertou.[19] He is at
  • least a hundred years old, and may in the course of nature live more
  • than fifty years longer. He has under him a number of families whom he
  • rules, not with so much authority as does our King over his subjects,
  • but with sufficient power to harangue, advise, and lead them to war,
  • to render justice to one who has a grievance, and like matters. He
  • does not impose taxes upon the people, but if there are any profits
  • from the chase he has a share of them, without being obliged to take
  • part in it. It is true that they sometimes make him presents of Beaver
  • skins and other things, when he is occupied in curing the sick; or in
  • questioning [21] his demon (whom he calls _Aoutem_) to have news of
  • some future event or of the absent: for, as each village, or company
  • of Savages, has an _Aoutmoin_, or Prophet, who performs this office,
  • Membertou is the one who, from time immemorial, has practiced this art
  • among his followers. He has done it so well that his reputation is
  • far above that of all the other Sagamores of the country, he having
  • been since his youth a great Captain, and also having exercised the
  • offices of Soothsayer and Medicine-man, which are the three things
  • most efficacious to the well-being of man, and necessary to this human
  • life. Now this Membertou to-day, by the grace of God, is a Christian,
  • together with all his family, having been baptized, and twenty others
  • with him, on last saint John's day, the 24th of June. I have letters
  • from Sieur de Poutrincourt about it, dated the eleventh day of July
  • following. He said Membertou was named after our late good King HENRI
  • IV., and his eldest son after Monseigneur the Dauphin, to-day our King
  • LOUIS XIII., whom may God bless. And so, as a natural consequence, the
  • wife of Membertou [22] was named MARIE after the Queen Regent, and her
  • daughter received the name of the Queen, MARGUERITE. The second son of
  • Membertou, called Actaudin, was named PAUL after our holy Father, the
  • Pope of Rome. The daughter of the aforesaid Louis was named CHRISTINE
  • in honor of Madame, the eldest sister of the King. And thus to each
  • one was given the name of some illustrious or notable personage here
  • in France. A number of other Savages were about to camp elsewhere (as
  • it is their custom to scatter in bands when summer comes) at the time
  • of these ceremonies of Christian regeneration, whom we believe to be
  • to-day enrolled in the family of God by the same cleansing water of
  • holy baptism.[20] But the devil, who never sleeps, has shown the
  • jealousy which he felt at the salvation of these people, and at seeing
  • that the name of God was glorified in this land, by inciting a wicked
  • Frenchman, not a Frenchman but a Turk, not a Turk but an Atheist, to
  • divert from the path of righteousness several Savages who had been
  • Christians in their hearts and [23] souls for three years; and among
  • others a Sagamore named Chkoudun, a man of great influence, of whom
  • I have made honorable mention in my History of New France, because I
  • saw that he, more than all the others, loved the French, and that he
  • admired our civilization more than their ignorance: to such an extent,
  • that being present sometimes at the Christian admonitions, which were
  • given every Sunday to our French people, he listened attentively,
  • although he did not understand a word; and moreover wore the sign of
  • the Cross upon his bosom, which he also had his servants wear; and he
  • had in imitation of us, a great Cross erected in the public place of
  • his village, called _Oigoudi_, at the port of the river saint John,
  • ten leagues from Port Royal. Now this man, with others, was turned
  • away from Christianity, by the cursed avarice of this wicked Frenchman
  • to whom I have referred above, and whom I do not wish to name now on
  • account of the love and reverence I bear his father, but I protest that
  • I will immortalize him if he does not mend his ways. He, I say, in
  • order to defraud this Sagamore [24], Chkoudun, of a few Beavers, went
  • last June to bribe him, after having escaped from the hands of Sieur de
  • Poutrincourt, saying that all this Poutrincourt told them about God was
  • nonsense, that they need not believe it, that he was an impostor, that
  • he would kill them and get their Beavers. I omit a great many wicked
  • stories that he may have added to this. If he were of the religious
  • belief of those who call themselves Reformed, I might somewhat excuse
  • him. But he plainly shows that he is neither of the one nor the
  • other. But I will say, however, that he has reason to thank God for
  • his escape from imminent peril on our voyage. This Sagamore, being
  • a Christian, by his good example might have caused a great number of
  • others to become Christians. But I am willing to hope, or rather firmly
  • believe, that he will not remain much longer in this error, and that
  • the Sieur will have found some means of attracting him with many others
  • to himself, to impress upon him the vital truths with which he had
  • formerly, in my presence, touched his soul. For the spirit of God has
  • power to drop upon this field fresh dew, which will bring forth a new
  • germination where all has been laid waste and beaten down by the hail.
  • May God, by his grace, guide all in such a way that it will redound
  • to his glory and to the edification of this people, for whom all
  • Christians ought to make continual supplication to his divine goodness,
  • to the end that he may consent to confirm and advance the work, which
  • he has been pleased to begin at this time for the exaltation of his
  • name and for the salvation of his creatures.[21]
  • END.
  • [25] There are in that country some men of the Church, of good
  • scholarship, whom nothing but their religious zeal has taken there,
  • and who will not fail to do all that piety requires in this respect.
  • Now, for the present, there is no need of any learned Doctors who may
  • be more useful in combating vices and heresies at home. Besides, there
  • is a certain class of men in whom we cannot have complete confidence,
  • who are in the habit of censuring everything that is not in harmony
  • with their maxims, and wish to rule wherever they are. It is enough to
  • be watched from abroad without having these fault-finders, from whom
  • even the greatest Kings cannot defend themselves, come near enough to
  • record every movement of our hearts and souls. And then what would be
  • the use of so many such men over there at present, unless they wanted
  • to devote themselves to the cultivation of the soil? For going there
  • is not all. What they will do, when they get there, must be taken into
  • consideration. As to Sieur de Poutrincourt's residence, he provided
  • himself at his departure with everything that was necessary. But if
  • a few honest people were seized with a desire to [26] advance the
  • cause of the Gospel there, I would advise them to make up five or six
  • parties, each one having a well-equipped ship, and to go and establish
  • colonies in different parts of New France, as at Tadoussac, Gachepé,
  • Campseau, la Héve, Oigoudi, Ste. Croix, Pemptegoet, Kinibeki, and in
  • other places, where there are assemblages of Savages, whom time must
  • lead to the Christian Religion: unless the head of some great family,
  • like the King, wishes to have the sole glory of peopling these lands.
  • For to think of living as the Savages do seems to me out of all reason.
  • And to prove this, the following is an example of their way of living:
  • [_Manner of living of the Souriquois and Ethechemins._] From the first
  • land (which is Newfoundland) to the country of the Armouchiquois,
  • a distance of nearly three hundred leagues, the people are nomads,
  • without agriculture, never stopping longer than five or six weeks in
  • a place. Pliny mentions a certain people called Ichthyophagi, i.e.,
  • Fish-eaters, living in the same way. These Savages get their living in
  • this manner during three seasons of the year. For, when Spring comes,
  • they divide into bands upon the shores of the sea, until [27] Winter;
  • and then as the fish withdraw to the bottom of the great salt waters,
  • they seek the lakes and the shades of the forests, where they catch
  • Beavers, upon which they live, and other game, as Elk, Caribou, Deer,
  • and still smaller animals. And yet, sometimes even in Summer, they do
  • not give up hunting: besides, there are an infinite number of birds on
  • certain islands in the months of May, June, July and August. [_Their
  • beds._] As to their beds, a skin spread out upon the ground serves as
  • mattress. And in this we have nothing to jest about, for our old Gallic
  • ancestors did the same thing, and even dined from the skins of dogs
  • and wolves, if Diodorus and Strabo tell the truth. [_Armouchiquois._]
  • But as to the Armouchiquois and Iroquois countries, there is a greater
  • harvest to be gathered there by those who are inspired by religious
  • zeal, because they are not so sparsely populated, and the people
  • cultivate the soil, from which they derive some of the comforts of
  • life. It is true that they do not understand very well how to make
  • bread, not having mills, yeast, or ovens; so they pound their corn in
  • a kind of [28] mortar, and make a paste of it as best they can, and
  • bake it between two stones heated at the fire; or they roast this corn
  • on the ear upon the live coals, as did the old Romans, according to
  • Pliny. [_Pliny, book 18, chap. 2 and 10._] Afterwards people learned
  • to bake cakes under the embers; and still later bakers began to make
  • use of ovens. Now these people who cultivate the soil are stationary,
  • not like the others who have nothing of their own, just as the Germans
  • in the time of Tacitus, who has described their ancient way of living.
  • [_Iroquois._] Farther inland, and beyond the Armouchiquois, are the
  • Iroquois tribes, also stationary, because they till the soil, whence
  • they gather maize wheat (or Buckwheat), beans, edible roots, and in
  • short all that we have mentioned in describing the Armouchiquois, even
  • more, for from necessity they draw their sustenance from the earth,
  • as they are far from the sea. However, they have a great lake in their
  • country, of wonderful extent, perhaps about sixty leagues, around which
  • they encamp. [_New Mexico._] In this lake there are large and beautiful
  • islands inhabited by the Iroquois, who are a great people; the farther
  • [29] we penetrate into the country, the more we find it inhabited: so
  • much so that (if we can believe the Spaniards) in the country called
  • New Mexico, a long distance to the Southwest of these Iroquois, there
  • are regularly built cities and houses of three and four stories, and
  • even domesticated cattle, whence they have named a certain river, _Rio
  • de las Vaccas_, or Cow river, because they saw a large number of them
  • grazing on its banks. [_A great lake beyond Canada._] And this country
  • is more than five hundred leagues directly to the north of old Mexico,
  • being near, I believe, the end of the great lake of the river of Canada
  • which (according to the Savages) is a thirty days' journey in length.
  • I believe that robust and hardy men could live among these people, and
  • do great work for the advancement of the Christian Religion. But as to
  • the Souriquois and Etechemins, who are nomadic and divided, they must
  • be made sedentary by the cultivation of the land, thus obliging them to
  • remain in one place. For any one who has taken the trouble to cultivate
  • a piece of land does not readily abandon it, but struggles valiantly
  • to keep it. [30] But, I think, the execution of this plan will be very
  • slow unless we take hold of it with more zeal, and unless a King, or
  • some rich Prince, take this cause in hand, which is certainly worthy
  • a most Christian kingdom. [_Conquest of Palestine compared with that
  • of New France._] Great expense and loss of life were once incurred
  • in the re-conquest of Palestine, from which there was little profit;
  • and to-day at slight expense wonders could be accomplished, and an
  • infinite number of people won over to God, without striking a blow:
  • and yet we are touched by an inexplicable apathy in religious matters,
  • which is quite different from the fervid zeal, which of old burned in
  • the bosoms of our fathers. If we did not expect any temporal fruit
  • from these labors, I would pardon this human weakness. But there are
  • such well-founded hopes of good usury, that they close the mouths of
  • all the enemies of that country, who decry it in order not to lose the
  • traffic in Beaver and other furs from which they gain a livelihood, and
  • without which they would die of starvation or would not know what to
  • do. [_Appeal to the King and the Queen Regent._] But if the King and
  • the Queen Regent, his mother, in whom God has kindled a fire of piety,
  • should be pleased to take an interest in this (as she has certainly
  • done in the report of the Conversion of the Savages, baptized through
  • the [31] instrumentality of Sieur de Poutrincourt) and would leave some
  • memorial of herself, or rather would secure for herself the blessedness
  • of heaven by this most godly act, no one can tell how great would be
  • her future glory in being the first to establish the Gospel in such
  • vast territories, which (so to speak) have no bounds. If Helena, the
  • mother of the Emperor Constantine, had found such a field for good
  • work, she would have greatly preferred to glorify God with living
  • temples, instead of building so many marble edifices, with which she
  • has filled the holy land. And, after all, the hope of temporal profit
  • is not vain. For on one hand Sieur de Poutrincourt will continue to be
  • the servant of the King in the country which his Majesty has granted
  • him; where he would afford a rendezvous and give assistance to all the
  • vessels which go every year to the new World, where they encounter
  • a thousand hardships and, as we have seen and heard, great numbers of
  • them are lost. [_Means of reaching the Moluccas through the Northern
  • route._] On the other hand, penetrating into the country, we might
  • become familiar with the route to China and the Moluccas, through
  • a mild climate and latitude, establishing a few stations, or [32]
  • settlements, at the Falls of the great Canadian river, then at the
  • lakes which are beyond, the last of which is not far from the great
  • Western sea, through which the Spaniards to-day reach the Orient. Or,
  • indeed, the same enterprise could be carried on through the Saguenay
  • river, beyond which the Savages say there is a sea of which they have
  • never seen the end, which is without doubt that Northern passage that
  • has been so long sought in vain. [_Advantages._] So that we could have
  • spices and other drugs without begging them from the Spaniards, and
  • the profits derived from us upon these commodities would remain in
  • the hands of the King, not counting the advantages of having hides,
  • pasturage, fisheries, and other sources of wealth. But we must sow
  • before we can reap. In this work we could give employment to many of
  • the youth of France, a part of whom languish in poverty or in idleness:
  • while others go to foreign countries to teach the trades which in
  • former times belonged strictly and peculiarly to us, and by means of
  • which France was filled with prosperity; whereas, to-day, a long period
  • of peace has not yet been able to restore to her her former glory, as
  • much [33] for the reasons just given, as for the number of idle men,
  • and of able-bodied and voluntary mendicants, whom the public supports.
  • [_Chicanery._] Among these obstacles we may place also the evil of
  • chicanery, which preys upon our nation, and which has always been a
  • reproach to it. [_Ammianus Marcellinus._] This would be somewhat
  • obviated by frequent voyages; for a part of these pettifoggers would
  • sooner conquer some new land, remaining under the dominion of the King,
  • than follow up their cause here with so much loss, delay, anxiety, and
  • labor. [_Happiness of the Savages._] And, in this respect, I consider
  • all these poor savages, whom we commiserate, to be very happy; for pale
  • Envy doth not emaciate them, neither do they feel the inhumanity of
  • those who serve God hypocritically, harassing their fellow-creatures
  • under this mask; nor are they subject to the artifices of those who,
  • lacking virtue and goodness wrap themselves up in a mantle of false
  • piety to nourish their ambition. If they do not know God, at least they
  • do not blaspheme him, as the greater number of Christians do. Nor do
  • they understand the art of poisoning, or of corrupting [34] chastity by
  • devilish artifice. There are no poor nor beggars among them. All are
  • rich, because all labor and live. But among us it is very different,
  • for more than half of us live from the labors of the others, having
  • no trades which serve to the support of human life. [_Opportunities
  • for emigrants to New France._] If that country were settled, there are
  • men who would do there what they have not courage to do here. Here
  • they would not dare to be wood-cutters, husbandmen, vinedressers,
  • etc., because their fathers were pettifoggers, barber-surgeons, and
  • apothecaries. But over yonder they would forget their fear of being
  • ridiculed, and would take pleasure in cultivating their land, having a
  • great many companions of as good families as theirs. Cultivating the
  • soil is the most innocent of occupations and the most sure; it was
  • the occupation of those from whom we have all descended, and of those
  • brave Roman Captains who knew how to subjugate, but not how to be
  • subjugated. But now, since pomp and malice have been introduced among
  • men, what was virtue has been turned into reproach, and idlers have
  • risen into favor. [_To the Queen._] However, let us leave these people,
  • and return to Sieur de Poutrincourt, or rather to you, O most Christian
  • Queen, [35] the greatest and most cherished of heaven, whom the eye of
  • the world looks down upon in its daily round about this universe. You
  • who have the control of the most noble Empire here below, how can you
  • see a Gentleman so full of good will, without employing and helping
  • him? Will you let him carry off the greatest honor in the world when
  • it might have been yours, and will you let the triumph of this affair
  • remain with him and not share in it yourself? No, no, Madame, all must
  • proceed from you, and as the stars borrow their light from the sun, so
  • upon the King, and upon you who have given him to us, all the great
  • deeds of the French depend. We must then anticipate this glory, and not
  • yield it to another, while you have a Poutrincourt, a loyal Frenchman
  • who served the late lamented King, your Husband (may God give him
  • absolution), in affairs of State which are not recorded in history. In
  • revenge for which his house and property passed through the ordeal of
  • fire. He is not crossing the Ocean to see the country, as have nearly
  • all the others who have undertaken similar voyages [36] at the expense
  • of our Kings. But he shows so plainly what his intentions are, that we
  • cannot doubt them, and your Majesty will risk nothing by employing him
  • in earnest for the propagation of the Christian religion in the Western
  • lands beyond the sea. You recognize his zeal, your own is incomparable;
  • but you must take thought as to how you may best employ it. I commend
  • the Princesses and Ladies who for fifteen years have given of their
  • means for the repose of those men or women who wished to sequester
  • themselves from the world. But I believe (under correction) that their
  • piety would shine with greater luster if it were shown in behalf of
  • these poor Western nations, who are in a lamentable condition, and
  • whose lack of instruction cries to God for vengeance against those
  • who might help them to become Christians, and will not. A Queen of
  • Castille caused the Christian religion to be introduced into the lands
  • of the West which belong to Spain; so act, O light of the Queens of the
  • world, that through your instrumentality, the name of God may soon be
  • proclaimed throughout all this new world; where it is not yet known.
  • Now resuming the thread of our [37] History, as we have spoken of the
  • voyage of Sieur de Poutrincourt, it will not be out of place, if, after
  • having touched upon the hardships and tediousness of his journey,
  • which retarded him one year, we say a word about the return of his
  • ship, which will be brief, inasmuch as the voyages from the Western
  • world, this side of the Tropic of Cancer, are usually so. [_Book 1,
  • ch. 24, and book 2, ch. 41 and 42._] I have given the reason for this
  • in my History of New France, to which I refer the Reader, where he
  • will also learn why it is that in Summer the sea there is overhung
  • with fogs to such an extent that for one clear day there are two foggy
  • ones; and twice we were in fogs which lasted eight entire days. [_For
  • these Banks, see the said History, book 2, ch. 24._] This is why Sieur
  • de Poutrincourt's son, when he was sent back to France for fresh
  • supplies, was as long in reaching the great Codfish Banks from Port
  • Royal, as in getting to France from the said Banks; and yet from these
  • Banks to the coast of France there are eight hundred good leagues;
  • and thence to Port Royal there are hardly [38] more than three
  • hundred. It is upon these Banks that a great many ships are usually
  • found all the Summer, fishing for Cod, which are brought to France
  • and are called Newfoundland Codfish. [_For their manner of fishing,
  • see the above-mentioned place._] So Sieur de Poutrincourt's son (who
  • is called Baron de Sainct Just), on arriving at these Banks, laid in
  • a supply of fresh meat and fish. While doing this he met a ship from
  • Rochelle and another from Havre de Grace, whence he heard the news of
  • the lamentable death of our late good King, without knowing by whom or
  • how he was killed. But afterwards he met an English ship from which he
  • heard the same thing, certain persons being accused of this parricide
  • whom I will not here name; for they brought this accusation through
  • hatred and envy, being great enemies of those whom they accused. [_In
  • 15 days from the Banks to France._] So in fifteen days Baron de Sainct
  • Just made the distance between the Banks and France, always sailing
  • before the wind; a voyage certainly much more agreeable than that of
  • the twenty-sixth day of February mentioned above. Sieur de Monts's
  • crew left Havre de Grace nine or ten days after this twenty-sixth
  • of February to go to Kebec, forty leagues beyond [39] the Saguenay
  • river, where Sieur de Monts has fortified himself. But contrary winds
  • compelled them to put into port. And thereupon a report was circulated
  • that Sieur de Poutrincourt was lost in the sea with all his crew. I
  • did not believe this for an instant, trusting that God would help him
  • and would enable him to surmount all difficulties. [_Kebec, Sieur de
  • Monts's fort._] We have as yet no news from Kebec, but expect to hear
  • from there soon. I can say truly that if ever any good comes out of New
  • France, posterity will be indebted for it to Sieur de Monts, author of
  • these enterprises: and if they had not taken away the license which
  • was granted him to trade in Beaver and other skins, to-day we should
  • have had a vast number of cattle, fruit-trees, people, and buildings
  • in the said province. For he earnestly desired to see everything
  • established there to the honor of God and of France. And, although he
  • has been deprived of the motive for continuing, yet up to the present
  • he does not seem discouraged in doing what he can; for he has had built
  • at Kebec a Fort and some very good and convenient dwellings. Here at
  • Kebec this [40] great and mighty river of Canada narrows down and is
  • only a falcon-shot wide; it has as great a supply of fish as any river
  • in the world. As to the country, it is wonderfully beautiful, and
  • abounds in game. But being in a colder region than port Royal, since it
  • is eighty leagues farther North, the fur there is all the finer. For
  • (among other animals) the Foxes are black and of such beautiful fur
  • that they seem to put the Martens to shame. The Savages of Port Royal
  • can go to Kebec in ten or twelve days by means of the rivers, which
  • they navigate almost up to their sources; and thence, carrying their
  • little bark canoes for some distance through the woods, they reach
  • another stream which flows into the river of Canada, and thus greatly
  • expedite their long voyages, which we ourselves could not do in the
  • present state of the country. And from Port Royal to Kebec by sea it
  • is more than four hundred leagues, going by way of Cape Breton. Sieur
  • de Monts sent some cows there two years and a half ago, but for want
  • of some village housewife who understood [41] taking care of them,
  • they let the greater part die in giving birth to their calves. [_The
  • need of women._] Which shows how necessary a woman is in a house,
  • and I cannot understand why so many people slight them, although they
  • cannot do without them. For my part, I shall always believe that, in
  • any settlement whatsoever, nothing will be accomplished without the
  • presence of women. Without them life is sad, sickness comes, and we die
  • uncared-for. Therefore I despise those woman-haters who have wished
  • them all sorts of evil, which I hope will overtake that lunatic in
  • particular, who has been placed among the number of the seven Sages,
  • who said that woman is a necessary evil, since there is no blessing
  • in the world to be compared to her. [_Ecclesiastes 4, verse 10._]
  • Therefore God gave her _as a companion to man, to aid and comfort him_:
  • and the Wise Man says:--_Woe to him that is alone, for when he falleth,
  • he hath none to lift him up. And if two lie together, they shall warm
  • one another_. If there are some worthless women, we must remember that
  • men are not faultless. Several suffered because of this lack of cows,
  • for, when they fell ill they did not have all the comforts [42] that
  • they would have had otherwise, and so they have departed to the Elysian
  • fields. [_A conspiracy punished._] Another, who had been with us on the
  • voyage, did not have the patience to wait for death, but must needs
  • go to heaven by scaling the walls, as soon as he arrived there, by a
  • conspiracy against sieur de Champlein, his Captain. His accomplices
  • were condemned to the galleys and sent back to France. [_Journey to the
  • land of the Iroquois._] When Summer came, that is a year ago, Champlein
  • wishing to see the country of the Iroquois, to prevent the Savages
  • from seizing his Fort in his absence, persuaded them to go and make
  • war against them; so they departed with him and two other Frenchmen,
  • to the number of eighty or a hundred, to the lake of the Iroquois,
  • two hundred leagues distant from Kebec. [_Hostile nations._] There has
  • always been war between these two nations, as there has been between
  • the Souriquois and Armouchiquois: and sometimes the Iroquois have
  • raised as many as eight thousand men to war against and exterminate all
  • those who live near the great river of Canada: and it seems that they
  • did this, as to-day the language which was spoken in the [43] time of
  • Jacques Quartier, who was there eighty years ago, is no longer heard
  • in that region.[22] [_War._] When Champlein arrived there with his
  • troops, they could not conceal themselves so well but that they were
  • perceived by the Iroquois, who always have sentinels upon the routes
  • of their enemies: and each side being well fortified, it was agreed
  • among them not to fight that day, but to postpone the affair until
  • the morrow. The weather then was very clear; so clear that scarcely
  • had Aurora chased away the shadows of the night, than a din was heard
  • throughout the camp. An Iroquois skirmisher having tried to issue from
  • the fortifications, was pierced through, not by one of the arrows of
  • Apollo, nor of the little Archer with the blindfolded eyes, but by a
  • genuine and very painful arrow, which stretched him out upon his back.
  • Thereupon the eyes of the offended were full of ire, and each one takes
  • his place in the line of attack and defense. As the band of Iroquois
  • advances, Champlein, who had charged his musket with two balls, seeing
  • two Iroquois, their heads adorned with feathers, marching on in front,
  • supposed they were two Captains, and wanted to advance [44] and aim at
  • them. But the Kebec Savages prevented him, saying:--"It is not well
  • that they should see thee, for, never having been accustomed to see
  • such people as thou art, they would immediately run away. But withdraw
  • behind our first rank, and when we are ready, thou shalt advance." He
  • did so, and in this way the two Captains were both slain by one musket
  • shot. [_Victory._] Victory ensued at once. For they all disbanded, and
  • it only remained to pursue them. [_Tabagie is celebrated._] This was
  • done with little opposition, and they carried off some fifty of their
  • enemies' heads, a triumph which, upon their return, they celebrated
  • with great festivities, consisting of continual Tabagies,[23] dances,
  • and chants, according to their custom.[24]
  • [45] Extrait dv Regitre de Bapteme de l'Eglise dv Port Royal en la
  • Nouvelle France. Le iovr Sainct Iehan Baptiste 24. de Iuin.
  • MEMBERTOV grand Sagamos âgé de plus de cent ans a esté baptizé par
  • Messire Iessé Fleche Pretre, & nommé HENRY par Monsieur de Poutrincourt
  • au nom du Roy.
  • 2. MEMBERTOVCOICHIS (dit Iudas) fils ainé de Membertov âgé de plus de
  • 60. ans, aussi baptizé, & nommé LOVIS par Monsieur de Biencour au nom
  • de Monsieur le Dauphin.
  • 3. Le fils ainé de Membertoucoichis dit à present Louïs Membertou, âgé
  • de cinq ans, baptizé & tenu par Monsieur de Poutrincourt, qui l'a nomme
  • IEHAN de son nom.
  • 4. La fille ainée dudit Louïs âgée de treze ans aussi baptizée, &
  • nommée CHRISTINE par ledit Sieur de Poutrincourt au nom de Madame la
  • fille ainée de France.
  • 5. La seconde fille dudit Louïs âgée d'onze ans aussi baptizée, &
  • nommée ELIZABETH par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt au nom de Madame la
  • fille puisnée de France.
  • 6. La troisieme fille dudit Louïs tenuë par ledit Sieur de Poutrincourt
  • au nom de Madame sa femme aussi baptizée, nommée CLAVDE.
  • 7. La 4. fille dudit Louïs tenuë par Monsieur de Coullogne pour
  • Madamoiselle sa mere, a eu nom CATHERINE.
  • 8. La 5. fille dudit Louïs a eu nom IEHANNE ainsi nõmée par ledit sieur
  • de Poutrincourt au nõ d'une de ses filles. [46]
  • 9. La 6. fille dudit Louïs tenuë par René Maheu a esté nommée CHARLOTTE
  • du nom de sa mere.
  • 10. ACTAVDINECH, troisieme fils dudit Henri Membertou a esté nommé PAVL
  • par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt au nom du Pape Paul.
  • 11. La femme dudit Paul a esté nommée RENEE du nom de Madame
  • d'Ardanville.
  • 12. La femme dudit Henri a esté tenuë par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt
  • au nom de la Royne, & nommée MARIE de son nom.
  • 13. La fille dudit Henri tenuë par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt, &
  • nommée MARGVERITE au nom de la Royne Marguerite.
  • 14. L'vne des femmes dudit Louïs tenuë par Monsieur de Iouï pour Madame
  • de Sigogne, nommée de son nom.
  • 15. L'autre femme dudit Louïs tenuë par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt au
  • nom de Madame de Dampierre.
  • 16. ARNEST cousin dudit Henri a esté tenu par ledit sieur de
  • Poutrincourt au nom de Monsieur le Nonce, & nommé ROBERT de son nom.
  • 17. AGOVDEGOVEN aussi cousin dudit Henri a esté nommé NICOLAS par
  • ledit sieur de Poutrincourt au nom de Monsieur des Noyers Advocat au
  • Parlement de Paris.
  • 18. La femme dudit Nicolas tenuë par ledit sieur de Poutrincourt au nom
  • de Monsieur son neveu, a eu nom PHILIPPE.
  • 19. La fille ainée d'icelui Nicolas tenuë par le dit Sieur pour Madame
  • de Belloy sa niepce, & nommée LOVISE de son nom.
  • 20. La puis-née dudit Nicolas tenuë par ledit sieur pour Iacques de
  • Salazar son fils, a esté nommée IACQVELINE.
  • 21. Vne niepce dudit Henri tenuë par Monsieur de Coullongne au nom de
  • Madamoiselle de Grandmare, & nommée ANNE de son nom.
  • LOVÉ SOIT DIEV.
  • [45] Extract from the Register of Baptism in the Church of Port Royal,
  • New France. The day of Saint John the Baptist, June 24.
  • MEMBERTOU, a great Sagamore, over one hundred years old, has been
  • baptized by Messire Jessé Fleche,[25] a priest; and named HENRY, by
  • Monsieur de Poutrincourt, after the late king.
  • 2. MEMBERTOUCOICHIS (called Judas), eldest son of Membertou, over sixty
  • years old, also baptized; and named LOUIS, by Monsieur de Biencour,
  • after Monsieur the Dauphin.
  • 3. The eldest son of Membertoucoichis, now called Louis Membertou, aged
  • five years, baptized; Monsieur de Poutrincourt godfather, and named
  • JOHN, after himself.
  • 4. The eldest daughter of said Louis, aged thirteen years, also
  • baptized; and named CHRISTINE by Sieur de Poutrincourt, after Madame
  • the eldest daughter of France.
  • 5. The second daughter of the said Louis, eleven years old, also
  • baptized; and named ELIZABETH by sieur de Poutrincourt, after Madame,
  • the youngest daughter of France.
  • 6. The third daughter of said Louis, Sieur de Poutrincourt godfather,
  • also baptized, and named CLAUDE, in honor of his wife.
  • 7. The fourth daughter of said Louis, Monsieur de Coullogne godfather,
  • was named CATHERINE, after his mother.
  • 8. The fifth daughter of said Louis was named JEANNE, thus named by
  • sieur de Poutrincourt, after one of his daughters. [46]
  • 9. The sixth daughter of said Louis, René Maheu godfather, was named
  • CHARLOTTE, after his mother.
  • 10. ACTAVDINECH, the third son of Henry Membertou, was named PAUL by
  • sieur de Poutrincourt, after Pope Paul.
  • 11. The wife of said Paul was named RENÉE, after Madame d'Ardanville.
  • 12. The wife of said Henry, sieur de Poutrincourt sponsor in the name
  • of the Queen, was named MARIE, after her.
  • 13. The daughter of Henry, sieur de Poutrincourt godfather, was named
  • MARGUERITE, after Queen Marguerite.
  • 14. One of the wives of Louis, Monsieur de Jouï sponsor in the name of
  • Mme. de Sigogne, was named after her.
  • 15. The other wife of Louis, sieur de Poutrincourt sponsor in the name
  • of Madame de Dampierre.
  • 16. ARNEST, cousin of Henry, sieur de Poutrincourt godfather in the
  • name of Monsieur the Nuncio, was after him named ROBERT.
  • 17. AGOVDEGOVEN, also cousin of Henry, was by sieur de Poutrincourt
  • named NICHOLAS, after Monsieur de Noyers, a Lawyer of the Parliament of
  • Paris.
  • 18. The wife of said Nicholas, sieur de Poutrincourt godfather in the
  • name of his nephew, was named PHILIPPE.
  • 19. The eldest daughter of Nicholas, the said Sieur sponsor in the name
  • of Madame de Belloy, his niece, was after her named LOUISE.
  • 20. The younger daughter of Nicholas, the said sieur being godfather
  • for Jacques de Salazar, his son, was named JACQUELINE.
  • 21. A niece of Henry, Monsieur de Coullongne sponsor in the name of
  • Mademoiselle de Grandmare, was after her named ANNE.
  • PRAISED BE GOD.
  • II
  • BERTRAND'S LETTRE MISSIVE
  • Touchant la Conversion et Baptesme du grand Sagamos
  • Paris: JEAN REGNOUL, 1610
  • SOURCE: Title-page and text reprinted from original in Lenox Library.
  • LETTRE MISSIVE,
  • TOVCHANT LA
  • CONVERSION ET BAPTESME
  • du grand Sagamos de
  • la nouuelle Frãce, qui en estoit
  • auparauant l'arriuée des François
  • le chef & souuerain.
  • _Contenant sa promesse d'amener ses subjets
  • à la mesme Conuersion, ou les y contraindre
  • par la force des armes._
  • Enuoyée du Port Royal de la nouuelle
  • France au S^{R} de la Tronchaie, dattée
  • du 28. Iuin 1610.
  • [Illustration]
  • A PARIS,
  • CHEZ IEAN REGNOVL, ruë du Foin,
  • pres sainct Yues.
  • 1610.
  • _Auec permission._
  • A LETTER MISSIVE
  • IN REGARD TO THE
  • CONVERSION AND BAPTISM
  • of the grand Sagamore of New
  • France, who was, before the arrival
  • of the French, its chief
  • and sovereign.
  • _Containing his promise to secure the conversion
  • of his subjects also, even by
  • strength of arms._
  • Sent from Port Royal, in New France, to
  • Sieur de la Tronchaie, dated
  • June 28, 1610.
  • PARIS,
  • JEAN REGNOUL, Rue du Foin,
  • near Saint Ives.
  • 1610.
  • _With permission_.
  • [3] Lettre Missive, Tovchant la Conversion et Baptesme du Grand
  • Sagamos de la nouuelle France, qui en estoit auparauant l'arriuée des
  • François chef & souuerain.
  • MONSIEVR & Frere, Ie n'ay voulu laisser partir le nauire sans vous
  • faire sçauoir des nouuelles de ce païs que ie croy aurez agreables,
  • d'autant que ie sçay, qu'estes bon Catholique, C'est que le Grand
  • Sagamos, qui se dit en nostre langue Grand Capitaine des Sauuages, & le
  • premier de tous, s'est fait baptiser le iour de la sainct Iean Baptiste
  • derniere, [4] auec sa femme, ses enfans, & enfans de ses enfans,
  • iusques au nombre de vingt: auec autant de ferueur, ardeur & zele à la
  • Religion que pourroit faire vn qui y auroit esté instruict depuis trois
  • ou quatre ans: Il promet faire baptizer les autres, autrement qu'il
  • leur fera la guerre: Monsieur de Poutrincourt & Monsieur son fils les
  • ont tenus au nom du Roy, & de Monseigneur le Dauphin. [_Les nouvelles
  • de la mort du Roy n'estoi[~e]t encores en ce pays là._] C'est desia vn
  • beau commencement, ie croy que cy apres ce sera encores mieux: Quant
  • au pays, iamais ie n'ay veu rien de si beau, meilleur ny plus fertile,
  • & vous dis auec verité, & sans mentir, que si i'auois trois ou quatre
  • Laboureurs maintenant auec moy, & [5] pour les nourrir vne année, &
  • du bled pour ensemencer le labourage qu'ils pourroient faire de leurs
  • bras seulement, du surplus qui me reuiendroit apres leur nourriture,
  • i'espererois faire trafiq tous les ans de sept ou huict mille liures
  • en Castors & Pelleterie: Ie suis bien marry auant que partir que ie ne
  • sçauois ce que ie sçay, i'eusse employé le verd & le sec ou i'en eusse
  • amené deux ou trois, & deux muids de bled qui est peu de chose: Vous
  • asseurant qu'il fait beau trafiquer par deçà & faire vn beau gain: Si
  • vous voulez y entendre, mandez moy vostre volonté par ce porteur qui
  • desire retourner & faire trafiq, suiuant ce qu'il a veu. Ie ne vous [6]
  • en diray dauantage, sinon que ie prieray Dieu Monsieur & frere vous
  • donner en parfaicte santé tres-longue vie. De la nouuelle France, du
  • Port Royal ce xxviij. Iuin, 1610.
  • _Vostre tres-affectionné Frere & seruiteur_
  • BERTRAND.
  • [3] A Letter Missive in regard to the Conversion and Baptism of the
  • Grand Sagamore of new France, who was, before the arrival of the
  • French, its chief and sovereign.
  • SIR and Brother, I did not wish the ship to depart without giving you
  • some news of this country which I believe will be acceptable, as I know
  • that you are a good Catholic. The Grand Sagamore, whom we call in our
  • language Grand Captain of the Savages, and chief of all, was baptized
  • on last saint John the Baptist's day; [4] with his wife, children, and
  • children's children, to the number of twenty; with as much enthusiasm,
  • fervor, and zeal for Religion as would have been evinced by a person
  • who had been instructed in it for three or four years. He promises to
  • have the others baptized, or else make war upon them. [_The news of the
  • King's death had not then reached Canada._] Monsieur de Poutrincourt
  • and his son acted as sponsors for them in the name of the King, and
  • of Monseigneur the Dauphin. We have already made this good beginning,
  • which I believe will become still better hereafter. As to the country,
  • I have never seen anything so beautiful, better, or more fertile;
  • and I can say to you, truly and honestly, that if I had three or
  • four Laborers with me now, and [5] the means of supporting them for
  • one year, and some wheat to sow in the ground tilled by their labor
  • alone, I should expect to have a yearly trade in Beaver and other
  • Skins amounting to seven or eight thousand livres, with the surplus
  • which would remain to me after their support. I am very sorry that I
  • did not know before my departure what I know now; if I had, I should
  • have left no stone unturned to bring with me two or three farmers,
  • and two hogsheads of wheat, which is a mere trifle. I assure you it
  • is delightful to engage in trade over here and to make such handsome
  • profits. If you wish to take a hand in it, let me know your intentions
  • by the bearer, who desires to return and traffic here in pursuance of
  • what he has seen. I [6] shall say no more, except to pray God to give
  • you, Sir and Brother, a long life and perfect health. From Port Royal,
  • New France, this 28th of June, 1610.
  • _Your very affectionate Brother and servant_,
  • BERTRAND.
  • [Illustration: FIGVRE DV PORT ROYAL EN LA NOVVELLE FRANCE. Par Marc
  • Lescarbot. 1609.
  • FROM LESCARBOT'S HISTOIRE DE LA NOVVELLE FRANCE; PARIS, 1612.
  • (Slightly reduced from original.)]
  • III-VI
  • Lettre du P. Pierre Biard, au T. R.-P. Claude
  • Aquaviva
  • Dieppe, Janvier 21, 1611
  • Lettre du P. Biard, au R.-P. Christophe Baltazar
  • Port Royal, Juin 10, 1611
  • Lettre du P. Ennemond Massé, au T. R.-P.
  • Aquaviva
  • Port Royal, Juin 10, 1611
  • Lettre du P. Biard, au T. R.-P. Aquaviva
  • Port Royal, Juin 11, 1611.
  • SOURCE: Reprinted from _Première Mission des Jésuites au Canada_, by
  • Auguste Carayon, S. J. Paris: L'Écureux, 1864.
  • [1] PREMIÈRE MISSION DES JÉSUITES AU CANADA.[I.]
  • Lettre du P. Pierre Biard, au T. R. P. Claude Aquaviva, Général de la
  • Compagnie de Jésus, à Rome.
  • (_Traduite sur l'original latin, conservé dans les Archives du Jésus, à
  • Rome_).
  • DIEPPE, 21 janvier 1611.
  • MON TRÈS-RÉVÉREND PÈRE,
  • Pax Christi.
  • Que je voudrais pouvoir vous raconter combien grandes et nombreuses ont
  • été, dans notre petite affaire, les miséricordes de Dieu et les fruits
  • de sa bénédiction et des prières; c'est-à-dire comment [2] nous sommes
  • sortis de difficultés graves et multipliées, et comment, délivrés de
  • toute entrave, nous partons pour la Nouvelle-France, lieu de notre [3]
  • destination, comme Votre Paternité le sait! Elle peut certainement s'en
  • réjouir avec une grande consolation dans le Seigneur.
  • [4] Mais voici déjà minuit sonné, et à la première lueur du jour, nous
  • mettons à la voile. Je vous donnerai seulement un précis des événements.
  • Quand les marchands hérétiques nous virent à Dieppe, au jour fixé pour
  • le départ, le 27 octobre de l'année dernière, 1610 (nous étions en
  • effet convenus qu'on partirait de Dieppe), ils imaginèrent un moyen
  • qu'ils crurent favorable pour nous nuire. Deux d'entre eux avaient fait
  • un contrat avec M. de Potrincourt pour charger et équiper son navire,
  • [5] sur lequel nous devions voyager. Ils déclarèrent aussitôt qu'ils ne
  • voulaient plus s'occuper du vaisseau, s'il devait porter des Jésuites.
  • C'était une insigne malice, et elle était facile à prouver, surtout
  • quand les catholiques leur ajoutaient que le devoir ne leur permettait
  • pas de refuser les Jésuites, puisque c'était l'ordre formel de la Reine.
  • On ne put cependant rien gagner sur eux. Il fallut avoir encore recours
  • à la Reine. Sa Majesté écrit au gouverneur de la ville, catholique
  • plein de zèle et de piété, et lui enjoint de signifier aux hérétiques
  • que c'est sa volonté que les Jésuites soient reçus dans le vaisseau qui
  • va partir pour la Nouvelle-France, et qu'on n'y mette aucun obstacle.
  • A la réception de ces lettres, le gouverneur assemble ce qu'on
  • appelle le consistoire, c'est-à-dire tous les fidèles disciples de
  • Calvin. Il donne lecture des lettres de la Reine, et les invite à
  • l'obéissance.--Quelques-uns, c'est-à-dire ceux qui étaient bons, disent
  • hautement qu'ils sont eux aussi du même avis, et ils engagent les
  • marchands à se soumettre; mais ils déclarent que pour eux ils ne sont
  • maîtres de rien. Tel était leur langage en public; mais en particulier,
  • un des marchands qui était chargé d'équiper le navire, protesta qu'il
  • n'y mettrait rien; que la Reine, si elle le voulait, pouvait lui [6]
  • ôter son droit, mais que pour lui, il ne le céderait pas autrement.
  • Que faire? Certainement tout était arrêté; car cette société n'avait
  • pas de contrat écrit, et ces sortes d'engagements entre gens nobles ne
  • se mettent pas ordinairement sur papier. On ne pouvait donc pas agir
  • contre ces hérétiques.
  • On s'adresse de nouveau à la Reine. A la vue d'une pareille
  • effronterie, elle dit en manière de proverbe: "Il ne faut s'abaisser à
  • prier des vilains"; et elle ajouta que les Pères partiraient une autre
  • fois.
  • Les catholiques consternés déclarent alors aux hérétiques que les
  • Jésuites ne monteront pas dans ce vaisseau, qu'ils peuvent en
  • conséquence le fréter, et que, dans tous les cas, si les Jésuites y
  • prenaient place, ils payeraient auparavant eux-mêmes le prix de la
  • cargaison.
  • Cette assurance une fois donnée, on vit à nu toute la malice des
  • calvinistes; car ils chargèrent aussitôt le navire complétement et de
  • marchandises et de toute espèce d'objets, ne pouvant s'imaginer que les
  • catholiques pussent jamais trouver de quoi payer le prix de tant de
  • choses.
  • A cette nouvelle, Madame la marquise de Guercheville, première dame
  • d'honneur de la Reine, [7] s'indigna de voir les efforts de l'enfer
  • prévaloir et la malice des hommes pervers détruire ces grandes
  • espérances que l'on avait de procurer la gloire de Dieu. C'est
  • pourquoi, afin que Satan ne demeurât pas le maître et ne renversât pas
  • l'espoir que l'on avait de fonder une église au Canada, elle sollicita
  • elle-même les aumônes des Grands, des Princes et de toute la Cour pour
  • soustraire les Jésuites à la méchanceté des hérétiques.
  • Qu'arriva-t-il? Le navire déjà chargé était prêt à prendre la mer,
  • quand cette dame envoya aux catholiques 4,000 livres avec d'autres
  • secours. Alors, pour ne pas agir par surprise, ils vont dire
  • adroitement aux hérétiques qu'ils veulent avoir avec eux les Jésuites,
  • que telle est la volonté de la Reine, et que, par conséquent, il faut
  • qu'ils les laissent monter dans le vaisseau, ou bien que les marchands
  • acceptent le prix de la cargaison et qu'ils se retirent. Ceux-ci
  • déclarent qu'ils veulent le prix de leurs marchandises (Je crois qu'ils
  • ne pensaient pas que les catholiques eussent assez d'argent, ou qu'ils
  • espéraient trouver quelque autre moyen de déjouer leurs projets). On
  • leur donne le prix demandé, et ce à quoi personne ne se serait attendu,
  • nous sommes si pleinement substitués à leur place, que la moitié du
  • bâtiment nous appartient, et que nous avons déjà ce qu'il faut pour
  • commencer [8] cette fondation que le Seigneur daignera bénir dans sa
  • générosité et dans sa bonté.
  • Ainsi donc, mon Très-Révérend et bon Père, Votre Paternité voit combien
  • la malice du démon et de ses suppôts a tourné à notre avantage. Nous
  • ne demandions d'abord qu'un petit coin dans ce vaisseau, et à prix
  • d'argent; maintenant nous y sommes les maîtres. Nous allions dans une
  • région déserte, sans grande espérance d'un secours de longue durée, et
  • nous recevons déjà le commencement de la fondation. Nous étions forcés
  • d'enrichir les hérétiques d'une partie de nos aumônes, et maintenant
  • ils renoncent d'eux-mêmes à profiter d'une occasion qui les devait
  • enrichir.
  • Mais je crois que le grand sujet de leur douleur, c'est précisément le
  • triomphe du Seigneur Jésus; et fasse le ciel qu'il triomphe toujours!
  • Ainsi soit-il!
  • Dieppe, le 21 janvier 1611.
  • De Votre Paternité
  • Le fils en Jésus-Christ et le serviteur indigne,
  • PIERRE BIARD S. J.
  • NOTES:
  • [I.] Nous ajouterons aux lettres de nos premiers missionnaires au
  • Canada un fragment d'un mémoire intitulé: _Monumenta Novæ Franciæ,
  • ab anno 1607, ad annum 1737.--Insulæ Martinicæ ab anno 1678.--Insulæ
  • Cayennensis ab anno 1668._
  • La traduction du chapitre II de ce manuscrit, conservé dans nos
  • archives de Rome, donnera un ensemble de faits sur la Nouvelle- [2]
  • France, qui ne se trouve pas dans les lettres que nous publions.
  • Parmi les gentilshommes qui s'offrirent à Henri-le-Grand, d'heureuse
  • mémoire, pour entreprendre la colonisation de la Nouvelle-France, était
  • le sieur de Potrincourt. Le roi lui accorda tout ce qu'il demandait,
  • mais en lui signifiant qu'il aurait à emmener avec lui des religieux
  • pris dans notre Compagnie pour les employer, selon ses ordres, à
  • procurer le salut des sauvages; que du reste la dépense de cette
  • mission ne serait nullement à sa charge, mais que le Trésor royal y
  • pourvoirait.
  • Le R. P. Pierre Coton, alors confesseur et prédicateur du roi, et qui
  • était fort estimé de Sa Majesté, comme on sait, fut chargé par lui de
  • choisir, dans sa Compagnie, des hommes capables, pour mener à bien
  • cette périlleuse et sainte entreprise.
  • Beaucoup de nos religieux s'offrirent pour cette mission lointaine.
  • Parmi eux on remarquait le P. Pierre Biard, homme dont la vertu égalait
  • le talent, et qui occupait alors la chaire de théologie à Lyon. Le
  • choix des supérieurs tomba sur lui et sur le P. Ennemond Masse, dont
  • nous aurons à parler plus loin.
  • Ils partirent tous les deux en 1608 pour Bordeaux, où ils devaient
  • s'embarquer, mais il fallut attendre trois ans. Car le gentilhomme,
  • dont nous avons déjà parlé, retarda son départ; puis ensuite il
  • prétexta la nécessité de faire un voyage d'essai, afin, disait-il, de
  • préparer une habitation convenable pour les Pères. Il fit en effet ce
  • voyage accompagné d'un prêtre séculier, lequel, se laissant aller à un
  • zèle peu réfléchi, baptisa une centaine de sauvages, sans les avoir
  • suffisamment instruits et éprouvés. Plus tard, on s'aperçut que ces
  • pauvres gens n'avaient pas même compris ce qu'ils avaient reçu.
  • Trois ans après, de retour de son voyage, le sieur de Potrincourt,
  • pressé par la reine-mère, se chargea de conduire nos Pères au [3]
  • Canada. Mais ce ne fut pas sans grandes difficultés et beaucoup de
  • souffrances que nos Pères arrivèrent au Port-Royal, sur les côtes de
  • l'Acadie.
  • L'année qui suivit leur arrivée, deux autres des Nôtres allèrent les
  • rejoindre: ce furent le P. Quentin et le Frère coadjuteur Gilbert
  • du Thet. Deux ans de séjour à Port-Royal démontrèrent à nos Pères
  • l'impossibilité de fixer là le centre de leur mission, soit à cause de
  • la difficulté d'y attirer un grand concours de sauvages, soit à cause
  • des tracasseries de ceux qui commandaient. Ils transportèrent le siége
  • de leur mission sur un autre point de la même côte, au 45e degré 30
  • minutes de latitude, et cela sur un décret du roi. Cette fondation prit
  • le nom de Saint-Sauveur. Ils y étaient établis depuis peu de temps,
  • lorsque les anglais, survenant à l'improviste, s'emparèrent du vaisseau
  • français, saisirent les lettres-patentes du commandant, et, par une
  • insigne fourberie, le traitèrent de pirate. Au moment de l'attaque,
  • plusieurs français furent tués, et parmi eux le frère Gilbert du Thet,
  • homme remarquable par son courage et sa piété.
  • Les anglais victorieux, après avoir pillé tout à leur aise,
  • abandonnèrent dans une mauvaise barque une partie de français, et
  • emmenèrent avec eux, en Virginie, les PP. Biard et Quentin. Nos deux
  • prisonniers s'attendaient à être condamnés à mort, surtout lorsque,
  • reconduits à Port-Royal, ils refusèrent de faire connaître la retraite
  • des français qui se tenaient cachés dans les environs. Dirigés une
  • seconde fois sur la Virginie, ils y auraient probablement trouvé la
  • mort, si la divine Providence n'eût rendu inutiles tous les efforts des
  • marins anglais pour y aborder. La violence de la tempête les rejeta
  • sur les îles Açores appartenant aux portugais, et où, malgré eux, ils
  • furent obligés de prendre terre.
  • Les anglais eux-mêmes furent forcés d'admirer la loyauté et la [4]
  • charité de nos Pères qui, en se montrant aux portugais, pouvaient
  • amener la saisie du navire et faire condamner les anglais, comme
  • pirates, au dernier supplice. Avant d'entrer dans le port, ils avaient
  • exigé de leurs prisonniers la promesse de ne pas les dénoncer et de
  • se tenir cachés durant tout leur séjour aux Açores. Pendant la visite
  • du vaisseau faite par les portugais, les Pères restèrent à fond de
  • cale, où ils échappèrent à tous les regards. Cette générosité et cette
  • fidélité à garder la parole donnée surprirent tellement les anglais,
  • qu'ils changèrent immédiatement de procédés envers leurs captifs et les
  • emmenèrent directement en Angleterre, où ils firent publiquement leur
  • éloge.
  • L'ambassadeur de France, à la nouvelle de leur arrivée, se hâta de les
  • réclamer et les fit reconduire honorablement dans leur patrie, au mois
  • de mai 1614.
  • Ce premier voyage de nos missionnaires, si stérile en apparence, eut
  • cependant d'heureux résultats. Outre l'expérience acquise et dont on
  • profita, le zèle des catholiques français, ranimé par les paroles des
  • Pères, créa de nouvelles ressources, et dès que la colonie française
  • fut délivrée des anglais, les Jésuites reprirent la route du Canada, où
  • ils fondèrent enfin une des plus belles missions de la Compagnie.
  • [1] FIRST MISSION OF THE JESUITS IN CANADA.[II.][26]
  • Letter from Father Pierre Biard,[27] to the Very Reverend Father Claude
  • Aquaviva,[28] General of the Society of Jesus, Rome.
  • (_Translated from the Latin original, preserved in the Archives of
  • Jesus, at Rome_.)
  • DIEPPE, January 21st, 1611.[29]
  • MY VERY REVEREND FATHER,
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • Would that I could recount how great and numerous have been the mercies
  • of God, the fruits of his blessing and, of our prayers in this our
  • little enterprise; that is to say, how [2] we have emerged from grave
  • and multiplied difficulties, and how, delivered from every obstacle,
  • we depart for New France, the place to which we [3] are bound, as Your
  • Reverence knows. For this you may rejoice with great consolation in the
  • name of the Lord.
  • [4] But it has already struck midnight, and we are to sail at break of
  • day, so I shall give you only a summary of the events which have taken
  • place.
  • When the heretic merchants saw us at Dieppe, upon the day fixed for
  • our departure, the 27th of October of last year, 1610 (we had, in
  • fact, agreed to sail from Dieppe), they contrived a plan which they
  • considered capable of injuring us. Two of them[31] had made a contract
  • with Monsieur de Potrincourt to load and equip his ship, [5] in which
  • we were to make the voyage. They straightway declared that they would
  • have nothing more to do with the vessel, if it were going to carry
  • any Jesuits. It was a remarkable exhibition of malice, as was easy to
  • prove, especially when the catholics informed them that they were in
  • duty bound not to reject the Jesuits, since it was the formal order of
  • the Queen.[32]
  • However, nothing could be gained from them, and the Catholics were
  • again obliged to have recourse to the Queen. Her Majesty writes to the
  • governor of the city, a zealous and pious catholic, and charges him to
  • inform the heretics that it is her will that the Jesuits be received in
  • the ship which is about to depart for New France, and that no obstacle
  • be put in their way.
  • When these letters are received, the governor assembles what is called
  • the consistory, namely, all faithful disciples of Calvin. He reads the
  • Queen's letters and urges them to be obedient. Some of them, namely,
  • those who were well disposed toward us, boldly declare that they also
  • are of the same opinion; and they try to induce the merchants to yield.
  • But they declare that for their part they are not the masters. At
  • least they say this in public; but in private one of the merchants who
  • was charged with fitting out the vessel, protested that he would put
  • nothing into it; that the Queen, if she wished, could deprive him [6]
  • of his right, but that he certainly would not yield it otherwise.
  • What was to be done? In truth, all proceedings were at a standstill;
  • for this society had no written contract, since agreements of this kind
  • among noblemen are not usually put upon paper. Therefore they could not
  • prosecute these heretics.
  • They address themselves anew to the Queen. In the presence of such
  • effrontery she quoted the words of the proverb: "Never stoop to entreat
  • a churl," and added that the Fathers should go another time.
  • The dismayed catholics then declare to the heretics that the Jesuits
  • will not embark upon their vessel, and that consequently they may go
  • on freighting it; and that, in any event, if the Jesuits did occupy a
  • place therein, they themselves would first pay the price of the cargo.
  • This assurance once given, the malice of these calvinists was exposed
  • in all its nakedness; for they immediately loaded every part of the
  • ship not only with merchandise, but with all kinds of goods, never
  • dreaming that the catholics would be able to find the means of paying
  • for all these things.
  • At this news, the marchioness de Guercheville, first lady of honor to
  • the Queen, [7] was indignant at seeing the forces of hell prevail, and
  • the malice of wicked men destroy one's strong hopes of securing the
  • glory of God.[33] Therefore, in order to prevent the triumph of Satan
  • and the overthrow of their hopes of founding a church in Canada, she
  • herself solicited alms from Nobles, Princes, and from all the Court, to
  • rescue the Jesuits from the malevolence of the heretics.
  • What happened? The ship, already loaded, was about to sail, when
  • this lady sent to the catholics 4,000 livres, with other means of
  • assistance. Then, not to be underhand, they go directly to the heretics
  • and say that they want the Jesuits to go with them, that such is the
  • will of the Queen; and so consequently they must allow them to embark,
  • or else the merchants must accept the price of the cargo and withdraw.
  • The latter declare that they want the value of their merchandise. (I
  • believe they did not think the catholics would have enough money, or
  • else they hoped to baffle them by some other means.) They give them
  • the price they asked; and, what no one could have expected, we so
  • completely take their place, that half the ship belongs to us, and we
  • have already means enough to begin [8] laying the foundation, which the
  • Lord, in his generosity and goodness, will condescend to bless.
  • So now, my Very Reverend and good Father, you see how entirely the
  • malice of the evil one and of his tools has been turned to our
  • advantage. At first we only asked a little corner in this vessel at
  • their price. Now we are masters of it. We were going into a dreary
  • wilderness, without much hope of permanent help; and we have already
  • received enough to begin laying the foundation. We were to enrich the
  • heretics by a portion of our alms; and now they, of their own accord,
  • refuse to profit by an occasion which was to benefit them.
  • But I believe that the great source of their grief, is nothing else
  • than the triumph of the Lord Jesus; and may heaven grant that he always
  • triumph! Amen!
  • Dieppe, January 21, 1611.
  • Of Your Reverence,
  • The son and unworthy servant in Jesus Christ,
  • PIERRE BIARD S. J.
  • FOOTNOTES:
  • [II.] We shall add to the letters of our first missionaries to Canada
  • a fragment of a memoir entitled: _Records of New France, from the year
  • 1607 to the year 1737.--Of the Island of Martinique from the year
  • 1678.--Of the Island of Cayenne from the year 1668._
  • The translation of chapter II. of this manuscript, preserved in our
  • archives at Rome, will give a collection of facts about New [2] France,
  • which are not found in the letters we publish.
  • Among the gentlemen who offered themselves to Henry the Great, of happy
  • memory, to undertake the colonization of New France, was sieur de
  • Potrincourt. The king granted him all that he asked, but at the same
  • time gave him to understand that he must take with him some religious
  • persons from our Society for the purpose of securing, according to his
  • orders, the salvation of the savages; furthermore, that the expense
  • of this mission would in no respect devolve upon him, but would be
  • provided for from the royal Treasury.
  • The Reverend Father Pierre Coton, then confessor and preacher to the
  • king, and who was very highly esteemed by His Majesty, as we know, was
  • commissioned by him to select, from his Society, some men capable of
  • conducting to a successful issue this perilous and holy enterprise.
  • Many of our religious offered themselves for this distant mission.
  • Among them was noticed Father Pierre Biard, a man whose integrity
  • equaled his talent and who then occupied the chair of theology at
  • Lyons. The choice of the superiors fell upon him and upon Father
  • Ennemond Masse, of whom we shall speak hereafter.
  • They both departed in 1608 for Bordeaux, where they intended to embark,
  • but they were obliged to wait three years. For the gentleman, of whom
  • we have already spoken, postponed his departure; then he offered as
  • an excuse the necessity of making a trial voyage, in order, said
  • he, to prepare a suitable dwelling for the Fathers. In fact he did
  • make this journey, accompanied by a secular priest, who, yielding
  • to a thoughtless zeal, baptized a hundred savages without having
  • sufficiently instructed and tested them. Later, it was discovered that
  • these poor people had not even understood what they had received.
  • Three years afterwards, on returning from his voyage, sieur de
  • Potrincourt, urged by the queen-mother, undertook to convey our Fathers
  • to [3] Canada. But it was not without great difficulty and much
  • suffering that they reached Port Royal, upon the coast of Acadia.
  • The year following their arrival, two others of our Society went
  • to join them, namely, Father Quentin and Gilbert du Thet, a
  • Brother-coadjutor.[30] A two years' sojourn in Port Royal demonstrated
  • to them the impossibility of making that the center of their mission,
  • either on account of the difficulty of attracting there a great
  • assemblage of savages, or because of the bickerings of those in
  • command. They transferred the seat of their mission to another point
  • upon the same coast, in latitude 45° 30', according to a decree of the
  • king. This settlement received the name of Saint Savior. They had been
  • established there but a short time, when the English, coming upon them
  • suddenly, took possession of the French ship, seized the letters-patent
  • of the commander, and, by a piece of outrageous rascality, treated him
  • as a pirate. At the moment of attack several Frenchmen were killed, and
  • among them brother Gilbert du Thet, a man remarkable for his courage
  • and piety.
  • The victorious English, after having pillaged as much as they liked,
  • abandoned part of the French in a miserable bark, and took with them
  • to Virginia Fathers Biard and Quentin. Our two prisoners expected
  • to be condemned to death, especially when, being taken back to Port
  • Royal they refused to make known the hiding-place of the French who
  • were concealed in the neighborhood. Turning their course a second time
  • toward Virginia, they would probably have met death there, had not
  • divine Providence frustrated all the efforts of the English sailors
  • to land. A violent storm cast them upon the Azores islands, which
  • belong to Portugal; and there, in spite of all their efforts, they were
  • obliged to disembark.
  • Even the English were forced to admire the loyalty and charity [4]
  • of our Fathers, who, by showing themselves to the Portuguese, might
  • have caused the seizure of the ship, and had the English condemned
  • and executed as pirates. Before entering port they exacted from their
  • prisoners the promise not to denounce them, and to keep themselves
  • concealed during their entire sojourn at the Azores. While the
  • Portuguese were visiting the ship, the Fathers remained in the bottom
  • of the hold, where they escaped observation. This generosity and
  • loyalty in keeping their word so surprised the English that they
  • immediately changed their treatment of their captives, and took them
  • directly to England, where they publicly eulogized them.
  • The French ambassador, on hearing of their arrival, hastened to reclaim
  • them, and had them taken back honorably into their own country, in the
  • month of May, 1614.
  • This first voyage of our missionaries, apparently so futile, had,
  • however, fortunate results. Beside the experience acquired, of which
  • good use was made, the zeal of French catholics, revived by the stories
  • of the Fathers, created new resources; and as soon as the French colony
  • was delivered from the English, the Jesuits resumed their voyages to
  • Canada, where they finally founded one of the finest missions of the
  • Society.--[Carayon.]
  • [9] Lettre du P. Biard, au R. P. Christophe Baltazar, Provincial de
  • France a Paris.
  • (_Copiée sur l'autographe conservé aux Archives du Jésus à Rome._)
  • MON REVEREND PERE,
  • Pax Christi.
  • Enfin, par la grace et faveur de Dieu, nous voicy arrivez à Port-Royal,
  • lieu tant désiré, et après avoir paty et surmonté, pendant l'espace de
  • sept mois, force contradictions et traverses, que nous susciterent à
  • Dieppe quelques-uns de la pretendue religion, et sur mer, les fatigues,
  • orages et tourmentes de l'hyver, des vents et des tempestes. Par la
  • misericorde de Dieu et par les prieres de Vostre Reverence et de nos
  • bons Peres et Freres, nous voicy au bout de nostre course, et au lieu
  • tant souhaité. Voicy aussi la premiere commodité qui se presente pour
  • escrire à Vostre Reverence, et lui faire sçavoir de nos nouvelles et de
  • l'estat auquel nous nous retrouvons. Je suis marry que le peu de temps
  • de nostre arrivée en ce pays ne me permette pas d'en discourir, et
  • comme je désirerois [10] plus amplement, et de l'estat de cette pauvre
  • nation; neantmoins je m'efforceray de vous descrire non-seulement
  • ce qui s'est passé en nostre voyage, mais aussy tout ce qu'avons
  • peu apprendre de ce peuple depuis que nous y sommes, selon que, je
  • pense, tous nos bons seigneurs et amis avec Vostre Reverence (doivent)
  • l'attendre et le desirer.
  • Et, pour commencer par le préparatif de nostre voyage, Vostre Reverence
  • aura sceu l'effort que firent deux marchants de Dieppe de la religion
  • pretendue, qui avoient charge de fretter le navire, pour empescher que
  • n'y fussions reçus. Il y avoit jà quelques années que ceux qui avoient
  • commencé et continué le voyage de Canada, avoient desiré quelques uns
  • de nostre Compagnie pour s'employer à la conversion de ce peuple là; et
  • le feu Roy d'heureuse memoire Henry le Grand avoit assigné cinq cents
  • escus pour le voyage des premiers qui y seroient envoyés, quand le R.
  • P. Enmond Masse et moy, deputés pour ce voyage, après avoir salué la
  • Reyne Regente, entendu de sa propre bouche le saint zele qu'elle avoit
  • de la conversion de ces peuples barbares, reçu les susdicts cinq cents
  • escus pour nostre viatique, aydés aussi de la pieuse libéralité de
  • Mesdames les Marquises de Guercheville, Verneuil et de Sourdis, partis
  • de Paris, arrivasmes à Dieppe au jour que nous avait assigné [11]
  • Monsieur de Biancourt, fils de Monsieur de Potrincourt, pour nous y
  • prendre, sçavoir le 27 d'Octobre 1610.
  • Les deux susdicts marchants, aussitost qu'ils ouïrent que deux Iesuites
  • debvoient aller au Canada, s'adresserent à Monsieur de Biancourt[III.]
  • et luy denoncerent que si lesdicts Iesuites entroient au navire, ils
  • n'y vouloient rien avoir. On leur respondit que la venuë des Iesuites
  • ne leur nuyroit en rien; que, Dieu mercy et la Reyne, ils avoient
  • moyen de payer leur pension sans grever aucunement leur fret. Ils
  • persistent toute fois en leur negative; et quoyque Monsieur de Sicoine,
  • gouverneur de la ville, fort zelé catholique, s'en entremeslast de
  • bonne affection, si ne pût-il rien obtenir d'eux. A cette cause,
  • Monsieur Robbin,[IV.] le fils, autrement de Coloigne, associé avec
  • Monsieur de Biancourt pour le voyage, se delibera d'aller en Cour et
  • déclarer à la Reyne cet accrochement; ce qu'il fit. La Reyne sur cela
  • donna lettres addressantes à Monsieur de Sicoigne, à ce qu'il eust à
  • declarer la volonté du Roy à present regnant, être telle, et avoir
  • pareillement [12] esté telle celle du feu Roy d'eternelle memoire,
  • que lesdicts Iesuites allent en Canada; et par ainsy entendissent les
  • contrariants sur ce fait, qu'ils se trouveroient en opposition contre
  • le bon plaisir de leur Prince. Les lettres estoient fort affectueuses;
  • et plût à Monsieur de Sicoigne de mander à soy tout le consistoire, et
  • leur en faire lecture. Si est-ce que pour tout cela, les marchants sus
  • mentionnés ne voulurent en rien démordre; seulement fut accordé que,
  • laissant à part la question des Iésuites, on chargeroit promptement
  • le vaisseau, de peur que cet embarras et dispute n'apportast du
  • retardement au secours qui promptement debvoit estre donné à Monsieur
  • de Potrincourt.
  • Lors je pensois bien quasi toutes nos attentes estre mises au rouët, et
  • ne sçavois quelle clef nous en pourroit assez desgager. Mais Monsieur
  • de Coloigne ne desespera point; ains, se montrant de sa grâce toujours
  • plus ardent à poursuivre pour nous, fit entendre en Cour, par un
  • second voyage qu'il fit, y avoir bien moyen de debouter les susdits
  • marchants, sçavoir est, en leur payant leur marchandise, et ainsi
  • les dédommageant. Madame de la Guercheville, dame de grande vertu,
  • recognoissant cet expédient, et jugeant n'estre convenable à la piété
  • de la cour que pour si peu un oeuvre de Dieu fust arresté, et satan en
  • eust ainsi le [13] dessus, se délibera de faire un queste pour mettre
  • ensemble la somme de deniers requise, et le fist avec telle diligence
  • et si heureusement, par la pieuse liberalité de plusieurs des Seigneurs
  • et Dames de la cour, qu'elle assembla bientost quatre mil livres, et
  • les envoya à Dieppe. Ainsy lesdits marchants furent exclus de tout le
  • droict qu'ils eussent pû avoir sur le vaisseau, sans rien perdre, et
  • nous y fusmes introduits.
  • Cet affaire et plusieurs autres qui survinrent dans l'aprest de nostre
  • voyage, furent cause que ne pusmes partir de Dieppe avant le 26
  • janvier 1611. Monsieur de Biancourt, jeune seigneur fort accomply et
  • expert en la maryne, estoit nostre conducteur, et chef du vaisseau.
  • Nous estions 36 personnes dans un navire appelé _la Grace de Dieu_,
  • d'environ soixante tonneaux. Nous n'eusmes que deux jours de bon vent;
  • au troisiesme, nous nous vismes subitement, par un vent et marées
  • contraires, emportés jusques à cent ou deux cents pas des esquillons
  • l'isle d'Wytht, en Angleterre; et bien nous en print que nous y
  • rencontrasmes bon ancrage; sans cela resoluement c'estoit faict de nous.
  • Eschappés de là, nous relaschasmes à Hyrmice et depuis à Niéport; en
  • quoy nous consumasmes 18 jours. Le 16 de février, premier jour de
  • caresme, [14] un bon norouest s'élevant, nous donna moyen de partir,
  • et nous accompagna jusques hors de la Manche. Ors ont accoustumé les
  • mariniers, venant à Port-Royal, de ne point prendre la droite route
  • des isles Ouessants jusqu'au Cap de Sable, ce qui abregeroit beaucoup
  • le chemin; car en cette façon, de Dieppe à Port-Royal, n'y auroit
  • qu'environ mil lieues; ains leur coustume est de descendre vers le Sud
  • jusqu'aux Açores, et de là tirer au grand banc, pour du grand banc,
  • selon que les vents se présentent, viser au Cap de Sable, ou bien à
  • Campseaux, ou bien autre part. Ils m'ont dict que pour trois raisons
  • ils descendent ainsi aux Açores: la première pour esviter la mer du
  • nort, qui est fort haute, disent-ils; la seconde, pour s'ayder des
  • vents du sud, qui volontiers reignent le plus; la troisiesme, pour
  • assurer leur estime: autrement il est difficile qu'ils se recognoissent
  • et dressent leur voyage sans erreur. Mais nulle de ces causes a eu
  • effet quant à nous, qui neantmoins avons suivy cette coustume: non la
  • premiere, parce que nous avons experimenté tant de tempestes et la mer
  • si rude, que je ne pense pas y avoir beaucoup de gain, nort ou sud,
  • sud ou nort; non la seconde, parce que souvent, quand nous voulions le
  • Sud, le Nort souffloit, et à retours; non enfin la troisiesme, d'autant
  • que nous ne pusmes point voir ces Açores, quoyque nous fussions [15]
  • descendus jusqu'à 39 degrés et demy. Ainsi toute l'estime de nos
  • conducteurs s'embrouilla, et nous n'estions pas encore aux Açores du
  • grand banc, quand quelques-uns opinoient que nous l'eussions desjà
  • passé.
  • Le grand banc aux molües n'est pas, comme j'estimois en France, quelque
  • banc de sablon ou terre qui apparoisse hors de la mer, ains est une
  • grande lisiere de terre soubs l'eau à 35, 40 et 45 brasses, large en
  • quelques endroits de 25 lieuës. On l'appelle banc, parce que c'est là
  • premierement où venant des abismes de l'ocean, l'on trouve terre avec
  • la sonde. Or, sur le bord de ce grand banc, les vagues sont d'ordinaire
  • fort furieuses trois ou quatre lieues durant, et ces trois ou quatre
  • lieues on appelle les Açores.
  • Nous estions environ ces Açores le mardy de Pasques, quand nous
  • voicy en prouë notre ennemy conjuré, l'Ouest, avec telle furie et
  • opiniastreté, que peu s'en fallut que nous ne perissions. De huict
  • jours entiers, il ne nous donna relasche, adjoustant à sa malice le
  • froid et souvent la pluie ou la neige.
  • Naviger en ce traject de la Nouvelle-France, si dangereux et si
  • aspre, principalement en petits vaisseaux et mal munitionnez, est un
  • sommaire de toutes les miseres de la vie. Nous n'avions repos ni [16]
  • jour ni nuict. Si nous pensions prendre nostre refection, nostre plat
  • subitement eschappoit contre la tête de quelqu'un; un autre tomboit
  • sour nous, et nous contre quelque coffre, et tourneboulions avec
  • d'autres pareillement renversez; nostre tasse se versoit sur nostre
  • lict, et le bidon dans nostre seing, ou bien un coup de mer mandoit
  • nostre plat.
  • Monsieur de Biancourt m'honoroit de tant, que je couchois dans sa
  • chambre. Une belle nuict ainsy qu'estant au lict nous pensions prendre
  • quelque repos, voicy qu'un gentil et hardy coup de mer qui faussa
  • les fermetures de la fenestre, la rompt et nous vient couvrir bien
  • hautement; autant en eusmes nous une autre fois de jour. En outre,
  • le froid estoit si violent, et l'a esté plus de six semaines durant,
  • qu'à peine nous sentions nous d'engourdissement et de gel. Le bon Père
  • Masse a pati beaucoup. Il a demeuré quelques quarante jours malade sans
  • manger que bien peu, et quasi sans bouger du lict; encore vouloit-il
  • jeusner avec tout cela. Après Pasque, il meliora tousjours, Dieu mercy
  • de plus en plus. Pour moy, j'estois gaillard, quand mesme plusieurs des
  • matelots se rendoient, et la Dieu grâce, je n'ay jamais tenu le lict
  • pour mal que j'eusse.
  • Eschappés des tourmentes, nous entrasmes dans les glaces sur les Açores
  • du banc, degrez du nort 46. Aucunes des glaces sembloient des isles,
  • autres [17] des petits bourgs, autres des grandes églises ou dômes bien
  • haults, ou superbes chasteaux: toutes flottoient. Pour les esviter,
  • nous prismes au sud; mais ce fut tomber, comme l'on dict, de Charybdis
  • en Sylla, car de ces haults rochers, nous tombasmes en un pavé de
  • basse glace, la mer en estant toute couverte autant que la vue pouvoit
  • porter. Nous ne savions en passer; et n'eust esté la hardiesse de M. de
  • Biancourt, nos mariniers demeuroient sans expedient; mais il fit passer
  • outre, non obstant le murmure de plusieurs, par où la glace estoit plus
  • rare, et Dieu, par sa bonté, nous assista.
  • Le 5 de may, nous descendismes à Campceau, et eusmes le moyen d'y
  • celebrer la sainte messe après tant de temps, et nous sustenter de
  • ce pain qui nourit sans deffaut, et console sans fin. Depuis, nous
  • costoyames terre jusqu'à Port-Royal, et y sommes arrivés à bons et
  • heureux auspices le saint jour de Pencoste de bon matin, sçavoir est
  • le 22 de may,[V.] jour auquel le soleil entre dans les Iumeaux. Nostre
  • voyage avoit duré quatre mois.
  • Il n'est possible d'exprimer l'ayse que reçurent de nostre arrivée
  • Monsieur de Potrincourt et les siens, lesquels, durant tout cet hyver,
  • se trouvèrent [18] en de très-grandes necessités, comme je vous vais
  • declarer.
  • Monsieur de Potrincourt avoit accompagné son fils revenant en France
  • sur la fin de juillet 1610, et y estoit venu jusques au port Saint
  • Iean,[VI.] autrement dict Chachippé, distant du Port-Royal 70 lieuës
  • est et sud. Revenant et ayant redoublé le Cap de Sable, se trouvant en
  • la baye courante, accablé de fatigues, il fut contraint de ceder le
  • gouvernail pour un peu dormir, donnant mandement à celuy qui succedoit
  • de suivre toujours terre, jusqu'au plus profond de la Baye. Ce
  • successeur, ne sçay pourquoy, ne suyvit pas le commandement, ains peu
  • de temps après changea, et abandonna terre.
  • Le Sauvage Membertou, qui suyvoit dans sa chaloupe, fut estonné
  • de cette route; néanmoins, n'en sçachant pas la cause, n'en imita
  • pas l'exemple, et si n'en dit rien. Aussi arriva-t-il bientost à
  • Port-Royal, là où M. de Potrincour erra par six semaines en danger de
  • se perdre; car le bon seigneur, s'estant esveillé, fut bien esbahy de
  • se veoir en pleine mer, à perte de terre, dans une chaloupe. Il avait
  • beau regarder son cadran, car ne sçachant [19] quelle route son gentil
  • gouverneur avoit tenué, il ne pouvoit deviner ni où il estoit, ni où
  • il convenoit addresser. Un autre mal, sa chaloupe ne pouvoit aller à
  • la boline,[VII.] ayant esté, ne scay comment, brisée par les flancs.
  • Ainsi, voulust-il ou non, il estoit necessité à prendre toujours vent
  • derriere.
  • Un tiers inconvenient et grief: ils n'avoient de vivres. Néantmoins,
  • c'est une homme qui ne se rend pas facilement, et bonheur l'accompagne.
  • Donc, en cette perplexité de route, il se determina heureusement de
  • prendre au nord, et Dieu lui envoya ce qu'il souhaitoit, un favorable
  • Sud. Contre le mal de la faim, sa prudence luy servit; car il avoit
  • chassé et gardé certain nombre de cormorans.[VIII.] Mais quel moyen
  • de les rôtir en une chaloupe, pour les manger et garder? De bonne
  • fortune, il se trouva avoir quelque planche, sur laquelle il dressa
  • un foyer, et ainsi rotit son gibier, à l'ayde duquel il arriva à
  • Pentegouët, anciennement la Norembegue, et de là aux Etechemins, puis à
  • l'embouscheure du Port-Royal, où, par desastre, il pensa faire naufrage.
  • Il faisoit obscur quand il se trouva en cette entrée, et ses gens
  • commencerent à lui, contredire, [20] niant assurément que ce fust
  • l'embouscheure du Port-Royal. Luy ouït volontiers les opinions de ses
  • gens, et malheur qu'encore les suyvit-il, et aynsi prenant en bas de la
  • Baye Françoise, il s'en alla roder bien loing à la mercy des vents et
  • des marées. Cependant ses gens estoient bien en peine au Port-Royal, et
  • jà quasi tenoient-ils pour tout assuré qu'il fust peri; à cela aydoit
  • le sauvage Membertou, qui affirmoit luy avoir veu prendre vers la mer à
  • perte de vuë; d'où l'on inferoit, comme l'on croit autant facilement ce
  • que l'on craint comme ce que l'on ayme, que puisque tels ou tels vents
  • avoient régné, il estoit impossible qu'avec une chaloupe, il eust peu
  • eschapper. Et jà traitoit-on du retour en France. Or bien esbahis, et
  • ensemble bien joyeux furent-ils, quand ils virent leur Thésée, revenu
  • de l'autre monde; ce fut six semaines après son depart, au même temps
  • que M. de Biancourt arrivoit en France, le retour duquel estoit attendu
  • à Port-Royal pour tout Novembre de la même annèe 1610. Mais on fut
  • bien estonné, quand non seulement on ne le vit pas à Noël, mais aussi
  • on perdit espérance, à cause de l'hiver, de le revoir avant la fin
  • d'apvril ensuivant.
  • Cette fut raison pour quoy on se retrancha de vivres; mais ce
  • retranchement profitoit peu, d'autant que le Sieur de Potrincourt ne
  • rabattoit rien [21] de ses libéralités vers les Sauvages, craingnant
  • les aliener de la foy chrestienne. C'est un seigneur vrayment liberal
  • et magnanime, mesprisant toute recompense des biens qu'il leur fait;
  • de maniere que les Sauvages, quand par fois on leur demande pourquoy
  • ils ne lui redonnent quelque chose pour tant de biens qu'il leur faict,
  • ont de coustumes de respondre malitieusement: _Endries ninan metaij
  • Sagamo_: c'est-à-dire, Monsieur ne se soucie point de nos peaux de
  • castor. Néantmoins ils envoyoient par fois quelques pieces d'orignac,
  • qui aydoyent à toujours gagner le temps. Or, bon moyen pour espargner,
  • voicy que, l'hyver venu, leur moulin se glace, et n'y avoit moyen de
  • faire farine. Bon pour eux, qu'ils trouverent provision de pois et
  • febves; cette fut leur manne et ambroisie sept semaines durant.
  • Là estoit venu Apvril, mais non pas le navire, et lors le moulin eut
  • beau se glacer, car aussi bien n'y avoit-il rien pour la tremye. Que
  • fera-on? la faim est un meschant mal. On se met à pescher sur eau, et
  • fouiller soubs terre: sur eau, on eut des esplans et du harang; soubs
  • terre, on trouva de fort bonnes racines, qu'on appelle _chiqueli_, et
  • abondent fort en de certains endroits.
  • Ainsi contentoit-on aucunement cet importun crediteur; je dis
  • aucunement parce que, le pain leur [22] manquant, toute autre chose
  • leur estoit peu, et jà faisoit-on estat que, si le navire ne venoit
  • pour tout le mois de may, que l'on se mettroit par la coste en
  • recherche de quelques navires, pour repasser au doux pays de froment et
  • vignoble. C'estoyent les gens de Monsieur de Potrincourt qui parloient
  • ainsi; car pour luy, il avoit le courage, et si sçavoit bien les moyens
  • de faire attendre jusques à la saint Iean. Il n'en fut pas de besoing,
  • Dieu mercy, car comme dict est, nous arrivasmes le 22 de may. Or si,
  • à cette venue, l'allegresse de Monsieur de Potrincourt et de ceux de
  • l'habitation fut grande, ceux là le pourront conjecturer, qui sçavent
  • ce que c'est de la faim, du desespoir, de la crainte, de patir, d'estre
  • pere, et veoir ses entreprises et travaux à volleau.
  • Nous pleurasmes tous au rencontre, et nous estimions quasi songer;
  • puis, quand nous fusmes un peu revenus et entrez en propos, cette
  • question fut mise en avant, sçavoir: mon (de vrai) qui estoit le plus
  • ayse des deux, ou M. de Potrincourt et les siens, ou M. de Biancourt
  • et nous. De vray, nous avions bien tous le coeur bien eslargy, et
  • Dieu, par sa misericorde, donna signe d'y prendre plaisir; car, après
  • la messe et le disner, comme ce ne fusse qu'allée et venue du navire
  • à l'habitation et de l'habitation au [23] navire, chacun voulant
  • caresser, et estre caressé de ses amis, comme après l'hyver on se
  • resjouït du beau temps, et après le siége de la liberté, il arriva que
  • deux de l'habitation prindrent un canot des sauvages pour aller au
  • navire. Ces canots sont tellement faits que, si on ne s'y tient pas
  • bien juste et à plomb, aussitost on vire; arriva donc que, voulant
  • retourner dans le mesme canot du navire à l'habitation ne sçay comment
  • ne charrierent pas droict, et eux dans l'eau.
  • Le bonheur porta que pour lors je me promenois avec M. de Potrincourt
  • à la rive. Nous voyons l'accident, et, à nostre pouvoir faisions
  • signe avec nos chapeaux à ceux du navire, de courir au secours; car
  • de crier, rien n'eust proffité, tant le navire estoit esloigné, et le
  • vent faisoit du bruit. Personne n'y prenoit garde du commencement; de
  • maniere que nostre recours fut à l'oraison, et de nous mettre à genou,
  • n'y voyant autre remede; et Dieu eut pitié de nous. L'un des deux se
  • saisit du canot renversé, et se jette dessus; l'autre, à la parfin,
  • fut secouru d'une chaloupe, et tous deux ainsi retirez et sauvez nous
  • comblerent de liesse, voyant comme la bonté divine, par sa toute
  • parternelle douceur, n'avoit point voulu permettre que le malin esprit
  • nous enviast et funestast un si bon jour. A elle soit gloire à tout
  • jamays. Ainsy soit-il.
  • [24] Or maintenant il est temps qu'arrivés par la grâce de Dieu en
  • santé nous jettions les yeux sur le pays, et y considerions un peu
  • l'estat de la chrestienté que nous y trouvons. Tout son fondement
  • consiste après Dieu en cette petite habitation d'une famille
  • d'environ vingt personnes. Messire Iessé Flesche, vulgairement dict
  • le Patriarche, en a eu la charge, et, dans un an qu'il y a demeuré, a
  • baptizé quelque cent ou tant des Sauvages. Le mal a esté qu'il ne les
  • a pu instruire comme il eust bien désiré, faute de sçavoir la langue,
  • et avoir de quoy les entretenir; car celui qui leur nourrit l'âme
  • faut quand et quand qu'il se delibere de sustenter leur corps. Ce bon
  • personnage nous a fait beaucoup d'amitié, et a remercié Dieu de nostre
  • venue; car il avoit jà de longtemps resolu de repasser en France à la
  • premiere commodité; ce qu'il est bien ayse de faire maintenant, sans le
  • regret d'abandonner une vigne qu'il auroit plantée.
  • On n'a pû jusques à maintenant traduire au langage du pays la croyance
  • commune ou symbole, l'oraison de nostre Seigneur, les commandemens de
  • Dieu, les Sacremens et autres chefs totalement necessaires à faire un
  • chrestien.
  • Estant dernièrement au port Saint-Iean, je fus adverty qu'entre les
  • autres Sauvages, il y en avoit cinq jà chrestiens. Ie prends de là
  • occasion de leur [25] donner des images, et planter une croix devant
  • leur cabane, chantant un _Salve Regina_. Ie leur fis faire le signe
  • de la croix; mais je me trouvois bien esbahy, car autant quasi y
  • entendoient les non-baptizés, que les chrestiens. Ie demandois à un
  • chacun son nom de baptesme; quelques-uns ne le sçavoient pas, et
  • ceux-là s'appeloient _Patriarches_; et la cause est parce que c'est le
  • Patriarche qui leur impose le nom; car ils concluënt ainsy, il faut
  • qu'ils s'appellent _Patriarches_, quand ils ont oublié leur vray nom.
  • Il y eut aussi pour rire, car lorsque je leur demandois s'ils estoient
  • chrestiens, ils ne m'entendoient pas; quand je leur demandois s'ils
  • estoient baptizés, ils me respondoient: _Hetaion enderquir Vortmandia
  • Patriarché_; c'est à-dire: "Oui, le Patriarche nous a fait semblables
  • aux Normans." Or, appellent-ils Normans tous les Françoys hormis les
  • Malouins, qu'ils appellent Samaricois, et les Basques qu'ils disent
  • Bascua.
  • Le _sagamo_, c'est-à-dire le seigneur du port Saint-Iean, est un
  • appelé Cacagous, fin et matois s'il n'y en a point en la coste; c'est
  • tout ce qu'il a rapporté de France (car il a esté en France), et me
  • disoit qu'il avoit esté baptizé à Bajonne, me racontant cela comme
  • qui raconteroit d'avoir esté par amitié conduit à un bal. Sur quoy,
  • voyant le mal, et [26] voulant esprouver si je luy esmouverois point
  • la conscience, je luy demandois combien il avoit de femmes. Il me
  • respondit qu'il en avoit huict; et de fait, il m'en compta sept, qu'il
  • avoit là presentes, me les désignant avec autant de gloire, tant s'en
  • faut qu'avec honte, comme si je luy eusse demandé combien il avoit de
  • fils legitimes.
  • Un autre, qui cherchoit plusieurs femmes, comme je luy dissuadasse,
  • luy alleguant qu'il estoit chrestien, me paya de cette response:
  • _Reroure quiro Nortmandia_: c'est à-dire Cela est bon pour vous
  • autres, Normans. Aussi ne voit-on gueres de changement en eux après le
  • baptesme. La mesme sauvagine et les mesmes moeurs demeurent, ou peu
  • s'en faut, mesmes coustumes, ceremonies, us, façons et vices, au moins
  • à ce qu'on en peut sçavoir, sans point observer aucune distinction de
  • temps, jours, offices, exercices, prieres, debvoirs, vertus ou remedes
  • spirituels.
  • Membertou, comme celuy qui hante le plus M. de Potrincourt dés long
  • temps, est aussi le plus zelé, et montre le plus de foy; mais encore
  • il se plaint de ne nous pas assez entendre, et desireroit d'estre
  • prescheur, dit-il, s'il estoit bien instruict. Ce fut luy qui me fit
  • l'autre jour une plaisante repartie; car, comme je luy enseignois son
  • _Pater_, selon la traduction que m'en a fait M. de Biancourt, sur ce
  • [27] que je lui faisois dire: _Nui en caraco nac iquem esmoi ciscou_;
  • c'est-à-dire, donne-nous aujourd'huy nostre pain quotidien. "Mais,
  • dit-il, si je ne luy demandois que du pain, je demeurerois sans orignac
  • ou poisson."
  • Le bon vieillard nous contoit avec grande affection comme Dieu
  • l'assiste depuis qu'il est chrestien, et nous disoit que ce printemps,
  • luy arriva de patir grande faim luy et les siens; que sur ce il luy
  • souvint qu'il estoit chrestien, et par ce il pria Dieu. Après sa
  • prière, allant veoir à la riviere, il trouva des esplans à suffisance.
  • Et puisque je suis sur ce vieux sagamo, premices de cette gentilité, je
  • vous diray encore ce qui luy est arrivé cet hyver.
  • Il a esté malade, et ce qui est plus, jugé à mort par les _aoutmoins_
  • ou sorciers du pays. Or est la coustume que dès aussitost que les
  • Aoutmoins ont sentencié la maladie ou plaie estre mortelle, dès lors
  • le patient ne mange plus; aussy ne luy donne-t-on rien. Ains, prenant
  • sa belle robe, il entonne luy-mesme le chant de sa mort; après lequel
  • cantique, s'il tarde trop à mourir, on luy jette force seaux d'eau
  • dessus, pour l'advancer, et quelquefois l'enterre-t-on à demy vif. Or
  • les enfants de Membertou, quoy que chrestien, se preparoient à user
  • de ce beau devoir de pieté envers leur père; jà ils ne luy donnoient
  • plus à manger, et luy ayant prins sa [28] belle robe de loutre, avoit,
  • comme un cygne, chanté et conclu sa Nænie ou chant funerail. Une chose
  • l'affligeoit encore, c'est qu'il ne sçavoit pas pomment il debvoit
  • bien mourir en chrestien, et qu'il ne disoit point adieu à M. de
  • Potrincourt. Ces choses entendues, M. de Potrincourt vint à luy, luy
  • remonstre et l'asseure qu'en despit de tous les Aoutmoins et Pilotois,
  • il vivroit et recouvreroit santé, s'il vouloit manger; ce qu'il estoit
  • tenu de faire, estant chrestien. Le bon homme crut, et fut sauvé;
  • aujourd'huy il raconte cecy avec grand contentement, et rememore bien à
  • propos comme Dieu a misericordieusement en cela fait entendre la malice
  • et mensonge de leurs aoutmoins.
  • Je raconteray icy un autre faict du mesme Sieur de Potrincourt, et
  • qui a beaucoup proffité à toute cette gentilité. Un sauvage chrestien
  • estoit mort, et (marque de sa constance) il avoit mandé icy à
  • l'habitation, pendant sa maladie, qu'il se recommandoit aux prieres.
  • Après sa mort, les autres Sauvages se preparoient de l'enterrer à leur
  • mode: leur mode est qu'ils prennent tout ce qui appartient au defunct,
  • peaux, arcs, utensiles, cabannes, etc. bruslent tout cela, hurlants,
  • brayants avec certains clameurs, sorceleries et invocations du malin
  • esprit. M. de Potrincourt delibera de vertueusement resister à ces
  • ceremonies. Il met donc en armes toutes ses gens, et [29] s'en va
  • aux Sauvages en main forte, obtient par ce moyen ce qu'il demandoit,
  • sçavoir est que le corps fust donné à M. le Patriarche, et ainsi
  • l'enterrement fut faict à la chrestienne. Cet acte, d'autant qu'il n'a
  • pû estre contrarié par les Sauvages, a esté loué par eux, et l'est
  • encores.
  • La chappelle qu'on a eue jusque à maintenant, est fort petite, pirement
  • accomodée, et en toutes façons incommode à tous exercices de religion.
  • Pour remede, M. de Potrincourt nous a donné tout un quartier de
  • son habitation, si nous pouvons le couvrir et accomoder. Seulement
  • j'adjousteray encore un mot, que plusieurs seront bien ayses et édifiés
  • d'ouïr.
  • Après mon arrivée icy à Port-Royal, j'ay esté avec M. de Potrincourt
  • jusque aux Etechemins. Là, Dieu voulut que je rencontrasse le jeune du
  • Pont de Sainct Malo, lequel ne sçays comment effarouché,[IX.] avoit
  • passé toute l'année avec les Sauvages, vivant de mesme qu'eux. C'est un
  • jeune homme d'une grande force d'esprit et de corps, n'y ayant sauvage
  • qui courre, agisse ou patisse ou parle mieux que luy. Il estoit en
  • grandes apprehensions de M. de [30] Potrincourt; mais Dieu me donna
  • tant de croyance envers luy, que sur ma parole il vint avec moy dans
  • nostre navire, et, après quelques submissions et debvoir rendu par
  • luy, la paix fut faite au grand contentement de tous. Au départir,
  • comme les canonades bruyèrent, il me pria de luy assigner heure pour
  • sa confession. Au lendemain matin, luy mesme prevint l'heure, tant il
  • estoit en ferveur, et se confessa en l'orée de la mer, en la présence
  • de tous les Sauvages, qui s'émerveilloient d'ainsy le voir à genoux
  • devant moy si long temps. Depuis, il communia avec grand exemple, et
  • puis dire que les larmes m'en vinrent aux yeux, et ne fus pas seul. Le
  • diable fut confus de cet acte: aussy pensa-il subitement tout troubler
  • l'aprés disnée suivante; mais Dieu mercy, par l'équité et bonté de M.
  • de Potrincourt, le tout a esté remis en son entier.
  • Voilà, mon Révérend Pere, le discours de nostre voyage et des choses
  • survenues tant en yceluy que devant celuy, et depuis nostre arrivée à
  • cette habitation. Reste maintenant à vous dire que la conversion de ce
  • pays à l'Evangile, et de ce peuple à la civilité, n'est pas petite, ni
  • sans beaucoup de difficultez; car en premier lieu, si nous considerons
  • le pays, ce n'est qu'une forest, sans autre commodité pour la vie
  • que celles qu'on apportera de France, et avec le temps on pourroit
  • retirer du terroir, après qu'on [31] l'aura cultivé. La nation est
  • sauvage, vagabonde, mal habituée, rare et d'assez peu de gens. Elle
  • est, dis-je, sauvage, courant les bois, sans lettres, sans police, sans
  • bonnes moeurs; elle est vagabonde, sans aucun arrest, ni des maisons
  • ni de parenté, ni des possessions ni de patrie; elle est mal habituée,
  • gens extremement paresseux, gourmans, irreligieux, traitres, cruels
  • en vengeance, et adonnés à toute luxure, hommes et femmes, les hommes
  • ayant plusieurs femmes et les abandonnant à autruy, et les femmes ne
  • leur servant que d'esclaves qu'ils battent et assomment de coups, sans
  • qu'elles osent se plaindre; et après avoir esté demy meurtries, s'il
  • plaist au meurtrier, il faut qu'elles rient et luy fassent caresses.
  • Avec tous ces maux, ils sont extrêmement glorieux: ils s'estiment
  • plus vaillans, que nous, meilleurs que nous, plus ingenieux que nous,
  • et, chose difficile à croire, plus riches que nous. Ils s'estiment,
  • dis-je, plus vaillants que nous, se vantant qu'ils ont tué des Basques
  • et Malouins, et fait beaucoup de mal aux navires, sans que jamays on
  • en ait tiré vengeance, voulant dire que ce a esté faute de coeur.
  • Ils s'estiment meilleurs: "Car, disent-ils, vous ne cessez de vous
  • entrebattre et quereller l'un l'autre; nous vivons en paix. Vous
  • estes envieux les uns des autres, et détractez les uns des autres
  • ordinairement; [32] vous estes larrons et trompeurs; vous estes
  • convoiteux, sans liberalité et misericorde: quant à nous, si nous avons
  • un morceau du pain, nous le partissons entre nous."
  • Telles et semblables choses disent-ils communement, voyant les
  • susdictes imperfections en quelques-uns de nos gens; et, se flattent
  • de ce que quelques-uns d'entre eux ne les ont si éminentes, ne
  • considerant (pas) qu'ils ont tous des vices beaucoup plus énormes, et
  • que la meilleure part des nostres n'ont pas mesmes les vices susdicts,
  • concluent universellement qu'ils vallent mieux que tous les chrestiens.
  • C'est l'amour propre qui les aveugle, et le malin esprit qui les
  • seduit, ne plus ne moins que vous voyez en nostre France les desvoyés
  • de la foy s'estimer et se vanter estre meilleurs que les catholiques,
  • d'autant qu'en quelques-uns ils voyent beaucoup de vices, ne regardants
  • ni les vertus des autres catholiques, ni leurs vices beaucoup plus
  • grands; ne voulant, comme Cyclopes, avoir, qu'un seul oeil, et celuy
  • fiché sur aucuns vices de quelques catholiques, et jamays sur les
  • vertus des autres, ni sur eux, sinon pour se tromper.
  • Ils s'estiment aussi plus ingenieux, d'autant qu'ils nous voyent
  • admirer aucunes de leurs manufactures, comme oeuvres de personnes si
  • rudes et grossieres, [33] et admirent peu ce que nous leur monstrons,
  • quoy que beaucoup plus digne d'estre admiré, faute d'esprit. De là
  • vient qu'ils s'estiment beaucoup plus riches que nous, quoy qu'ils
  • soyent extremement pauvres et souffreteux.
  • Cacagous, duquel j'ai cy-devant parlé, a bonne grace, quand il a un
  • peu haussé le ton; car pour monstrer sa bonne affection envers les
  • Françoys, il se vante de vouloir aller veoir le Roy, et luy porter un
  • present de cent castors, et fait estat, ce faisant, de le faire le plus
  • riche de tous ses predecesseurs. La cause aussy de ce jugement leur
  • vient de l'extreme et bruslante convoitise de leurs castors qu'ils
  • voyent regner en quelques-uns des nostres.
  • Non moins plaisant est le discours d'un certain Sagamo, qui ayant ouy
  • raconter de M. de Potrincourt, que le Roy estoit jeune et à marier:
  • "Peut-estre, dit-il, luy pourray-je donner ma fille pour femme; mais,
  • selon les us et coustumes du pays, il faudroit que le Roy lui fist de
  • grands presens: sçavoir, quatre ou cinq barriques de pain, trois de
  • pois ou de febves, un de petun, quatre ou cinq chapots de cent sols
  • pièce, avec quelques arcs, flesches, harpons, et semblables denrées."
  • Voylà les marques de l'esprit de cette nation, qui est fort peu
  • peuplée, principalement les Soriquois et Etechemins qui avoysinent
  • la mer, combien, que [34] Membertou assure qu'en sa jeunesse il a
  • veu _chimonuts_, c'est-à-dire des Sauvages aussi dru semés que les
  • cheveux de la teste. On tient qu'ils sont ainsi diminués depuis que
  • les François ont commencé à y hanter: car, depuis ce temps-là, ils ne
  • font tout l'esté que manger; d'où vient que, prenant une tout autre
  • habitude, et amassant de humeurs, l'automne et l'hyver ils payent
  • leurs intemperies par pleurésies, esquinances, flux de sang, qui les
  • font mourir. Seulement cette année, soixante en sont morts au Cap de
  • la Hève, qui est la plus grande partie de ce qu'ils y estoient; et
  • neantmoins personne du petit peuple de M. de Potrincourt n'a esté
  • seulement malade, nonobstant toute l'indigence qu'ils ont paty; ce qui
  • a faict apprehender les Sauvages que Dieu nous deffend et protége comme
  • son peuple particulier et bien-aymé.
  • Ce que je dis de cette rareté d'habitants de cette contrée, se doict
  • entendre de ceux qui paroissent en la coste de la mer; car, dans les
  • terres, principalement des Etechemins, il y a force peuple, à ce qu'on
  • dit. Toutes ces choses conjoinctes avec la difficulté du langage, le
  • temps qu'il y faudra consommer, les despends qu'il y faudra faire,
  • les grandes incommoditez et labeurs et disettes qu'il faudra endurer,
  • declarent assez la grandeur de cette entreprise, et les difficultés qui
  • la pourront traverser. Toutes [35] fois plusieurs choses m'encouragent
  • à la poursuite d'icelle.
  • Premierement l'esperance que j'ay en la bonté et providence de Dieu.
  • Esaïe nous assure que le royaume de nostre Redempteur doict estre
  • recognu par toute la terre, et qu'il ne doict avoir ni antres de
  • dragons, ni cavernes de basilisques, ni rochers inaccessibles, ni
  • abysmes tant profonds que son humanité n'adoucisse, son salut ne
  • guerisse, son abondance ne fertilise, son humilité ne surhausse,
  • et enfin que sa croix ne triomphe victorieusement. Et pour quoy
  • n'esperay-je que le temps est venu auquel cette prophetie doict estre
  • accomplie en ces quartiers? Que si cela est, qu'y a-t-il de tant
  • difficile que nostre Dieu ne puisse faciliter?
  • En second lieu, je mets la consideration du Roy nostre Sire. C'est
  • un Roy qui nous promet rien de moindre que le feu Roy son pere
  • l'incomparable Henri le Grand. Cet oeuvre a commencé avec son reigne,
  • et peut on dire que depuis cent années la France s'est approprié ce
  • pays, ou en a si veritablement pris possession, ny tant faict, que
  • depuis son reigne, que Dieu remplisse de toutes benedictions. Il ne
  • voudra permettre que son nom et ses armes paroissent en ces regions
  • avec le paganisme, son authorité avec la barbarie, sa renommée avec la
  • sauvagine, son pouvoir avec l'indigence, [36] sa foy avec manquement,
  • ses subjects sans ayde ni secours. Sa mère aussy, une autre Reyne
  • Blanche, visant à la gloire de Dieu, contemplera ces deserts et
  • nouveliers siens, où, au commencement de sa Regence, le coutre de
  • l'Evangile a par son moyen ouvert quelque esperance de moisson, et se
  • souviendra de ce que le feu Roy, grand de sagesse aussi bien que de
  • valeur, prononça au Sieur de Potrincourt venant en ce pays: "Allez,
  • dit-il, je trace l'édifice; mon fils le bastira." Ce que nous supplions
  • vostre Reverence de luy representer, et ensemble le bon oeuvre que
  • leurs Majestés peuvent faire en ces quartiers, si c'estoit leur bon
  • playsir de fonder et donner quelque honneste revenu à cette residence,
  • de laquelle se pourroit s'epandre par toute cette contrée ceux qui y
  • seroyent eslevés et entretenus.
  • Voylà le second fondement de nostre esperance, auquel j'adjousteray
  • la pieté et largesse que nous avons experimenté sur nostre depart
  • ès-seigneurs et dames de cette tres-noble et tres-chrestienne cour,
  • me promettant qu'ils ne voudront manquer de favoriser de leurs moyens
  • cette entreprise, pour ne perdre ce que desjà ils y ont employé, ce qui
  • leur sert d'ares de gloire et de felicité immortelle devant Dieu.
  • M. de Potrincourt, Seigneur doux et équitable, [37] vaillant, amé et
  • experimenté en ces quartiers, et M. de Biancourt son fils, imitateur
  • des vertus et belles qualitez de son pere, tous deux zelés au service
  • de Dieu, qui nous honorent et cherissent plus que nous ne meritons,
  • nous donnent aussi grand courage de nous employer en ceste ouvrage de
  • tout nostre pouvoir.
  • Finalement, l'assiete et condition de ce lieu, qui promet beaucoup pour
  • l'usage de la vie humaine, s'il est cultivé, et sa beauté, qui me fait
  • esmerveiller de ce qu'il a esté si peu recherché jusques à maintenant,
  • où est ce port où nous sommes, fort propre pour d'icy nous estendre
  • aux Armouchiquois, Iroquois et Montagnes, nos voisins, qui sont grands
  • peuples, et labourent les terres comme nous; ce lieu, dis-je, nous fait
  • esperer quelque chose à l'advenir. Que si nos Souriquois sont peu, ils
  • se peuvent peupler; s'ils sont sauvages, c'est pour les domestiquer
  • et civiliser qu'on vient icy; s'ils sont rudes; nous ne devons point
  • estre pour cela paresseux; s'ils ont jusqu'ici peu profité, ce n'est
  • merveille, ce seroit rigueur d'exiger si tost fruict d'un gref, et
  • demander sens et barbe d'un enfant.
  • Pour conclusion, nous esperons avec le temps les rendre susceptible de
  • la doctrine de la foy et religion chrestienne et catholique, et après,
  • passer [38] plus avant aux regions de deçà plus habitées et cultivées,
  • comme dict est; esperance que nous appuyons sur la bonté et misericorde
  • de Dieu, sur le zele et fervente charité de tous les gens de bien qui
  • affectueusement desirent le royaume de Dieu, particulierement sur les
  • sainctes prieres de Vostre Reverence et de nos RR. PP. et très-chers
  • FF. auxquels très-affectueusement nous nous recommandons.
  • Du Port-Royal en la Nouvelle-France, ce dixiesme juin mil six cents
  • onze.
  • PIERRE BIARD.
  • NOTES:
  • [III.] Charles de Biencourt, écuyer, sieur de Saint-Just et fils de
  • M. de Poutrincourt. Il était alors âgé de dix-neuf ou vingt ans.
  • (_Lescarbot_ et _Champlain_.)
  • [IV.] Thomas Robin, écuyer, sieur de Cologne, demeurant en la ville de
  • Paris. (_Lescarbot._)
  • [V.] Champlain et Charlevoix, qui l'a copié, mettent à tort le 12 de
  • juin.
  • [VI.] Lescarbot dit: «Son père le conduisit jusque au port de la Hève,
  • à cent lieues loin, ou environ du Port-Royal.» Ce qui donnerait à
  • entendre que Chachippè, Port Saint-Jean et la Hève sont une même chose.
  • [VII.] Aller à la bouline, c'est-à-dire tenir le plus près du vent.
  • [VIII.] Le _cormoran_ est un oiseau de mer, qui a le cou fort long, les
  • pattes très-hautes, et qui vit de poisson.
  • [IX.] «L'année prochainement passée, il avoit été fait prisonnier
  • par le Sieur de Potrincourt, d'où s'estant esvadé subtilement, il
  • avoit esté contraint courrir les bois en grande misere.» (_Relation
  • imprimée._)
  • [9] Letter from Father Biard to Reverend Father Christopher Baltazar,
  • Provincial of France, at Paris.
  • (_Copied from the autograph preserved in the Archives of Jesus, at
  • Rome_).
  • MY REVEREND FATHER,
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • At last by the grace and favor of God, here we are at Port-Royal, the
  • place so greatly desired, after having suffered and overcome, during
  • the space of seven months, a multitude of trials and difficulties
  • raised up against us at Dieppe by those belonging to the pretended
  • religion; and after having survived at sea the fatigues, storms, and
  • discomforts of winter, winds, and tempests. By the mercy of God,
  • and through the prayers of Your Reverence and of our good Fathers
  • and Brothers, here we are at the end of our journey and in the
  • long-wished-for place. And I am now taking the first opportunity which
  • presents itself to write to Your Reverence, and to communicate to you
  • news of ourselves and of our present situation. I am sorry that the
  • short time we have been in this country does not permit me to write
  • about it at length, as I was desirous [10] of doing, and about the
  • condition of these poor people; however, I will try to describe to you
  • not only what happened in our voyage, but also all that we have been
  • able to learn of these peoples since our arrival, as I believe all our
  • good noblemen and friends, as well as Your Reverence, expect and desire
  • me to do.
  • So, to begin with the preparations for our voyage, Your Reverence
  • must know about the effort put forth by two Dieppe merchants of the
  • pretended religion, who were charged with freighting the ship, to
  • prevent our being received upon it. For a number of years past, those
  • who began and continued to make voyages to Canada have wished some of
  • our Society to be employed for the conversion of the people of that
  • country; and Henry the Great, the late King, of happy memory, had set
  • aside five hundred écus[34] for the voyage of the first ones who should
  • be sent there: at this time Reverend Father Enmond Masse and I, chosen
  • for this mission, after having saluted the Queen Regent and learned
  • from her own utterances the holy zeal which she felt for the conversion
  • of this barbarous people, and having received the above-mentioned five
  • hundred écus for our viaticum,[35] aided also by the pious liberality
  • of the Marchionesses de Guercheville, Verneuil, and de Sourdis,[36]
  • left Paris and arrived at Dieppe upon the day which [11] Monsieur de
  • Biancourt, son of Monsieur de Potrincourt, had designated for our
  • departure, the 27th of October, 1610.
  • The two above-mentioned merchants, as soon as they heard that two
  • Jesuits were going to Canada, addressed themselves to Monsieur de
  • Biancourt[X.] and warned him that, if the said Jesuits intended to
  • embark upon the ship, they would have nothing to do with it: they were
  • told that the presence of the Jesuits would in no wise interfere with
  • them; that, thanks to God and the Queen, they had the money to pay
  • their passage without in the least disturbing their cargo. They still
  • persisted, however, in their refusal; and although Monsieur de Sicoine,
  • governor of the city, a very zealous catholic, kindly interposed, he
  • could gain nothing from them. For this reason, Monsieur Robbin,[XI.]
  • his son, otherwise called de Coloigne,[37] a partner of Monsieur de
  • Biancourt in this voyage, thought he would go to Court and make known
  • this difficulty to the Queen; he did so. The Queen, thereupon, sent
  • letters addressed to Monsieur de Sicoigne, telling him to announce that
  • the will of the present King, as well as [12] that of the late King of
  • eternal memory, was that these Jesuits should go to Canada; and that
  • those who were opposing their departure were doing so against the will
  • of their Prince. The letters were very kind: and Monsieur de Sicoigne
  • was pleased to assemble the consistory, and read them to that body.
  • Notwithstanding all this, the merchants would not yield in the least;
  • it was merely granted that, leaving the Jesuits out of the question,
  • they should promptly load their ship, lest these perplexities and
  • disputes should cause some delay in bringing the succor to Monsieur de
  • Potrincourt, which must be given promptly. Then I almost made up my
  • mind that all our hopes were doomed to disappointment, for I did not
  • see how we were to be extricated from these difficulties. Monsieur de
  • Coloigne did not despair; but, showing himself in his kindness always
  • more eager to pursue the case for us, by a second journey he convinced
  • the Court of an excellent plan for thwarting the merchants; namely, by
  • paying them for their cargo, and thus indemnifying them. Madame de
  • la Guercheville, a lady of great virtue, recognizing the expediency of
  • this plan, and deeming it inconsistent with real piety to allow a godly
  • work to be checked for such a trifle, and thus [13] that satan should
  • be permitted to triumph, determined to try and raise the sum of money
  • required; and she did so with such diligence and success, through the
  • pious generosity of several Noblemen and Ladies of the court, that she
  • soon collected four thousand livres and sent them to Dieppe. Thus the
  • merchants were deprived of all the rights which they might have had in
  • the vessel, without losing anything, and we were admitted into it.
  • This, and other incidents interfering with the preparations for our
  • voyage, were the reasons why we could not leave Dieppe before the 26th
  • of January, 1611. Monsieur de Biancourt, a very accomplished young
  • gentleman, and well versed in matters pertaining to the sea, was our
  • leader and commander. There were thirty-six of us in the ship, which
  • was called _la Grace de Dieu_, of about sixty tons burden. We had
  • only two days of favorable winds; on the third day we suddenly found
  • ourselves carried, by contrary winds and tides, to within a hundred or
  • two hundred paces of the breakers of the isle of Wight, in England;
  • and it was fortunate for us that we found good anchorage there, for
  • otherwise we certainly should have been lost.
  • Leaving this place we put into port at Hyrmice, and then at Newport; by
  • which we lost eighteen days. The 16th of February, first day of lent,
  • [14] a good northwester arising allowed us to depart, and accompanied
  • us out of the English Channel. Now mariners, in coming to Port Royal,
  • are not accustomed to take the direct route from the Ouessant islands
  • to Cape Sable, which would lessen the distance, for in this way, from
  • Dieppe to Port Royal, there would only be about one thousand leagues;
  • but they are in the habit of going South as far as the Azores, and from
  • there to the great bank, thence, according to the winds, to strike for
  • Cape Sable, or Campseaux, or elsewhere. They have told me that they go
  • by way of the Azores for three reasons: first, in order to avoid the
  • north sea, which is very stormy, they say; second, to make use of the
  • south winds, which usually prevail there; third, to be sure of their
  • reckonings; for otherwise it is difficult to take their bearings and
  • arrange their route without error. But none of these causes affected
  • us, although we followed this custom. Not the first, for we were so
  • tossed about by tempests and high seas, that I do not think we gained
  • much by going north or south, south or north; nor the second, because
  • often when we wanted the South, the North wind blew, and vice versa;
  • and certainly not the third, inasmuch as we could not even see the
  • Azores, although we went [15] down as far as 39° 30'. Thus all the
  • calculations of our leaders were confounded, and we had not yet reached
  • the Azores of the great bank when some of them thought we had passed
  • it.[38]
  • The great codfish bank is not, as I thought in France, a kind of sand
  • or mud-bank, appearing above the surface of the sea; but is a great
  • sub-marine plateau 35, 40 and 45 fathoms deep, and in some places
  • twenty-five leagues in extent. They call it bank, because, in coming
  • from the deep sea, it is the first place where bottom is found with the
  • sounding lead. Now upon the border of this great bank, for the space of
  • three or four leagues, the waves are generally very high, and these
  • three or four leagues are called the Azores.
  • We were near these Azores on Tuesday of Easter week, when suddenly we
  • became a prey to our sworn foe, the West wind, which was so violent and
  • obstinate that we very nearly perished. For eight entire days it gave
  • us no quarter, its vindictiveness being augmented by cold and sometimes
  • rain or snow.
  • In taking this route to New France, so rough and dangerous, especially
  • in small and badly-equipped boats, one experiences the sum total of all
  • the miseries of life. We could rest neither [16] day nor night. When we
  • wished to eat, a dish suddenly slipped from us and struck somebody's
  • head. We fell over each other and against the baggage, and thus found
  • ourselves mixed up with others who had been upset in the same way;
  • cups were spilled over our beds, and bowls in our laps, or a big wave
  • demanded our plates.
  • I was so highly honored by Monsieur de Biancourt as to share his cabin.
  • One fine night, as we were lying in bed, trying to get a little rest,
  • a neat and impudent wave bent our window fastenings, broke the window,
  • and covered us over completely; we had the same experience again,
  • during the day. Furthermore, the cold was so severe, and continued to
  • be for more than six weeks, that we lost nearly all sensation from
  • numbness and exposure. Good Father Masse suffered a great deal.[39] He
  • was ill about forty days, eating very little and seldom leaving his
  • bed; yet, notwithstanding all that, he wanted to fast. After Easter he
  • continued to improve, thank God, more and more. As for me, I was gay
  • and happy, and, by the grace of God, was never ill enough to stay in
  • bed even when several of the sailors had to give up.
  • After escaping from these trials, we entered the ice at the Azores
  • of the bank, 46 degrees north latitude. Some of these masses of ice
  • seemed like islands, others [17] little villages, others grand churches
  • or lofty domes, or magnificent castles: all were floating. To avoid
  • them we steered towards the south; but this was falling, as they say,
  • from Charybdis into Scylla, for from these high rocks we fell into a
  • level field of low ice, with which the sea was entirely covered, as
  • far as the eye could reach. We did not know how to steer through it;
  • and had it not been for the fearlessness of Monsieur de Biancourt, our
  • sailors would have been helpless; but he guided us out, notwithstanding
  • the protests of many of them, through a place where the ice was more
  • scattered, and God, in his goodness, assisted us.
  • On the 5th of May, we disembarked at Campceau,[40] and there had the
  • opportunity of celebrating holy mass after so long a time, and of
  • strengthening ourselves with that bread which never fails to nourish
  • and console. Then we coasted along until we reached Port Royal, where
  • we arrived under good and happy auspices early in the morning[41] of
  • the holy day of Pentecost, the 22nd of May,[XII.] the day upon which
  • the sun enters the constellation Gemini. Our voyage had lasted four
  • months.
  • The joy of Monsieur de Potrincourt and his followers, at our arrival,
  • is indescribable. They had been, during the entire winter, reduced [18]
  • to sore straits, as I am going to explain to you.
  • Monsieur de Potrincourt had accompanied his son a part of the way
  • upon the latter's return to France the last of July, 1610, and had
  • gone as far as port Saint John,[XIII.] otherwise called Chachippé,[42]
  • 70 leagues east and south of Port Royal. When he was returning, as
  • he veered around Cape Sable, he found himself in a strong current;
  • weakened by hardships, he was obliged to yield the helm, in order to
  • take a little rest, commanding his successor to always keep near the
  • shore, even in the deepest part of the Bay. This pilot, I know not why,
  • did not follow his orders, but soon afterward changed his course and
  • left the shore.
  • The Savage, Membertou, who was following in his boat, was astonished
  • that Poutrincourt should take this route; but, not knowing why he did
  • so, neither followed him nor said anything about it. So he soon arrived
  • at Port Royal, while Monsieur de Potrincourt drifted about for six
  • weeks, in danger of being hopelessly lost; for this worthy gentleman,
  • when he awoke, was very much surprised at seeing himself in a small
  • boat in the open sea, out of sight of land. He looked at his dial in
  • vain, for not knowing [19] what route his amiable pilot had taken, he
  • could not guess where he was, nor in what direction to turn. Another
  • misfortune was that his boat would not sail on a bowline,[XIV.] having
  • been somehow damaged in the sides. So, whether he wished to do so or
  • not, he was always obliged to sail before the wind.
  • A third inconvenience and misfortune was a lack of food. However, he
  • is a man who does not easily give up, and good luck follows him. Now
  • in this perplexity about the route, he fortunately decided to turn to
  • the north, and God sent him what he desired, a favorable South wind.
  • His thrift served him against the misfortune of hunger, for he had
  • hunted and kept a certain number of cormorants.[XV.] But how could they
  • be roasted in a small boat, so as to be eaten and kept? Fortunately
  • he found he had a few planks, upon which he built a fire-place, and
  • thus roasted the game; by the aid of which he arrived at Pentegouët,
  • formerly Norembegue, and from there to the Etechemins, thence to the
  • harbor of Port Royal, where by a piece of ill luck, he was nearly
  • shipwrecked.
  • It was dark when he entered this harbor, and his crew began to oppose
  • him, stoutly denying [20] that they were in the harbor of Port Royal.
  • He was willing to listen to their objections, and unfortunately even
  • yielded to them; and so turning to the lower part of French Bay, he
  • went wandering away off at the mercy of the winds and waves. Meanwhile
  • the colonists of Port Royal were in great anxiety and had already
  • nearly made up their minds that he was lost; the savage, Membertou,
  • strengthened this fear by asserting that he had seen him sail out of
  • sight upon the sea; whence it was inferred, since people believe as
  • easily what they fear as what they favor, that as such and such a wind
  • had prevailed, it was impossible for them to escape in such a boat.
  • And they were already planning their return to France. Now they were
  • greatly astonished, and at the same time exceedingly happy when they
  • saw their Theseus return from another world; this was six weeks after
  • his departure, just when Monsieur de Biancourt arrived in France,
  • whose return was expected at Port Royal during the whole month of
  • November of the same year, 1610. But they were very much surprised
  • when they did not see him at Christmas; then they lost all hope, on
  • account of the winter weather, of seeing him again before the end of
  • the following April.
  • For this reason they cut down their rations; but such economy was
  • of little avail, since Sieur de Potrincourt did not lessen [21] his
  • liberality toward the Savages, fearing to alienate them from the
  • Christian faith. He is truly a liberal and magnanimous gentleman,
  • refusing all recompense for the good he does them; so when they are
  • occasionally asked why they do not give him something in return for so
  • many favors, they are accustomed to answer, cunningly: _Endries ninan
  • metaij Sagamo_, that is to say, "Monsieur does not care for our beaver
  • skins." Nevertheless, they have now and then sent him some pieces of
  • elk meat, which have helped him to gain time [i.e., to save his own
  • provisions]. But they, the French, had a good chance of economizing
  • when winter came, for their mill froze up, and they had no way of
  • making flour. Happily for them they found a store of peas and beans,
  • which proved to be their manna and ambrosia for seven weeks.
  • Then April came, but not the ship; now it was just as well that the
  • mill was frozen up, for they had nothing to put in the hopper. What
  • were they to do? Hunger is a bad complaint. Some began to fish, others
  • to dig. From their fishing they obtained some smelts and herrings; from
  • their digging some very good roots, called _chiqueli_, which are very
  • abundant in certain places.
  • Thus this importunate creditor was somewhat satisfied; I say somewhat,
  • because, when there was no bread, [22] everything else was of little
  • account; and they had already made up their minds that, if the ship did
  • not come during the month of May, they would resort to the coast, in
  • search of ships to take them back to the sweet land of wheat and vines.
  • It was Monsieur de Potrincourt's followers who talked this way; as for
  • him, he was full of courage and knew well how he could manage to hold
  • out until saint John's day [midsummer]. Thank God, there was no need of
  • this, for, as has been said, we arrived the 22nd of May. Those who know
  • what hunger, despair, fear and suffering are, what it is to be a leader
  • and see all one's enterprises and hard work come to nought, can imagine
  • what must have been the joy of Monsieur de Potrincourt and his colony
  • upon seeing us arrive.
  • We all wept at this meeting, which seemed almost like a dream; then
  • when we had recovered ourselves a little and had begun to talk, this
  • question (mine, in fact) was proposed, to wit: Which was the happier
  • of the two, Monsieur de Potrincourt and his people, or Monsieur de
  • Biancourt and his? Truly, our hearts swelled within us, and God, in his
  • mercy, showed that he took pleasure in our joy; for, after mass and
  • dinner, there was nothing but going and coming from the ship to the
  • settlement, and from the settlement to the [23] ship, each one wanting
  • to embrace and be embraced by his friends, just as, after the winter,
  • we rejoice in the beautiful spring, and after a siege, in our freedom.
  • It happened that two persons from the settlement took one of the canoes
  • of the savages to go to the ship. These canoes are so made that, if you
  • do not sit very straight and steady, they immediately tip over; now
  • it chanced that, wishing to come back in the same canoe from the ship
  • to the settlement, somehow they did not properly balance it, and both
  • fell into the water.
  • Fortunately, it occurred at a time when I happened to be walking upon
  • the shore with Monsieur de Potrincourt. Seeing the accident, we made
  • signs with our hats as best we could to those upon the ship to come to
  • their aid; for it would have been useless to call out, so far away was
  • the ship, and so loud the noise of the wind. At first no one paid any
  • attention to us, so we had recourse to prayer, and fell upon our knees,
  • this being our only alternative; and God had pity upon us. One of the
  • two caught hold of the canoe, which was turned upside down, and threw
  • himself upon it: the other was finally saved by a boat, and thus both
  • were rescued; so our cup of joy was full in seeing how God in his all
  • paternal love and gentleness, would not permit the evil one to trouble
  • us and to destroy our happiness upon this good day. To him be the glory
  • forever. Amen!
  • [24] But now that we have arrived in good health, by the grace of God,
  • it is time we were casting our eyes over the country, and were giving
  • some consideration to the condition in which we find christianity here.
  • Its whole foundation consists, after God, in this little settlement
  • of a family of about twenty persons. Messire Jessé Flesche, commonly
  • called the Patriarch, has had charge of it; and, in the year that he
  • has lived here, has baptized about one hundred Savages. The trouble is,
  • he has not been able to instruct them as he would have wished, because
  • he did not know the language, and had nothing with which to support
  • them; for he who would minister to their souls, must at the same
  • time resolve to nourish their bodies. This worthy man has shown great
  • friendliness toward us, and thanked God for our coming; for he had made
  • up his mind some time ago to return to France at the first opportunity,
  • which he is now quite free to do without regret at leaving a vine which
  • he has planted.
  • They have not yet succeeded in translating into the native language the
  • common creed or symbol, the Lord's prayer, the commandments of God, the
  • Sacraments, and other principles quite necessary to the making of a
  • christian.
  • Recently, when I was at port Saint John, I was informed that among the
  • other Savages there were five who were already christians. Thereupon
  • I took occasion to give them [25] some pictures, and to erect a cross
  • before their wigwams, singing a _Salve Regina_. I had them make the
  • sign of the cross; but I was very much astonished, for the unbaptized
  • understood almost as much about it as the christians. I asked each one
  • his baptismal name; some did not know theirs, so they called themselves
  • _Patriarchs_, because it is the Patriarch who gives them their names,
  • and thus they conclude that, when they have forgotten their own names,
  • they ought to be called _Patriarchs_.
  • It was also rather amusing that, when I asked them if they were
  • christians, they did not know what I meant; when I asked them if
  • they had been baptized, they answered: _Hetaion enderquir Vortmandia
  • Patriarché_, that is to say, "Yes, the Patriarch has made us like
  • the Normans." Now they call all the French "Normans," except the
  • Malouins,[43] whom they call Samaricois, and the Basques, Bascua.
  • The name of the _sagamore_, that is, the lord of port Saint John, is
  • Cacagous, a man who is shrewd and cunning as are no others upon the
  • coast; that is all that he brought back from France (for he has been in
  • France); he told me he had been baptized in Bayonne, relating his story
  • to me as one tells about going to a ball out of friendship. Whereupon,
  • seeing how wicked he was, and [26] wishing to try and arouse his
  • conscience, I asked him how many wives he had. He answered that he had
  • eight; and in fact he counted off seven to me who were there present,
  • pointing them out with as much pride, instead of an equal degree of
  • shame, as if I had asked him the number of his legitimate children.
  • Another, who was looking out for a number of wives, made the following
  • answer to my objections on the ground that he was a Christian: _Reroure
  • quiro Nortmandia_: which means, "That is all well enough for you
  • Normans." So there is scarcely any change in them after their baptism.
  • The same savagery and the same manners, or but little different, the
  • same customs, ceremonies, usages, fashions, and vices remain, at least
  • as far as can be learned; no attention being paid to any distinction of
  • time, days, offices, exercises, prayers, duties, virtues, or spiritual
  • remedies.
  • Membertou, as the one who has most associated with Monsieur de
  • Potrincourt for a long time, is also the most zealous and shows the
  • greatest faith, but even he complains of not understanding us well
  • enough; he would like to become a preacher, he says, if he were
  • properly taught. He gave me a witty answer the other day, as I was
  • teaching him his _Pater_, according to the translation made of it by M.
  • de Biancourt, when [27] I had him say: _Nui en caraco nac iquem esmoi
  • ciscou_; that is, "Give us this day our daily bread." "But," said he,
  • "if I did not ask him for anything but bread, I would be without
  • moose-meat or fish."
  • The good old man told us, with a great deal of feeling, how God is
  • helping him since he has become a Christian, saying that this spring
  • it happened that he and his family were suffering much from hunger;
  • then he remembered that he was a christian, and therefore prayed to
  • God. After his prayer, he went to the river and found all the smelts he
  • wanted. And while I am speaking of this old sagamore, the first fruit
  • of this heathen nation, I will tell you also what happened this winter.
  • He was sick, and what is more, had been given up to die by the native
  • _aoutmoins_, or sorcerers. Now it is the custom, when the Aoutmoins
  • have pronounced the malady or wound to be mortal, for the sick man to
  • cease eating from that time on, nor do they give him anything more.
  • But, donning his beautiful robe, he begins chanting his own death-song;
  • after this, if he lingers too long, a great many pails of water are
  • thrown over him to hasten his death, and sometimes he is buried half
  • alive. Now the children of Membertou, though christians, were prepared
  • to exercise this noble and pious duty toward their father; already
  • they had ceased giving him anything to eat and had taken away his [28]
  • beautiful otter robe, and he had, like the swan, finished his Nænie,
  • or funeral chant. One thing still troubled him, that he did not know
  • how to die like a christian, and he had not taken farewell of Monsieur
  • de Potrincourt. When M. de Potrincourt heard these things, he went to
  • see him, remonstrated with him, and assured him that, in spite of all
  • the Aoutmoins and Pilotois, he would live and recover his health if he
  • would eat something, which he was bound to do, being a christian. The
  • good man believed and was saved; to-day he tells this story with great
  • satisfaction, and very aptly points out how God has thereby mercifully
  • exposed the malice and deceit of their aoutmoins.
  • I shall here relate another act of the same Sieur de Potrincourt, which
  • has been of great benefit to all these heathen. A christian savage had
  • died, and (as a mark of his constancy) he had sent word here to the
  • settlement during his sickness, that he desired our prayers. After his
  • death the other Savages prepared to bury him in their way; they are
  • accustomed to take everything that belongs to the deceased, skins,
  • bows, utensils, wigwams, etc., and burn them all, howling and shouting
  • certain cries, sorceries, and invocations to the evil spirit. M. de
  • Potrincourt firmly resolved to oppose these ceremonies. So he armed all
  • his men, and [29] going to the Savages in force, by this means obtained
  • what he asked, namely, that the body should be given to the Patriarch,
  • and so the burial took place according to christian customs. This act,
  • inasmuch as it could not be prevented by the Savages, was and still is,
  • greatly praised by them.
  • The chapel they have been using until now is very small, badly
  • arranged, and in every way unsuited for religious services. To remedy
  • this, M. de Poutrincourt has given us an entire quarter of his
  • habitation, if we can roof it over and adapt it to our needs. But I
  • shall add one more word which will be pleasant and edifying news to
  • many.
  • After my arrival here at Port Royal, I went with M. de Potrincourt as
  • far as the Etechemins. There God willed that I should meet young du
  • Pont, of Sainct Malo,[44] who, having been for some reason frightened
  • away [from the settlement],[XVI.] had passed the entire year with the
  • Savages, living just as they did. He is a young man of great physical
  • and mental strength, excelled by none of the savages in the chase, in
  • alertness and endurance, and in his ability to speak their language.
  • He was very much afraid of M. de [30] Potrincourt: but God inspired me
  • with so much faith in him that, relying upon my word, Du Pont came with
  • me to our ship; and after making some apologies and promises, peace was
  • declared, to the great satisfaction of all. When he departed, as the
  • cannon were sounding, he begged me to appoint an hour to receive his
  • confession. The next morning, in his great eagerness, he anticipated
  • the hour, and made his confession upon the shores of the sea in the
  • presence of all the Savages, who were greatly astonished at thus
  • seeing him upon his knees so long before me. Then he took communion in
  • a most exemplary manner, at which I can say tears came into my eyes,
  • and not into mine alone. The devil was confounded at this act; so he
  • straightway planned trouble for us that very afternoon; but thank God,
  • through the justice and goodness of M. de Potrincourt, harmony was
  • everywhere restored.
  • And now you have had, my Reverend Father, an account of our voyage,
  • of what happened in it, and before it, and since our arrival at this
  • settlement. It now remains to tell you that the conversion of this
  • country to the Gospel, and of these people to civilization, is not a
  • small undertaking nor free from great difficulties; for, in the first
  • place, if we consider the country, it is only a forest, without other
  • conveniences of life than those which will be brought from France,
  • and what in time may be obtained from the soil after [31] it has been
  • cultivated. The nation is savage, wandering and full of bad habits; the
  • people few and isolated. They are, I say, savage, haunting the woods,
  • ignorant, lawless and rude: they are wanderers, with nothing to attach
  • them to a place, neither homes nor relationship, neither possessions
  • nor love of country; as a people they have bad habits, are extremely
  • lazy, gluttonous, profane, treacherous, cruel in their revenge, and
  • given up to all kinds of lewdness, men and women alike, the men having
  • several wives and abandoning them to others, and the women only serving
  • them as slaves, whom they strike and beat unmercifully, and who
  • dare not complain; and after being half killed, if it so please the
  • murderer, they must laugh and caress him.
  • With all these vices, they are exceedingly vainglorious: they think
  • they are better, more valiant and more ingenious than the French;
  • and, what is difficult to believe, richer than we are. They consider
  • themselves, I say, braver than we are, boasting that they have killed
  • Basques and Malouins, and that they do a great deal of harm to the
  • ships, and that no one has ever resented it, insinuating that it was
  • from a lack of courage. They consider themselves better than the
  • French; "For," they say, "you are always fighting and quarreling among
  • yourselves; we live peaceably. You are envious and are all the time
  • slandering each other; [32] you are thieves and deceivers; you are
  • covetous, and are neither generous nor kind; as for us, if we have a
  • morsel of bread we share it with our neighbor."
  • They are saying these and like things continually, seeing the
  • above-mentioned imperfections in some of us, and flattering themselves
  • that some of their own people do not have them so conspicuously, not
  • realizing that they all have much greater vices, and that the better
  • part of our people do not have even these defects, they conclude
  • generally that they are superior to all christians. It is self-love
  • that blinds them, and the evil one who leads them on, no more nor
  • less than in our France, we see those who have deviated from the
  • faith holding themselves higher and boasting of being better than the
  • catholics, because in some of them they see many faults; considering
  • neither the virtues of the other catholics, nor their own still greater
  • imperfections; wishing to have, like Cyclops, only a single eye, and to
  • fix that one upon the vices of a few catholics, never upon the virtues
  • of the others, nor upon themselves, unless it be for the purpose of
  • self-deception.
  • Also they [the savages] consider themselves more ingenious, inasmuch as
  • they see us admire some of their productions as the work of people so
  • rude and ignorant; [33] lacking intelligence, they bestow very little
  • admiration upon what we show them, although much more worthy of being
  • admired. Hence they regard themselves as much richer than we are,
  • although they are poor and wretched in the extreme.
  • Cacagous, of whom I have already spoken, is quite gracious when he is
  • a little elated about something; to show his kindly feelings toward
  • the French he boasts of his willingness to go and see the King, and to
  • take him a present of a hundred beaver skins, proudly suggesting that
  • in so doing he will make him richer than all his predecessors. They
  • get this idea from the extreme covetousness and eagerness which our
  • people display to obtain their beaver skins.
  • Not less amusing is the remark of a certain Sagamore, who, having
  • heard M. de Potrincourt say that the King was young and unmarried:
  • "Perhaps," said he, "I may let him marry my daughter; but according
  • to the usages and customs of the country, the King must make me some
  • handsome presents; namely, four or five barrels of bread, three of peas
  • or beans, one of tobacco, four or five cloaks worth one hundred sous
  • apiece, bows, arrows, harpoons, and other similar articles."
  • Such are the marks of intelligence in the people of these countries,
  • which are very sparsely populated, especially those of the Soriquois
  • and Etechemins, which are near the sea; although [34] Membertou assures
  • us that in his youth he has seen _chimonuts_, that is to say, Savages,
  • as thickly planted there as the hairs upon his head. It is maintained
  • that they have thus diminished since the French have began to frequent
  • their country; for, since then they do nothing all summer but eat;
  • and the result is that, adopting an entirely different custom and
  • thus breeding new diseases, they pay for their indulgence during the
  • autumn and winter by pleurisy, quinsy and dysentery, which kill them
  • off. During this year alone sixty have died at Cape de la Hève, which
  • is the greater part of those who lived there; yet not one of all M.
  • de Potrincourt's little colony has even been sick, notwithstanding
  • all the privations they have suffered; which has caused the Savages
  • to apprehend that God protects and defends us as his favorite and
  • well-beloved people.
  • What I say about the sparseness of the population of these countries
  • must be understood as referring to the people who live upon the coast;
  • for farther inland, principally among the Etechemins, there are, it is
  • said, a great many people. All these things, added to the difficulty of
  • acquiring the language, the time that must be consumed, the expenses
  • that must be incurred, the great distress, toil and poverty that must
  • be endured, fully proclaim the greatness of this enterprise and the
  • difficulties which beset it. Yet [35] many things encourage me to
  • continue in it.
  • First, my trust in the goodness and providence of God. Isaiah assures
  • us that the kingdom of our Redeemer shall be recognized throughout
  • the earth; and that there shall be neither caves of dragons nor dens
  • of cockatrices, nor inaccessible rocks, nor abysses so deep, that his
  • grace will not soften and his salvation cure, his abundance fertilize,
  • his humility raise up, and over which his cross will not at last
  • victoriously triumph. And why shall I not hope that the time has come
  • when this prophecy is to be fulfilled in these lands? If that be so,
  • what can there be so difficult that our Lord cannot make it easy?
  • In the second place, I rely upon the King, our Sire. He is a Sovereign
  • who promises us nothing less than the late King, his father, the
  • incomparable Henry the Great. This work began in the latter's reign,
  • and it may be said that in the century since France has appropriated
  • this country, or has so completely taken possession of it, there
  • has not been so much accomplished at any time as since our present
  • king became sovereign; may God fill his reign with all blessings. He
  • will not permit his name and arms to stand in these regions side by
  • side with paganism, his authority with barbarism, his renown with
  • savagery, his power with poverty, [36] his faith with lack of works,
  • nor leave his subjects without aid or succor. His mother also, another
  • Queen Blanche,[45] looking to the glory of God, will contemplate these
  • lately-acquired wildernesses, where in the beginning of her Regency the
  • Gospel plough has, through her instrumentality, created some hope of a
  • harvest; and will recall what the late King, great in wisdom as well as
  • in courage, said to Sieur de Potrincourt when he came to this country:
  • "Go," said he. "I plan the edifice; my son will build it." We beg your
  • Reverence to lay this matter before him, together with the work which
  • might be done by their Majesties in these lands, if it were their good
  • pleasure to endow and to give a fair revenue to this mission, from
  • which all those who would be educated and maintained here might go
  • forth through the whole country.
  • That is the second resource upon which our hopes are founded; to
  • which I will add the piety and liberality which we experienced upon
  • our departure from the lords and ladies of this most noble and most
  • christian court, who promised me that they would not fail to assist
  • this enterprise with their means, in order not to lose what they have
  • already invested in it, which serves them as monuments of glory and of
  • eternal happiness before God.
  • M. de Potrincourt, a mild and upright Gentleman, [37] brave, beloved
  • and well-known in these parts, and M. de Biancourt, his son, who
  • reflects the virtues and good qualities of his father, both zealous in
  • serving God, and who honor and cherish us more than we deserve, also
  • encourage us in devoting all our energy to this work.
  • Finally, we are encouraged by the situation and condition of this
  • place, which, if it is cultivated, promises to furnish a great deal
  • for the needs of human life; and its beauty causes me to wonder that
  • it has been so little sought up to the present time. From this port
  • where we now are, it is very convenient for us to spread out to the
  • Armouchiquois, Iroquois, and Montagnais, our neighbors, which are
  • populous nations and till the soil as we do; this situation, I say,
  • makes us hope something for the future. For, if our Souriquois are few,
  • they may become numerous; if they are savages, it is to domesticate
  • and civilize them that we have come here; if they are rude, that is no
  • reason that we should be idle; if they have until now profited little,
  • it is no wonder, for it would be too much to expect fruit from this
  • grafting, and to demand reason and maturity from a child.
  • In conclusion, we hope in time to make them susceptible of receiving
  • the doctrines of the faith and of the christian and catholic religion,
  • and later, to penetrate [38] farther into the regions beyond, which
  • they say are more populous and better cultivated. We base this hope
  • upon Divine goodness and mercy, upon the zeal and fervent charity of
  • all good people who earnestly desire the kingdom of God, particularly
  • upon the holy prayers of Your Reverence and of our Reverend Fathers and
  • very dear Brothers, to whom we most affectionately commend ourselves.
  • From Port Royal, New France, this tenth day of June, one thousand six
  • hundred and eleven.
  • PIERRE BIARD.
  • FOOTNOTES:
  • [X.] Charles de Biencourt, esquire, sieur de Saint-Just and son of
  • Monsieur de Poutrincourt. He was then nineteen or twenty years old.
  • (_Lescarbot_ and _Champlain_.)--[Carayon.]
  • [XI.] Thomas Robin, esquire, sieur de Cologne, living in the city of
  • Paris. (_Lescarbot._)--[Carayon.]
  • [XII.] Champlain and Charlevoix, who copied this, were wrong in saying
  • the 12th of June.--[Carayon.]
  • [XIII.] Lescarbot says: "His father accompanied him as far as port de
  • la Hève, a hundred leagues, more or less, from Port Royal." This makes
  • it appear that Chachippè, Port Saint John, and la Hève are one and the
  • same place.--[Carayon.]
  • [XIV.] To sail on a bowline means to sail close to the wind.--[Carayon.]
  • [XV.] The _cormorant_ is a long-necked, high-stepping sea-bird, which
  • lives upon fish.--[Carayon.]
  • [XVI.] "The year before he had been made a prisoner by Sieur
  • de Potrincourt; and having slyly escaped from him, he had been
  • obliged to wander about in the woods in great misery."--(_Printed
  • Relation._)--[Carayon.]
  • [39] Lettre du Père Ennemond Masse au R. P. Claude Aquaviva, Général
  • de la Compagnie de Jésus.
  • _(Traduite sur l'original latin._)
  • PORT-ROYAL, 10 juin 1611.
  • MON TRÈS-RÉVÉREND PÈRE,
  • Pax Christi.
  • Si Votre Paternité a vu avec plaisir ma lettre du 13 octobre, j'en ai
  • éprouvé bien davantage à recevoir la sienne du 7 décembre; d'autant
  • plus que je suis le premier de la Compagnie qui ait reçu la première
  • lettre que Votre Paternité ait jamais envoyée au Canada. Je prends ce
  • fait comme un heureux augure, et je l'accepte comme venant du ciel,
  • pour m'exciter _à courir avec ferveur dans la carrière_, afin de
  • mériter et de recevoir _le prix de cette vocation céleste_, et enfin
  • de me sacrifier moi-même plus promptement et plus complétement pour le
  • salut de ces peuples.
  • Je vous l'avoue; _j'ai dit alors_ franchement à Dieu: _Me voici: Si
  • vous choisissez ce qu'il y a de faible et de méprisable dans ce monde,
  • pour renverser_ [40] et _détruire ce qui est fort_, vous trouverez tout
  • cela dans Ennemond. _Me voici: envoyez-moi, et rendez ma langue_ et
  • _ma parole intelligible, afin que je ne sois pas barbare pour ceux qui
  • m'entendront._
  • Vos prières, j'en ai la confiance, ne seront pas sans succès, comme
  • semble le présager notre arrivée ici, le très-saint jour de la
  • Pentecôte. _Nous sommes faibles en Jésus-Christ, mais_, je l'espère,
  • _nous vivrons avec lui par la force de Dieu_. Que Votre Paternité,
  • je l'en conjure, obtienne par ses saintes prières et ses saints
  • sacrifices, que le Seigneur accomplisse toutes ces choses en nous.
  • Le fils indigne en Jésus-Christ de la Compagnie de Jésus.
  • ENNEMOND MASSE.
  • Port-Royal, dans la Nouvelle-France, le 10 juin 1611.
  • [39] Letter from Father Ennemond Masse to Reverend Father Claude
  • Aquaviva, General of the Society of Jesus.
  • (_Translated from the Latin original._)
  • PORT ROYAL, June 10, 1611.
  • MY VERY REVEREND FATHER,
  • The peace of Christ be with you
  • If Your Reverence read with pleasure my letter of October 13th, I felt
  • a great deal more in receiving yours of December 7th, especially as I
  • am the first of the Society to receive from Your Reverence the first
  • letter which you have ever sent to Canada. I take this event as a happy
  • omen, and accept it as coming from heaven, to incite me _to run with
  • ardor in the race_, in order to merit and receive _the reward of this
  • heavenly vocation_, and to sacrifice myself more promptly and more
  • completely for the salvation of these people.
  • I admit to you _that I said then_ freely to God: _Here I am; if you
  • choose what is weak and despicable in this world to overthrow_ [40]
  • _and destroy that which is strong_, you will find all this in Ennemond.
  • _Here I am; send me, and make my tongue and my words intelligible, so
  • that I may not be a barbarian to those who will hear me._
  • Your prayers, I am sure, will not be in vain, as our arrival here upon
  • the most holy day of Pentecost seems to presage. _We are weak in Jesus
  • Christ, but_, I hope, _we shall live with him by the power of God_.
  • It is my earnest entreaty that Your Reverence, by your prayers and
  • holy sacrifices, may prevail upon the Lord to accomplish all these
  • things in us.
  • The unworthy son in Jesus Christ, of the Society of Jesus,
  • ENNEMOND MASSE.
  • Port Royal, New France, June 10, 1611.
  • [41] Lettre du P. Pierre Biard, au T.-R. P. Claude Aquaviva, Général
  • de la Compagnie de Jésus.
  • (_Traduite sur l'original latin._)
  • PORT-ROYAL, 11 juin 1611.
  • MON TRÈS-RÉVÉREND PÈRE,
  • Pax Christi.
  • Après quatre mois d'une navigation vraiment trèspénible et
  • très-périlleuse, nous sommes enfin arrivés, grâce à la protection
  • de Dieu et aux prières de Votre Paternité, à Port-Royal, dans cette
  • Nouvelle-France, terme de notre voyage.
  • Nous avons en effet quitté Dieppe le 26 janvier de cette année 1611, et
  • nous sommes arrivés cette même année le 22 mai. Je donne en français
  • au R. P. Provincial la relation de toute notre entreprise et de l'état
  • où nous avons trouvé les choses ici. C'est ce qui me paraissait plus
  • urgent et plus utile, puisque j'étais dans l'impossibilité de le faire
  • en même temps en latin. Je ne me suis pas encore arrêté huit jours à
  • Port-Royal, et tout le temps est [42] absorbé par des interruptions
  • continuelles et par les nécessités de la vie. Au reste, le P. Masse et
  • moi, nous nous portons assez bien, grâce à Dieu: mais il nous a fallu
  • prendre un serviteur pour les travaux matériels. Nous ne pouvions nous
  • en passer sans un grand détriment pour l'esprit et pour le coeur.
  • M. de Potrincourt, qui commande ici au nom du Roi, nous aime et nous
  • estime en proportion de sa piété.
  • A la première occasion nous nous empresserons, avec la grâce de Dieu,
  • de dire quelles sont nos espérances de succès.
  • Le vaisseau s'est déjà éloigné. Je vais être obligé d'aller le
  • rejoindre en canot, pour qu'il ne parte sans mes lettres.
  • Je conjure Votre Paternité, par les mérites de Jésus-Christ, de se
  • souvenir de nous et de ces contrées très-solitaires, et de venir à
  • notre secours, autant qu'elle le pourra, non-seulement par le moyen
  • des prières très-ferventes de notre Compagnie, mais aussi par la
  • bénédiction et les faveurs de notre Saint-Père le Pape (comme je les ai
  • déjà demandées).
  • Assurément nous semons dans une grande pauvreté et dans les larmes;
  • daigne le Seigneur nous accorder de moissonner un jour dans la joie.
  • C'est ce qui arrivera, comme je l'espère et comme je l'ai [43] dit,
  • grâce aux prières et aux bénédictions de Votre Paternité, que je
  • sollicite humblement,
  • de Votre Paternité,
  • Le fils et serviteur indigne,
  • PIERRE BIARD, S. J.
  • A Port-Royal, dans la Nouvelle-France, ou Canada, le 11 de juin 1611.
  • [41] Letter from Father Pierre Biard, to the Very Reverend Father
  • Claude Aquaviva, General of the Society of Jesus.
  • (_Translated from the Latin original._)
  • PORT ROYAL, June 11, 1611.
  • MY VERY REVEREND FATHER,
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • After four months of very painful and perilous navigation, we have at
  • last arrived, thanks to the protection of God and to the prayers of
  • Your Reverence, at Port Royal, in New France, the end of our journey.
  • In truth we left Dieppe the 26th of January this year, 1611, and
  • arrived May 22nd of this same year. I am giving to the Reverend Father
  • Provincial the narrative in French of our whole undertaking, and of the
  • condition in which we found things here. This seemed to me the more
  • necessary and useful, as it was impossible for me to write it at the
  • same time in Latin. I have not yet been settled a week in Port Royal,
  • and all the time has [42] been taken up by continual interruptions and
  • in providing the necessities of life. As to ourselves, Father Masse
  • and I, we are feeling very well, thank God; but we have been obliged
  • to take a servant to do the drudgery. We could not dispense with one
  • without a great deal of anxiety and trouble.
  • M. de Potrincourt, who commands here in the name of the King, loves and
  • esteems us in proportion to his piety.
  • We shall take the first opportunity to impart to you what may be, by
  • the grace of God, our prospects of success in this country.
  • The ship has already gone. I shall be obliged to overtake it in a
  • canoe, that it may not leave without my letters.
  • I conjure Your Reverence, through the merits of Jesus Christ, to
  • remember us and these solitary lands, and to come to our aid in so far
  • as you are able, not only by the fervent prayers of our Society, but
  • also by the blessing and favor of our Holy Father the Pope (which I
  • have already invoked). Surely we sow in great poverty and in tears; may
  • the Lord grant that we some day reap in joy. Which will come to pass,
  • as I hope and have said, [43] through the prayers and blessings of Your
  • Reverence, which are humbly solicited by your
  • Unworthy son and servant,
  • PIERRE BIARD, S. J.
  • Port Royal, New France, or Canada, June 11, 1611.
  • [Illustration: FIGVRE DE LA TERRE NEVVE, GRANDE RIVIERE DE CANADA, ET
  • CÔTES DE L'OCEAN EN LA NOVVELLE FRANCE
  • _Ian Swelinc fecit I Millot excudit_ MARCVS: LESCARBOT _nunc primum
  • delin'auit publicauit donauit Avec privilege du Roy_
  • FROM LESCARBOT'S HISTOIRE DE LA NOVVELLE FRANCE; PARIS, 1612.
  • [Reduced to 2/3 the dimensions of original.]]
  • VII
  • JOUVENCY'S CANADICÆ MISSIONIS RELATIO
  • ROME: GIORGIO PLACKO, 1710
  • SOURCE: We follow the general style of O'Callaghan's Reprint No.
  • 4. The Title-page, Eulogy of Biard, and Table of Contents, are the
  • work of that Editor. The Text, and List of Missions in 1710, he
  • reprinted from Jouvency's _Historia Societatis Jesu_ (Rome, 1710),
  • part v., pp. 321-325, 961, 962; the proof of these we have read
  • from a copy of that work, found in the library of the College of
  • St. Francis Xavier, New York. The bracketed pagination in Arabic
  • figures is that of Jouvency; that in Roman, of O'Callaghan.
  • CANADICÆ
  • MISSIONIS
  • RELATIO
  • _Ab anno 1611 usque ad annum 1613, cum statu ejusdem Missionis,
  • annis 1703 & 1710_,
  • Auctore JOSEPHO JUVENCIO, Societatis
  • Jesu, Sacerdote.
  • [Illustration]
  • Ex Historiæ Soc. Jesu. Lib. xv. Part. v, impressa
  • ROMÆ
  • Ex Typographia Georgii Plachi
  • M. D. CC. X.
  • AN ACCOUNT OF THE
  • CANADIAN
  • MISSION
  • _From the year 1611 until the year 1613, with the condition of the
  • same Mission in the years 1703 and 1710_,
  • By JOSEPH JOUVENCY, a Priest of the
  • Society of Jesus.
  • Printed from the History of the Society of Jesus, Book xv., Part v.
  • ROME
  • From the Press of Giorgio Placko
  • 1710.
  • [i] P. Petri Biardi Eulogium ac Vita.
  • DE Patre Petro Biardo qui tantam in Missione Canadica inchoanda partem
  • gessit hæc scribit Pater Josephus Juvencius in sua Historiâ sub anno
  • 1622.
  • "Ex omnibus qui hoc anno vivere in provincia Lugdunensi desierunt,
  • luctu maximo elatus est Avenione P. PETRUS BIARDUS Gratianopolitanus.
  • Religionis propagandæ studio navigaverat ad barbaros Canadenses,
  • fueratque inter primos ejus terræ cultores, ut in quinta parte narratum
  • est. Inde pulsus ab hæreticis Anglis, & redire in Galliam coactus,
  • totum se impendit [ii] juvandis popularibus suis, quorum ut saluti
  • consuleret, nihil sibi reliqui ad laborem diligentiamque faciebat.
  • Ejus tamen industriam experti maxime sunt Parodienses in præfectura
  • Carolitana, quam civitatem per usitata ordinis ministeria diu coluit.
  • Novissime regionis præfectus Marchio Ragnius, jussus a rege copias in
  • Campaniam ducere contra Ernestum Mansfeldium Galliæ finibus imminentem,
  • Biardum sibi adsciverat comitem expeditionis, & sacrorum ministrum.
  • Per eam occasionem nescias, utrum spectata magis sit apostolici viri
  • charitas, an patientia. Magna erat in castris inopia commeatuum. Diaria
  • militibus præbebantur adeo maligne, ut nonnulli fame perirent. Biardus
  • cibario, & demensum suum, ac siquid præterea pecuniolæ a ditioribus
  • emendicando corrogasset, inter egentissimos militum partiebatur, se
  • ipsum fraudans diurno victu, ut aliis benigne faceret. Avenionem
  • concesserat [iii] denique, ut attritas tot laboribus vires paucorum
  • dierum otio reficeret. Verum quasi divinans, instare sibi omnium
  • laborum & vitæ finem, totum illud tempus impendit excolendo piis
  • commentationibus animo inter tirones, seque ad primam tirocinii formam
  • senex emeritus ita composuit, ut nullam omitteret earum exercitationum,
  • quibus ad sui mundique contemptum erudiri solent novitii. His intentum,
  • nihilque jam præter cælestia cogitantem mors oppressit, xv. Cal.
  • Decembris."
  • Adhæc non inutile forsan videbitur adjicere quæ ab auctore antiquiore
  • Philippo scilicet Alegambe scripta sunt in Catalogo Scriptorum
  • Societatis Jesu, sub verbo Biard:
  • "PETRUS BIARDUS natione Gallus, patriâ Gratianopolitanus, operarius
  • magni zeli, atque adeò multarum palmarum, quas [iv] in horridis et
  • inuiis Canadensium Septentrionalis Americæ populorum siluis primus
  • legit. Extrema ibi omnia passus, nihil tamen inhumanum magis, quàm
  • Hæreticos, expertus est. Feritatis oblita gens barbara integerrimi
  • hominis innocentiam venerari discebat; cùm ecce tibi sanctitatis
  • inimica, Deumque nesciens Hæresis, cum Anglis Canadæ oras irrupit;
  • difficillimæ expeditionis ingens pretium fuit, exosum inde abducere
  • Jesuitam. Habitus est in vinculis aliquamdiu; & vix tandem in Galliam
  • nudus ab omni remissus. Intereà verò dum integrum illi esset ad noualia
  • Canadæ redire, damnum ab Hæreticis illatum sanctè vitus est: reliquo
  • vitæ tempore quæsiuit intentissimis studiis ad vitam illos, à quibus
  • ad necem adductus fuerat. Docuerat olim Theologiam Lugduni, non sine
  • laude. Reuersus è Missione Castrensi, cùm Auenionem diuertisset, &
  • opportunitate temporis vsus secessisset in Nouitiatum, in ipsis [v]
  • penè spiritualium Exercitiorum initiis, ad paradisi contemplationem, vt
  • credimus, euocatus est, die XIX. Nouembris, Anno MDCXXIJ.
  • Præter _Epistolam ad R. P. Præpositum Generalem è Portu Regali_, et
  • _Relationem Expeditionis Anglorum in Canadam_, P. Biardus scripsit
  • _Librum pro auctoritate Pontificis_, contra Martinettum Ministrum.
  • Gallicè etiam edidit seorsim _Relationem Novæ Franciæ & itineris Patrum
  • Societatis Jesu ad illam_. Lugduni apud L. Muguet, MDCXVI. in 12."
  • [i] Eulogy and Life of Father Peter Biard.
  • CONCERNING Father Peter Biard, who performed so great a part in the
  • establishment of the Canadian Mission, Father Joseph Juvency[46] writes
  • these things in his History, under the year 1622:
  • "Of all who during the present year have departed this life in
  • the province of Lyons, the most regretted was FATHER PETER BIARD,
  • of Grenoble, who, was taken away at Avignon. With the desire of
  • propagating religion, he had journeyed to the barbarous Canadians,
  • and had been among the first settlers of that country, as has been
  • narrated in the fifth part (of this volume). Upon being driven
  • thence by the heretical English, and compelled to return to France,
  • he entirely devoted himself [ii] to the service of his countrymen;
  • and, that he might provide for their salvation, in no respect showed
  • himself deficient either in labor or diligence. His industry, however,
  • was especially enjoyed by the Paray le Monial, in the prefecture
  • of Charolles, which community he long served with the customary
  • ministrations of the order. Finally, the prefect of the district,
  • Marchio Ragne, upon being ordered by the king to lead troops into
  • Campania against Ernest von Mansfeld,[47] who was threatening the
  • frontiers of France, had selected Biard as his companion during the
  • expedition, and as a minister of sacred rites. Upon that occasion one
  • would doubt whether the charity of the apostolic man, or his patience,
  • were the more remarkable. There was in the camp a great scarcity of
  • provisions. Rations were so poorly furnished to the soldiers that
  • some perished with hunger. Biard divided among the most needy of
  • them, both his own allowance and whatever small sums of money he had
  • collected by begging from the more wealthy, depriving himself of daily
  • sustenance, that he might do a kindness to others. He had retired to
  • Avignon, [iii] at last, that he might with a few days' leisure refresh
  • his energies, which had been worn out by so many toils. But divining,
  • as it were, that the end of all labors and of life was at hand, he
  • spent all that period in disciplining his spirit by pious meditations
  • among the novices; and, although an aged man who had served his time,
  • so adapted himself to the earliest form of the novitiate, that he
  • omitted none of those exercises by which beginners are educated to a
  • contempt of themselves and of the world. While intent upon these, and
  • already thinking of nothing but heavenly things, death seized him on
  • the 17th day of November."
  • To these things it will perhaps not seem useless to add what has been
  • written by an earlier author, namely, Philip Alegambe,[48] in the
  • Bibliography of the Authors of the Society of Jesus, under the word
  • Biard:
  • "PETER BIARD, a French citizen, born in Grenoble, a laborer of great
  • zeal, and of very many laurels which [iv] he first gathered in the
  • dreadful and pathless forests of the Canadian tribes of North America.
  • Although suffering there every extremity, he still experienced nothing
  • more brutal than the Heretics. The barbarous race, forgetting its
  • savageness, was learning to venerate the character of this most
  • righteous man; when, behold, Heresy, hostile to holiness and ignorant
  • of God, burst, together with the English, upon the shores of Canada.
  • The reward of a very laborious expedition was great,--to drive thence
  • the hated Jesuit. For some time he was kept in bonds; and at last,
  • stripped of everything, he was with difficulty restored to France. But
  • meanwhile, until it was safe to return to the wilds of Canada, he took
  • vengeance in a holy manner for the injury inflicted by the Heretics;
  • during the rest of his life he sought with the greatest enthusiasm to
  • win to life those by whom he had been devoted to death. He had formerly
  • taught Theology at Lyons, not without commendation. On his return from
  • the Military Mission, when he had turned aside to Avignon, and, making
  • use of his opportunity, had retired into the Novitiate, in [v] almost
  • the very beginning of his spiritual Exercises, he was called away
  • to the contemplation of paradise, as we believe, on the 19th day of
  • November, in the year 1622.
  • Besides a _Letter to R. P. General Commander from Port Royal_, and
  • _An Account of the Expedition of the English against Canada_, Father
  • Biard wrote _A Book Advocating the authority of the Pontiff_ against
  • Martinet, a minister. In French, also, he published separately _An
  • Account of New France and of the journey thither of the Fathers of the
  • Society of Jesus_. Lyons, by L. Muguet, 1616, in 12mo."--[O'CALLAGHAN.]
  • [vii] Tabvla Rervm.
  • Pag.
  • _SOCIETAS Jesu, in Canadam, seu Novam Franciam inducta_ 5
  • II _Initium Canadicæ Missionis, & primi fructus_ 7
  • III _Domicilia Societatis & Missiones in Nova Francia_ 18
  • IV _Missio Canadensis ab Anglis proturbata_ 25
  • V _Unus è Societate interficitur; alii Canada ejiciuntur_ 27
  • VI _Missiones Societatis Jesu in America septentrionali, Anno 1710_
  • 37
  • [vii] Table of Contents.
  • [_The page numbers refer to O'Callaghan's Reprint._]
  • Page.
  • _THE Society of Jesus introduced into Canada or New France_ 5
  • II _Beginning and first fruits of the Canadian Mission_ 7
  • III _Settlements and Missions of the Society in New France_ 18
  • IV _The Canadian Mission driven out by the English_ 25
  • V _One of the members of the Society is killed; the others are expelled
  • from Canada_ 27
  • VI _Missions of the Society of Jesus in North America, in the year
  • 1710_ 37
  • Missionis Canadicæ Relatio.
  • [321 §. II.] SOCIETAS JESU, IN CANADAM, SEU NOVAM FRANCIAM INDUCTA.
  • AMERICAM septentrionalem tres præcipuè nationes obtinent, Hispani,
  • Galli, & Angli. Mexicum, Floridæ pars & Californiæ, sunt Hispanæ
  • ditionis. Littora orienti foli opposita & ad Austrum devexa occuparunt
  • variis temporibus Angli, Sueci, & Hollandi. Quod inter illos &
  • Mexicanos versus septentriones & occasum campi jacet, Galli tenent, ac
  • Novam Franciam, sive Canadam, vulgo vocant. Nihil tetrius immaniusve
  • barbaris Canadensibus fingi poterat, prius quam inducta religione
  • mitescerent, ut patebit ex iis quæ Paragrapho decimo referentur. Nunc
  • barbaries, & foeda scelerum cohors, rationi ac virtuti locum dedit,
  • videturque huic oraculo [_Isai. c. 35._] veteri constare fides:
  • _Lætabitur deserta & invia, & exultabit solitudo, & florebit quasi
  • lilium._
  • An Account of the Canadian Mission.
  • [321 §. II.] THE SOCIETY OF JESUS INTRODUCED INTO CANADA, OR NEW FRANCE.
  • NORTH AMERICA is occupied principally by three nations--the Spanish,
  • the French, and the English. Mexico, a part of Florida and of
  • California, belongs to the Spanish dominions. The shores opposite to
  • the rising sun, and stretching Southward, have been occupied at various
  • times by the English, the Swedes, and the Dutch. The French possess the
  • territory which lies between these and the Mexicans, towards the north
  • and west, commonly called New France or Canada. Nothing fouler and more
  • hideous than the savage Canadians could have been imagined, before they
  • began to soften under the influence of religion, as will appear from
  • matters to be presented in the tenth Paragraph. Now, barbarism and the
  • vile array of sins have given place to reason and virtue, which seems
  • to confirm our faith in this ancient prophecy: [_Isaiah, c. 35._] _The
  • land that was desolate and impassable shall be glad, and the wilderness
  • shall rejoice, and shall flourish like the lily._
  • INITIUM CANADICÆ MISSIONIS, & PRIMI FRUCTUS.
  • AMERICÆ littora, Franciæ obversa, Galli jam inde ab anno MDXXIV.
  • identidem lustraverunt: sed obiter, & quasi prætereuntes. Demum
  • superiori seculo ineunte, regionem interiorem subiit Samuel Camplenius,
  • qui Canadensis coloniæ parens merito dici potest. Jamque negotiatio
  • bellissimè procedebat, cum Henricus IV. de religione magis, quàm de
  • commercio solicitus, in hanc Orbis novi partem inferre Christiana sacra
  • decrevit, anno MDCVIII. ac Societatis homines ad hanc Apostolicam
  • expeditionem postulavit. Certior de consilio Regis factus P. Petrus
  • Cotonus, regiæ conscientiæ moderator, jussusque strenuos quamprimum
  • designare sacerdotes, qui solida tanti operis jacerent fundamenta,
  • Societatis Præpositum admonuit. Ex omni, non juvenum modo, sed etiam
  • senum, numero, laboriosam Missionem flagitantium, delecti sunt P.
  • Petrus Biardus, Gratianopolitanus, theologiæ professor in collegio
  • Lugdunensi; & P. Enemundus Massæus, Lugdunensis. Moram consiliis
  • felicibus attulit Regis improvisa mors; & Societatis amicorum studia,
  • qui navem & reliqua itineri necessaria comparabant, debilitavit. Sed
  • invicta rebus adversis Cotoni pietas, Reginæ auctoritatem interposuit,
  • ut difficultates objectas profligaret. Ergo indicitur profectio:
  • Patres Deppam advolant, inde vela Novam in Franciam facturi. Ecce
  • autem repentè inexpectatus obex. Ea navis erat Potrincurtii, nobilis
  • Galli: duobus tamen mercatoribus Calvinianis obnoxia, utpote qui
  • sumptus non leves ad illam armamentis instruendam fecerant. Isti
  • simul atque imponendos in hanc homines Societatis audierunt, negant
  • enimvero se passuros ut è portu solvat. Opponitur imperium Reginæ,
  • mandata ingeminantur. Respondent per se non stare quin sacerdotes
  • alii quilibet admittantur; at sibi cum nostris hominibus nihil esse
  • rei velle. Ubi vidit Cotonus improborum pertinaciam frangi non posse,
  • alia rem aggressus est via. Erat matrona non pietate minus quàm
  • genere nobilis, Antonia Guerchevillæa. Hæc negotium Missionis haud
  • secus procurabat, ac suum: utque non vulgarem apud multos gratiam,
  • virtutis opinione collegerat, magnam subito pecuniæ vim corrogavit,
  • qua mercatoribus hæreticis summa rependeretur, ab iis in adornandam
  • navim contributa. Sic illis rejectis & invitis, Patres admissi
  • suerunt. At, quia interim extractum tempus fuerat, non ante VII.
  • Kalend. Februarias, cum hyemaret asperum æquor, vela sunt facta. Hinc
  • mensium quatuor cursus fuit, qui vulgo duorum est; ac morbis intus,
  • tempestatibus foris, infestus. Ingressi demum ostia Laurentiani fluvii
  • XI. Kal. Junias, ipso sacro Pentecostes die, vestigia Christianæ
  • religionis aliqua invenere, leviter ab iis quos è Gallia profectos in
  • hanc plagam diximus, impressa. Cum enim illis ignotus [322] gentis
  • sermo, nec certum constansque in humo barbara domicilium esset,
  • facultas non suppetebat erudiendi quos obiter baptizabant: quique
  • pristinos in mores revoluti, Christianum vix retinebant nomen,
  • illudque popularibus vitiis conspurcabant. Prima Patribus cura fuit
  • ut sacellum construerent, perdiscerent linguam vernaculam, excolerent
  • Gallos, qui è veteri Francia in novam navigaverant. Instituta est
  • solennis supplicatio; Christus sanctissimi Sacramenti velo tectus, &
  • quanto fieri potuit maximo apparatu circumvectus, in terræ felicis,
  • tot sanctis postea frequentandæ veluti possessionem auspicatò venit.
  • Proxima infantibus sacro lavandis fonte cura est data, quorum nonnulli,
  • post susceptum salutis sacramentum, ad terram viventium possidendam,
  • quasi gentis totius nomine, demigrarunt. Puellam annos natam novem,
  • oppressam gravi morbo, parentes abjecerant. Cum enim artis medicæ
  • prorsus ignara natio sit, ægrotos facile desperat, neque cibo, aut
  • curatione ulla, juvat. Depositam Patres à parentibus postularunt,
  • ut expiarent lympha salutari. Ultro illis permissa est, quippe quæ
  • instar mortui canis haberetur. Abductam in mapale separatum curavere
  • sedulo: edoctam, quantum erat necesse; baptizatam, ac nona post luce
  • mortuam, coelo intulerunt. Eadem Sociorum caritas lætiorem exitum in
  • juvene sortita est. Ejus pater Membertous, primus omnium, uti narrant,
  • barbarorum, cum è Gallia navigatum illuc fuit, in Christianorum numerum
  • venerat; homo strenuus, & omnium popularium testimonio, ceteris longè
  • præstans animi robore, belli scientia, clientelarum multitudine, &
  • gloriosi claritudine cognominis; quippe Magni Imperatoris titulum
  • publico suffragio consecutus. Hunc obtinebat locum Membertous inter
  • Souriquios, qui Acadiam, circa ostia Laurentiani amnis, incolunt.
  • Ejus filium difficili ægritudine conflictatum P. Biardus invisit.
  • Miratur nihil triste in tugurio; non planctum, non flebiles nænias:
  • imo epulum, choream, & duos tresve canes alligatos. Quærit quid hæc
  • sibi velint. Respondent juvenem brevi esse moriturum, amicos vocatos:
  • illis epulum parari: funebrem choream postea ducendam: canes, quos
  • videbat, interficiendos, placandis mortui Manibus. Exclamavit Pater
  • nequaquam ista Christianis hominibus convenire, & impias consuetudines
  • graviter increpuit. Senior, adolescentis parens, ignorantiam excusavit;
  • ceterum se ac filium in ipsius esse potestate; doceret, juberet,
  • imperata facturos. Sacerdos vetuit ne canes interficerentur: saltatores
  • importunos amandavit: epuli partem, quæ superstitionis habere
  • nihil videbatur, permisit: in primis autem, ne deponeretur penitus
  • ægroti cura prohibuit; imo suasit ut ad Gallorum domicilia, quamvis
  • longè disjuncta, deportaretur; sperare se, favente Deo, futurum ut
  • convalesceret. Benignè auditus est à Membertoo: delatus æger ad nos
  • fuit, ridentibus, ac bolum tantum tam subito è faucibus ereptum sibi
  • dolentibus veneficis, & circulatoribus, quorum sententiâ conclamatus
  • adolescens vivere posse negabatur. Ac sane agebat animam, cùm triduo
  • post ad Gallorum domicilia pervenit, fractus itinere ac morbo. Patrum
  • tamen arte ac studio, & scilicet Dei benignitate, recreatus est;
  • nec ipse tantum in fide catholica confirmatus, sed ejus capessendæ
  • desiderio complures inflammati.
  • Incidit aliquanto post in morbum pater adolescentis, & ad nos similiter
  • deferri voluit, ubi nostrum in tugurium, atque adeo in unius è Patribus
  • lectum acceptus, piè vitam clausit; quodque barbaris novum accidit ac
  • molestum, illatus est in commune Christianæ plebi sepulcrum: nam ipsi
  • a sepulcris majorum ægerrime divelluntur. Curatum funus illustri, ut
  • rerum ferebant angustiæ, pompa. Nec honore isto qualicumque indigna
  • barbari virtus erat, qui etiam ante quàm Christum nosset, non potuerat
  • adduci ut plures una duceret uxores: id naturæ ac rationi magis
  • consentaneum arbitratus. Post susceptam vero Christi Fidem ita vixerat,
  • ut barbaris admirationi esset, Christianis exemplo.
  • Hæc domi gesta. Egressi deinde quasi pomerio præcones Evangelici magnam
  • regionis partem lustravere. Divina res, ubicumque licuit, facta:
  • impositæ manus ægrotis, conciliati munusculis parentes ac liberi;
  • data Gallis, novas condentibus sedes, opera; necnon classiariis atque
  • vectoribus. Non defuit patientiæ læta seges, ac tanta interdum exstitit
  • annonæ penuria, ut singulis hebdomadis certum [323] unicuique demensum
  • daretur, quod vix sufficiebat in unum diem, videlicet panis unciæ
  • decem, selibra carnis sale maceratæ, & pisorum, fabarumve aliquantulum.
  • Adhæc, erat sibi quisque faber, sarcinator, pistor, coquus, lignator,
  • & aquator. Occurrebant interdum Patribus, in his ærumnis, voces
  • illorum, quibus Moses provinciam explorandæ Chananitidis dederat,
  • [_Num. c._ 13, 14.] _Terra hæc devorat habitatores suos; ibi vidimus
  • monstra quædam filiorum Enac, de genere Giganteo, quibus comparati,
  • quasi locustæ videbamur_. At simul veniebat in mentem oratio Josue,
  • & Calebi, plena divinæ fiduciæ: _Terra valde bona est. Si propitius
  • fuerit Dominus, inducet nos in eam. Neque timeatis populum terræ hujus,
  • Dominus nobiscum est._
  • BEGINNING AND FIRST FRUITS OF THE CANADIAN MISSION.
  • THE French had, since the year 1524, often visited the coasts of
  • America opposite to France, but cursorily, and, as it were, while
  • passing by. Finally, at the beginning of the last century, Samuel
  • Champlain, who well deserves to be called the parent of the Canadian
  • colony, entered the region of the interior. Already was the undertaking
  • progressing very favorably, when Henry IV., more solicitous for
  • religion than for commerce, resolved, in the year 1608, to introduce
  • Christian rites into this part of the new World, and asked members of
  • the Society to undertake this Apostolic enterprise. Upon being informed
  • of the plan of the King, and ordered to choose as soon as possible
  • energetic priests who would lay solidly the foundations of so great a
  • work, Father Coton, the confessor of the king, informed the Commander
  • of the Society. From the whole number, not only of youths but also
  • of old men, who sought this laborious Duty, there were chosen Father
  • Peter Biard, of Grenoble, a professor of theology in the college
  • of Lyons, and Father Enemond Massé, of Lyons. The unforeseen death
  • of the King delayed this auspicious enterprise, and diminished the
  • enthusiasm of the friends of the Society, who were providing a ship
  • and other necessaries for the voyage. But the pious Coton, unconquered
  • by adversity, brought in the authority of the Queen, in order that
  • he might overcome the difficulties in his way. As a result, the time
  • was set for their departure, and the Fathers hastened to Dieppe, in
  • order that they might sail thence for New France. But, lo! suddenly
  • an unexpected obstacle. Their ship belonged to Poutrincourt, a French
  • nobleman; it was, however, subject to the control of two Calvinistic
  • merchants, since they had incurred no light expense toward providing
  • her with equipments. As soon as they heard that members of the Society
  • were to be embarked upon her, they refused to allow her to leave
  • the port. The authority of the Queen was invoked; her commands were
  • reiterated. They answered that they would not refuse admission to any
  • other sort of priests, but that they were unwilling to have anything to
  • do with our men. When Coton saw that the stubbornness of the rascals
  • could not be overcome, he approached the matter by another way. There
  • was a lady distinguished not less for piety than for birth, Antoinette
  • de Guercheville. This woman was as solicitous for the interests of
  • the Mission as for her own; and since she had acquired an uncommon
  • influence among many, because of her reputation for integrity, she
  • quickly collected a large sum of money, by means of which the heretical
  • merchants were repaid the amount which they had spent in equipping the
  • ship. So, although the merchants were disappointed and unwilling, the
  • Fathers were admitted. But, because of the intervening delay, they
  • did not sail until the 26th of January, when the storms of winter
  • caused a raging sea. On this account the voyage was of four months'
  • duration, although ordinarily of two, and was terrible because of
  • disease within and tempests without. Having entered at last the mouth
  • of the St. Lawrence river on the 22nd day of May, on the holy day of
  • Pentecost, they came upon some traces of the Christian religion, which
  • had been superficially impressed by those whom we have mentioned as
  • having journeyed from France into this region. For, since the speech
  • of the people was unknown [322] to them, and they had no certain and
  • fixed residence in this savage land, there was no opportunity for
  • educating those whom they chanced to baptize, and who, plunging again
  • into their former habits, scarcely retained the Christian name, while
  • defiling it with their native vices. The first concern of the Fathers
  • was to build a chapel, to learn the language of the country, and to
  • instruct the Frenchmen who had emigrated from old to new France. A
  • solemn Thanksgiving was enjoined; the figure of Christ, covered with a
  • canopy, was carried about with the greatest possible ceremony; and he
  • came auspiciously into the possession, so to speak, of the happy land
  • afterwards to be frequented by so many holy men. Next, attention was
  • given to laving the infants in the sacred font, of whom some, after
  • receiving the sacrament of salvation, departed to their homes in the
  • land of the immortals, in the name, as it were, of the whole race.
  • A girl aged nine years, afflicted with a grievous disease, had been
  • abandoned by her parents. For, since the race is altogether ignorant
  • of the art of medicine, they readily despair of the sick, and neither
  • provide them with food nor care for them in any way. The Fathers asked
  • her parents to give them the forsaken child, in order that they might
  • sanctify her with the water of salvation. She was readily handed over
  • to them; and naturally, inasmuch as she was considered no better than
  • a dead dog. Taking her apart to their hut they gave her assiduous
  • care; she was baptized, and, dying on the ninth day afterward, they
  • introduced her into Heaven. The same charity of the Associates
  • resulted more fortunately in the case of a young boy. His father was
  • Membertou, who, they say, in the early days of navigation thither
  • from France, first of all the savages became a Christian; he was an
  • energetic man, and, according to the testimony of all his countrymen,
  • far excelled others in vigor of mind, in knowledge of war, in number of
  • dependents, and the distinction of a glorious name, for by public vote
  • he had acquired the title of "Great Chief." This position Membertou
  • held among the Souriquois, who inhabit Acadia about the mouth of the
  • St. Lawrence river. Father Biard visited Membertou's son, who was
  • suffering from a dangerous illness. He was surprised that there was no
  • grief in the wigwam; no lamentations, no tearful dirges; instead, a
  • feast, a dance, and two or three dogs fastened together. He asked what
  • these things meant. They answered that the youth would die in a short
  • time; that the friends had been invited, and for them the banquet was
  • being prepared; that afterwards a funeral dance was to be conducted;
  • and that the dogs which he saw were to be killed to appease the Spirit
  • of the dead boy. The Father exclaimed that these things were quite
  • unfitting for Christian men, and severely censured the impious custom.
  • The parent of the youth excused his ignorance; he said that henceforth
  • he and his son should be under the Father's direction; he begged him
  • to instruct and command them, and said that they would execute his
  • orders. The Priest forbade the killing of the dogs; he dismissed the
  • rude dancers; a part of the repast he allowed, as not devoted to
  • superstitious rites. He insisted that the patient should no longer be
  • neglected; still more, he persuaded them that the boy should be taken
  • to the dwellings of the French, although these were far distant, saying
  • that he hoped, by the favor of God, for his recovery. The priest was
  • favorably heard by Membertou; the patient was brought to us, although
  • the sorcerers and medicine-men, who declared that the unhappy youth
  • could not live, ridiculed this decision, and grieved that such a morsel
  • should be snatched suddenly from their jaws. And indeed he was at the
  • point of death, when, three days afterward, exhausted by the journey,
  • and by sickness, he arrived at the French settlement. Nevertheless, by
  • the skill and devotion of the Fathers, and by the kindness of God, he
  • was restored; nor was he alone established in the Catholic faith, but
  • many of his countrymen were inflamed with the desire of adopting it.
  • Some time afterward, the father of the young man fell sick, and wished
  • to be also brought to us, where, after being received into our hut
  • and even into the bed of one of the Fathers, he piously departed this
  • life; and, what was novel and displeasing to the savages, he was buried
  • among Christian people; for they themselves are very reluctant to be
  • separated from the tombs of their ancestors. His funeral was observed,
  • as far as the limitations of the case permitted, with marked ceremony.
  • Nor was this savage's virtue unworthy in any respect of that honor;
  • for, even before he had learned of Christ, he could not be induced
  • to marry more than one wife, considering this more in harmony with
  • nature and reason. But, after his acceptance of the Faith of Christ,
  • he so lived that he was to the savages an object of admiration, to the
  • Christians an example.
  • These things were accomplished at home. Then going forth, as it were,
  • from the city walls, the heralds of the Gospel traversed a great
  • part of the country. A godly act was performed whenever opportunity
  • allowed; hands were laid upon the sick; parents and children were
  • conciliated by means of little gifts; services were rendered to the
  • French who were establishing new homes; nor were the seamen and ships'
  • passengers neglected. There was not lacking a glad harvest for their
  • patience. Meanwhile, so great a scarcity of provisions existed, that
  • for each week [323] a ration was allotted, so scanty that it was hardly
  • sufficient for one day; namely, ten ounces of bread, half a pound of
  • salted meat, and a handful of peas or beans. In addition to this, each
  • man was his own mechanic, mender, miller, cook, hewer of wood, and
  • drawer of water. There occurred sometimes to the Fathers, in the midst
  • of the miseries, the words of those to whom Moses had given the task of
  • reconnoitering Canaan: [_Num. c. 13, 14._] _This land ... devoureth its
  • inhabitants; ... there we saw certain monsters of the sons of Enac of
  • the Giant-kind: in comparison of whom, we seemed like locusts._ But at
  • the same time there came into mind the speech of Joshua and of Caleb,
  • full of divine trust: _The land which we have gone round is very good.
  • If the Lord be favorable, he will bring us into it.... Fear ye not the
  • people of this land, ... the Lord is with us._
  • DOMICILIA SOCIETATIS & MISSIONES IN NOVA FRANCIA.
  • ET esse cum servis suis, ac militibus Dominum, exitus comprobavit.
  • Nam hoc anno MDCCIII. ineunte, cum hæc scribimus, præter Quebecense
  • collegium, numerantur in hac _terra deserta_ prius _& invia_ triginta
  • & amplius florentissimæ cultissimæque Missiones nostræ Societatis.
  • Prima in conspectu Quebeci, decimo ab urbe lapide, Lauretana dicitur.
  • Altera in pago Tadussaco sedet: ad ripam fluvii Laurentiani, leucis
  • infra Quebecum LX. versus ortum. Tres aliæ supra Quebecum ipsum,
  • longe procurrunt in Boream, circa lacum S. Joannis: una in eo loco,
  • qui à septem insulis nomen habet; altera, in pago Chigoutimino;
  • tertia, secus amnem Saguenæum. Excoluntur ibi Montagnæi, Papinachii,
  • Mistassini, & aliæ passim gentes errabundæ. Jam, si versus obeuntis
  • solis partes & fluminis Laurentiani fontem tendas, occurret in ejus
  • ripâ septentrionali pagus Trium fluminum dictus, quia ibi tria quædam
  • flumina confluunt: abest Quebeco septem octove dierum iter. Florebat
  • illic AlgonKinorum Missio longe pulcherrima, sed hanc vinum igne
  • vaporatum & stillatum, à mercatoribus Europæis, facilem inde quæstum
  • male captantibus invectum, vehementer labefactavit inducta ebrietate.
  • Pensat hæc damna virtus ac pietas AbnaKisorum. Triplex apud illos
  • statio collocata una Quebeco non procul, in XLVI. gradu latitudinis,
  • nomine S. Francisci Salesii & patrocinio insignita: aliæ duæ sunt
  • remotiores; loco nomen est NipisiKouit. Trans amnem Laurentianum ad
  • Meridiem funduntur Iroquæorum quinque nationes. Septem sunt apud illos
  • præconum Evangelii domicilia, per centum quinquaginta leucas sparsa. Ex
  • iis sex profligata fuerant bello Gallos inter & Iroquæos conflato circa
  • annum MDCLXXXII. Revocata cum religione pax anno MDCCII. omnia priorem
  • in statum restituit. In iis Iroquæorum Missionibus ea præcipuè floret,
  • quæ à S. Francisco Xaverio nomen habet, ad Montem-Regalem.
  • Supra Iroquæos, versus occasum & Aquilonem, intra quadragesimum
  • gradum & XLV. cernere est majores duos lacus angusto freto junctos:
  • alter, isque amplior, Ilinæorum; alter Huronum dicitur. Hos ingens
  • terræ lingua dividit, cujus in apice sedet Missio S. Ignatii, sive
  • MissilimaKinacana. Supra duos istos lacus tertius est, ambobus major,
  • quem superiorem lacum appellant. Hujus in aditu constituta est Missio
  • S. Mariæ à Saltu. Interjectum inter hunc, & binos inferiores lacus
  • spatium occupant OutaouaKi, apud quos plurima stativa Societas habet.
  • Ejusmodi arces religionis (sic enim appellare Missiones licet) unde
  • suos profert milites, & sacra explicat vexilla, tres circa lacum
  • Ilinæorum positæ sunt, prima inter Puteatamisos: Missio Sancti Josephi
  • nuncupatur: altera inter KiKarousos, MasKoutensos, & Outagamisos;
  • S. Francisci Xaverii nomen obtinet: tertia inter Oumiamisos, Angeli
  • Custodis. Infra memoratos lacus, supra ipsam Floridam, vastissimos
  • pererrant campos Ilinæi. Ibi amplissima statio, cui nomen ab immaculata
  • Virginis Matris conceptione impositum, tres in Missiones secatur, &
  • ad fluvium usque Missisipum procurrit. Insidet ejusdem fluminis ripis
  • missio Baiogulana, in trigesimo primo gradu latitudinis: demum ultima
  • protenditur secundum eundem amnem versus Mexicanum sinum. Hæc visum est
  • enucleare paulo distinctius, & quasi sub uno statim aspectu ponere, ut
  • intelligatur quò singula referenda sint, quæ postea de Nova Francia
  • narrabuntur.
  • Restat ignota Europæis adhuc pars Canadæ immensa, ultra Missisipum
  • fluvium, clementiori subjecta coelo, frequens incolis, armentis
  • frugibusque læta; vitæ veræ ac salutis expers. Hæc generosos Christi
  • milites vocat. Nec non altera [324] longe isti dissimilis, quæ
  • rigidis circa Hudsonium finum, à gradu LV. ad LX. aut LXX. subjecta
  • septentrionibus, nivibus ac pruinis demersa, tanto æquiùs implorat
  • opem, quanto gravioribus incommodis conflictatur. Hic Societas ante
  • annos paucos prima coepit figere vestigia. Illucescet illa, spero,
  • dies, cum obvallatum periculis ac laboribus iter eadem perrumpet. Non
  • sine magno molimine claustra Tartari, oppressas injusta servitute
  • animas retinentis, perfringuntur; neque illa ipsa, tot florens modo
  • coloniis, Missio Canadica statim suam est maturitatem adepta. Ægrè per
  • sexdecim annos tanquam in salebris hæsit, nec suam quandam nacta formam
  • est, nisi anno seculi superioris quinto & vigesimo, cùm se aliquando ex
  • illis angustiis explicuit, P. Petri Cotoni, cui sua debebat primordia,
  • beneficio, ut sexta Pars Historiæ fusius exponet.
  • Nunc ærumnarum ac periculorum plenos natales referimus laboriosæ
  • Missionis, quæ vix nata, in ipsis cunis per Anglos propemodùm extincta
  • est.
  • SETTLEMENTS AND MISSIONS OF THE SOCIETY IN NEW FRANCE.
  • AND that the Lord is with his servants and soldiers, the outcome has
  • proved. For, in the beginning of this year 1703, while we are writing
  • these things, there are numbered in this formerly _solitary and
  • unexplored country_ more than thirty very prosperous and well-equipped
  • Missions of our Society, besides the college of Quebec. The first of
  • these, in sight of Quebec, at the tenth mile-stone from the city, is
  • called Lorette. Another is situated in the district of Tadoussac, on
  • the shore of the river St. Lawrence, sixty leagues below Quebec toward
  • the east. Three others, above Quebec itself, extend far into the North
  • about lake St. John; one in that place which takes its name from the
  • seven islands;[49] another in the district of Chigoutimini;[50] the
  • third on the Saguenay river. There they minister to the Montagnais, the
  • Papinachois, the Mistassins, and other wandering tribes. Now, if you
  • journey towards the regions of the setting sun, and the source of the
  • St. Lawrence river, you will find upon its northern bank a district
  • called Three rivers, because there three rivers flow together: it is
  • distant from Quebec seven or eight days' journey. Here, there formerly
  • flourished the most successful Mission of the Algonquins; but it has
  • been much weakened through the drunkenness induced by brandy, brought
  • in by European merchants who thus wickedly derive an easy profit. But
  • these losses are compensated by the virtue and piety of the Abenakis.
  • Among them a mission of three stations has been established; one
  • located among them, not far from Quebec, on the forty-sixth parallel
  • of latitude, distinguished by the name and patronage of St. Francis de
  • Sales: the other two are more remote, at a place named Nipisikouit.
  • Across the St. Lawrence river, to the South, extend the five nations of
  • the Iroquois. There are among them seven stations of the Evangelists,
  • scattered through a hundred and fifty leagues. Of these, six were
  • destroyed in the war which arose between the French and Iroquois, about
  • the year 1682. Peace, together with the recall of the missionaries,
  • in the year 1702 restored all things to their previous condition.[51]
  • Among these Missions of the Iroquois, that one is especially
  • flourishing which is named for St. Francis Xavier, at Montreal.[52]
  • Above the Iroquois, toward the west and North, between the fortieth and
  • forty-fifth parallels, one may see two great lakes joined by a narrow
  • strait; the larger one is called the lake of the Ilinois,[53] the other
  • the lake of the Hurons.[54] These are separated by a large peninsula,
  • at the point of which is situated the Mission of St. Ignatius, or
  • Missilimakinac.[55] Above these two lakes there is a third, greater
  • than either, called lake superior. At the entrance of this lake has
  • been established the Mission of Ste. Marie at the Sault.[56] The space
  • between this and two smaller lakes is occupied by the Outaouaki, among
  • whom the Society has many stations. Three such citadels of religion
  • (for thus it is proper to call the Missions), whence she leads forth
  • her soldiers and unfurls her sacred standards, have been located about
  • the lake of the Ilinois: the first, among the Puteatamis, and called
  • the Mission of St. Joseph; another, among the Kikarous, Maskoutens,
  • and Outagamies, and possessing the name of St. Francis Xavier:[57] the
  • third, among the Oumiamis,[58] has the name of the Guardian Angel.
  • Below the lakes which have been mentioned, above Florida, the Ilinois
  • roam through most extensive territories. There, a very large station,
  • named from the immaculate conception of the Virgin Mother, is divided
  • into three Missions, and extends as far as the river Mississippi. Upon
  • the banks of the same river is situated the mission of Baiogula, at the
  • thirty-first parallel of latitude;[59] and it extends down that stream
  • towards the gulf of Mexico. It has seemed best to explain these matters
  • somewhat fully, because the individual facts here specified will be
  • referred to in what is to be hereafter narrated concerning New France.
  • There remains unknown to Europeans, up to the present time, an immense
  • portion of Canada, beyond the Mississippi river, situated beneath a
  • milder sky, well-inhabited, and abounding in animal and vegetable life;
  • the whole, deprived of true life and of salvation. This region calls to
  • the generous soldiers of Christ. So is it, likewise, [324] with another
  • region far dissimilar to that, around the frozen Hudson bay, from the
  • fifty-fifth parallel to the sixtieth or seventieth; lying at the north,
  • plunged in snows and frosts, it even more justly implores aid, as it
  • is afflicted by more weighty ills. Here the Society, a few years ago,
  • first began to plant its footsteps. That day will dawn, I hope, when
  • it shall break through the barriers of dangers and toils. Not without
  • great exertion are the gates of Tartarus, which hold burdened souls in
  • unmerited bondage, broken down; nor did the Canadian Mission itself,
  • now flourishing with so many settlements, all at once attain its full
  • development. Grievously, through sixteen years did it, so to speak,
  • stick in a rough road; indeed, it did not take shape until 1625, when
  • it was extricated from its perplexities by the aid of Father Peter
  • Coton, to whom it owed its origin, as the sixth Part of this History
  • will more fully explain.
  • Now we return to the natal days, full of hardships and dangers, of the
  • toilsome Mission, which, scarcely born, was almost exterminated in its
  • cradle by the English.
  • MISSIO CANADENSIS AB ANGLIS PROTURBATA.
  • SOCIIS illic degentibus venerant auxilio Idibus Maii anni MDCXIII.
  • Pater Quintinus, & Frater Gilbertus Thetus, regio diplomate instructi,
  • quo facultas ipsis dabatur novi domicilii commodo loco ædificandi.
  • Gallos reperiunt incumbentes in condendam urbem, & periculi, quod
  • instabat, ignaros. Angli paucis ante annis occupaverant Virginiam.
  • Hæc Americæ septentrionalis ad ortum portio maritima, inter Floridam
  • Novamque Franciam sita, tricesimo sexto, septimo, & octavo gradibus
  • substernitur. Eò cum tenderent Angli æstivis anni MDCXIII. mensibus, &
  • inscii locorum errarent, ob exortam caliginem, quæ huic mari densissima
  • solet per eos menses incubare, paulatim delapsi sunt ad littus, ubi
  • Galli consederant, haud procul portu Sancti Salvatoris. Postquam
  • cognoverunt Gallicas naves ibi consistere, arma expediunt, & in portum
  • invehuntur. Interea Galli ancipiti opinione suspensi, amicos an hostes
  • censerent, quos recta in suam stationem ventus inferebat, eventum
  • trepidi opperiebantur. Brevi, quinam essent patuit. Angli facto impetu
  • in Gallicum navigium, paucis instructum propugnatoribus, ceteris ad
  • condenda domicilia digressis, id nullo negotio expugnant.
  • THE CANADIAN MISSION DRIVEN OUT BY THE ENGLISH.
  • TO OUR COMRADES residing in that place there had come as a
  • reinforcement, on the 15th day of May, 1613, Father Quentin and Brother
  • Gilbert du Thet, provided with a royal commission, by which they were
  • empowered to establish a new settlement in a suitable location.[60]
  • They found the French intent upon founding a city, and unaware of the
  • danger which threatened. The English, a few years before, had occupied
  • Virginia. This eastern coast-region of North America, situated between
  • Florida and New France, is comprised between the thirty-sixth and
  • thirty-eighth parallels. While the English were sailing thither in the
  • summer months of the year 1613, and, having lost their bearings and
  • strayed from their course, on account of the fogs, which usually are
  • very heavy upon this sea in the summer, they were gradually borne to
  • the shore where the French had settled,[61] not far from the port of
  • St. Sauveur. When they learned that a French ship was stationed there,
  • they made ready their weapons and entered the harbor. Meanwhile the
  • French, uncertain whether they should consider as friends or foes those
  • whom the wind was bearing directly towards their position, tremblingly
  • awaited the outcome. Who they were was soon apparent. The English
  • attacked the French ship,[62] wherein few were drawn up in defense--for
  • the others had departed to work on the buildings--and with no trouble
  • captured her.
  • UNUS È SOCIETATE INTERFICITUR; ALII CANADA EJICIUNTUR.
  • PRIMO in conflictu Gilbertus Thetus, domesticæ rei adiutor è Societate,
  • confossus lethali plaga, postridie religiosa morte occubuit. Ceteri
  • Patres qui stabant in littore, in potestatem Argalli, prætoris Angli,
  • venerunt. Ille, dum Gallicæ navis prædam & supellectilem recenset,
  • subduxit clam è Saussæii, navis Gallicæ gubernatoris, qui huic
  • expeditioni præerat, scrinio regium diploma, cujus fide tota novæ
  • coloniæ ratio nitebatur. Mox ipsum Saussæium è littore subeuntem
  • adortus, quærit ex eo quo jure, cujus auctoritate, novas tam prope
  • Virginiam sedes moliatur. Laudavit Saussæius regium diploma, quod se
  • in capsis rite conscriptum habere dixit. Ad eas ubi ventum est, vidit
  • integras, & obseratas, suisque omnia digesta locis agnovit, diploma
  • nullum apparuit. Tum Argallus, vultu & voce ad severitatem compositis,
  • fugitivos & prædones conclamat, ac necem commeruisse pronunciat,
  • simulque navim suis diripiendam tradit. Illum interea Patres obsecrant
  • ut victis benignè consulat, quibus objici nihil noxæ possit aliud, quàm
  • quod in pacato solo fuerint nimium securi: auctoritatem Regis Galliæ
  • non dubiam ac voluntatem testantur. Prætor probè sibi conscius vera
  • narrari, comiter eos audivit, & omnibus potestatem in Galliam redeundi
  • fecit. Duas in naviculas infelix turba imponitur, quarum una cursum
  • in Galliam rectà dirigeret; altera cum aliquot Anglis solveret in
  • Virginiam, inde Franciam petitura. Hanc PP. Biardus & Quintinus, illam
  • P. Massæus, & Saussæius conscenderunt. Utriusque sors longè dispar
  • fuit. Quæ Saussæium & P. Massæum vehebat dum oram maritimam legit,
  • annonâ, nautis, armamentis destituta, incidit in geminas naves reditum
  • in Galliam adornantes. Jungit se illis læta, cumque suis vectoribus
  • Maclovium, Britanniæ Aremoricæ oppidum, paucis diebus tenuit.
  • Interim Argallus, classis Anglicæ præfectus, Patres Biardum & Quintinum
  • deducturus in Virginiam, ut constitutum fuerat, paululum iis præivit
  • cum sua navi prætoria. Virginiam obtinebat Anglus ferox, nomini
  • Gallico, ac Societati nostræ [325] perinfensus. Ubi adventare Jesuitas
  • audivit, vociferatur perdendos homines improbissimos, busta pietatis
  • ac religionis. Argallus contra nitebatur; seque vivo nihil molestiæ
  • damnive Patribus inferendum affirmabat: hanc enim ipsis dederat fidem;
  • & regium diploma, cujus auctoritate colonia Gallica in Novam Franciam
  • deducebatur, protulit. Hoc diplomate inflammatus homo furiosus,
  • exturbandos è Nova Francia Gallos clamat. In hanc sententiam Angli
  • proceres iverunt. Jubetur Argallus viam remetiri; Gallos, quicumque
  • superessent, ejicere, domicilia evertere, & æquare solo. Rediit: arces
  • in ora Canadensi extructas incendit, omnia delevit, ac naves duas in
  • Regio Portu deprehensas, invasit.
  • Dum hæc in Canada geruntur, naves Anglicæ, præeuntem Argallum secutæ,
  • aliæ procul à Virginia ventorum vi abreptæ; aliæ undis haustæ sunt.
  • Una, cui Turnellus Anglus præerat, & qua Patres Quintinus ac Biardus
  • vehebantur, continentibus sexdecim dierum procellis vexata, in Azores,
  • Lusitanorum ad Africæ littus insulas, celerrimè defertur. Hic vero
  • novum exoritur periculum. Turnellus poenam metuens, quòd Societatis
  • sacerdotes per summam immanitatem domicilio avulsos spoliatosque secum
  • traheret, indignisque habuisset modis, de illorum nece agitare consilia
  • coepit. Satius denique illi visum ad eorum clementiam & humanitatem,
  • quam in gravissimis injuriis perspexerat, confugere. Operam tamen
  • dedit, ne intraret portum; sed stante in ancoris navigio, necessariam
  • annonam immissâ scaphâ pararet. Contra quàm speraverat accidit. Secundo
  • enim vento impulsus, portum quamlibet invitus reluctansque subiit.
  • Nostri de illo, quamvis non ita merito, ne verbum quidem ullum, quo
  • accusaretur, interposuere: læti quod hostem ita servassent. Agnovit
  • beneficium gubernator Anglus; ac deinceps sæpenumero cum summa Patrum
  • laude prædicavit. Id vero multo fecit impensiùs, cùm tempestate ad
  • Angliæ urbem Penbrochium projectus, ejus oppidi magistratibus movit
  • suspicionem maritimi latronis, quòd & Francicâ veheretur navi, neque
  • scriptam auctoritatem proferret, qua suam navigationem tueretur.
  • Asseveranti se à prætore suo Argallo tempestate divulsum, fides non
  • habebatur. In tanto discrimine sacerdotes duos Societatis testes
  • citavit, quos haberet in navi, & quorum incorrupta fides nemini
  • venire posset in dubium. Cum Patres interrogati rem ita se habere
  • confirmassent, periculo liberatus est. Reddidit quam debebat illorum
  • humanitati vicem; utque ipsis non solum esset impune, sed etiam ut
  • à magistratu honor haberetur, curavit. Certior interim factus Regis
  • Christianissimi orator de Patrum navigatione difficili, & in Angliam
  • adventu, egit cum Angliæ Rege de remittendis illis in Galliam. Quo
  • annuente, Ambianum decimo, quàm fuerant capti, mense ad Socios læti
  • sospitesque pervenerunt.
  • ONE OF THE MEMBERS OF THE SOCIETY IS KILLED; THE OTHERS ARE EXPELLED
  • FROM CANADA.
  • IN THE FIRST onset, Gilbert du Thet, a household assistant of the
  • Society, was stricken with a mortal wound, and on the following day
  • piously departed this life. The rest of the Fathers, who were standing
  • on the shore, were captured by Argall, the English commander.[63] This
  • man, while he was taking an inventory of the plunder and equipment of
  • the French ship, surreptitiously removed from the trunk of Saussaye,
  • the captain of the French vessel, and commander of the expedition,
  • the royal commission upon whose authority all the proceedings of the
  • new colony were based. Soon meeting Saussaye himself, returning from
  • the shore, Argall asked him by what right, by whose authority, he
  • was founding a new colony so near Virginia. Saussaye cited the royal
  • commission, which he asserted that he had, duly drawn up, in one of his
  • trunks. When they came to these, he saw them untouched and locked, and
  • all things disposed in their proper places; but no commission appeared.
  • Thereupon Argall, changing his countenance and voice to severity,
  • pronounced them runaways and pirates, and declared that they deserved
  • death; while at the same time he delivered over the ship to his men to
  • be plundered. Meanwhile the Fathers besought him to adopt mild measures
  • toward the vanquished, against whom no other fault could be charged
  • than that, in a peaceful situation, they had been too careless; they
  • testified that the authority and favor of the King of France had
  • certainly been given to the colony. The captain, who was thoroughly
  • conscious of the truth of their statements, listened to them kindly,
  • and gave to all the opportunity of returning to France. The unhappy
  • crowd was placed upon two small ships, one of which directed its
  • course straight towards France; the other, with some of the English,
  • sailed for Virginia, thence to depart for France. Fathers Biard and
  • Quentin embarked upon the latter; Father Massé and Saussaye upon the
  • former. The fortunes of these ships were widely diverse. While that
  • which carried Saussaye and Father Massé was coasting along the shore,
  • destitute of provisions, of seamen, and of equipment, she fell upon
  • two ships preparing to return to France. She gladly joined herself to
  • these, and, with her passengers, arrived in a few days at St. Malo, a
  • town of Brittany.
  • Meanwhile Argall, the commander of the English fleet, in order that
  • he might conduct Fathers Biard and Quentin to Virginia, as had been
  • resolved upon, preceded them a little with his flag-ship. Virginia was
  • then ruled by a ferocious Englishman,[64] who was extremely hostile
  • to the French name and to our Society. [325] When he heard that
  • Jesuits had arrived, he exclaimed that such extremely wicked men, the
  • sepulchers of piety and religion, ought to be destroyed. Argall strove
  • against him, and declared that, while he lived, no annoyance or injury
  • should be offered to the Fathers, for he had given them this assurance;
  • and he produced the royal commission, by authority of which the French
  • colony was brought to New France. Incensed by this commission, the man
  • declared in a rage that the French must be driven from New France. In
  • this decision the English councilors agreed. Argall was ordered to
  • retrace his path; to expel those of the French who remained; to destroy
  • their buildings, and level them with the ground. He returned, burned
  • the forts built upon the Canadian coast, destroyed everything, and
  • seized two ships which he found at Port Royal.[65]
  • While these things were taking place in Canada, of the English ships
  • which were following the lead of Argall some were driven far from
  • Virginia by the violence of the wind; others were swamped by the waves.
  • One, which the Englishman Turnell[66] commanded, and in which Fathers
  • Quentin and Biard were being conveyed, after being driven continuously
  • for sixteen days by tempests, was quickly borne to the Azores, islands
  • on the coast of Africa belonging to the Portuguese. But here a new
  • danger arose. Turnell, fearing punishment because he was carrying with
  • him and was holding under unjust conditions priests of the Society, who
  • had been torn from their homes and robbed with the greatest brutality,
  • began to consider plans for making way with them. Finally it seemed
  • better to him to take refuge in their clemency and mildness, which he
  • had observed amid the most grievous injuries. Nevertheless, he took
  • measures that they should not enter the port, thinking that while the
  • ship stood at anchor he might procure the necessary provisions by
  • sending in a small boat. The contrary to what he had expected happened.
  • For, impelled by an inshore breeze, he entered the harbor, although
  • unwillingly and reluctantly. Our friends, contrary to his deserts,
  • interposed not even a word by which he might be accused, rejoicing
  • because they had, in this manner, saved an enemy. The English captain
  • recognized their kindness, and afterwards often spoke with great
  • praise of the Fathers. But this he did much more unreservedly when,
  • borne by a storm to Pembroke, a city of England, he was suspected by
  • the officials of that town of piracy on the high seas, because he was
  • sailing in a French ship and produced no written authority by which he
  • might justify his voyage. When he asserted that he had been separated
  • by a storm from his commander, Argall, no credence was given to him. In
  • this crisis he mentioned as witnesses the two priests of the Society
  • whom he had in the ship, and whose uncorrupted integrity could be
  • doubted by no one. When the Fathers, on being questioned, had given
  • assurance that the affair was thus, he was released from danger. He
  • made the requital which was due to their kindness, and took care that
  • they should not only suffer no harm, but even that they should be shown
  • honor by the officials. Meantime the ambassador of the Most Christian
  • King, upon being informed of the toilsome voyage of the Fathers,
  • carried on negotiations with the King of England concerning their
  • restoration to France. With his consent, they arrived, in the tenth
  • month after their capture, joyfully and safely among their Brethren at
  • Amiens.
  • APPENDIX.
  • Missiones Societatis Iesv in America Septentrionali Anno M.DCC.X. [961]
  • APUD Abnaquæos missiones. _Aux Abnaquis._
  • S. Angeli Custodis missio. _De l'Ange Gardien._
  • Baiogulana miss. _Baiogula._
  • Chigutiminiana miss. _Chigoutimini._
  • S. Francisci Salesii miss. _De S. François de Sales._
  • S. Francisci Xaverii miss. _De S. François Xavier._
  • Huronica res. _Aux Hurons._
  • S. Ignatii miss. _De S. Ignace._
  • Immaculatæ Conceptionis miss. _De l'Immaculée Conception._
  • Ad septem Insulas miss. _Aux Sept Isles._
  • S. Josephi miss. _De S. Joseph._
  • Apud Ilinæos missiones. _Aux Ilinois._
  • Apud Iroquæos missiones. _Aux Iroquois._
  • Lauretana missio. _De Lorette._
  • Ad ripas, & ostium fluvii Mississipi missiones. _Aux bords, & a
  • l'embouchure du Mississipi._
  • [962] Montis regalis res. _Mon[t]-real._
  • Nipisikouitana missio. _Nipisikovit._
  • Apud Outakouacos missiones _Aux Outakovacs._
  • Saguenæa missio. _Du Saguenai._
  • Saltensis missio. _Du Sault de Sainte Marie._
  • In silvis missiones. _Dans les forests._
  • Tadussacensis miss. _De Tadoussak._
  • Trifluviana miss. _Aux trois Rivieres._
  • _Numerantur Socii_ 42.
  • APPENDIX.
  • Missions of the Society of Jesus in North America in the Year 1710.
  • [961]
  • MISSIONS among the Abenakis.
  • Mission of the Holy Guardian Angel.
  • Baiogula mission.
  • Chigoutimini mission.
  • Mission of St. Francis de Sales.
  • Mission of St. Francis Xavier.
  • Huron residence.
  • Mission of St. Ignatius.
  • Mission of the Immaculate Conception.
  • Mission at the seven Islands.
  • Mission of St. Joseph.
  • Missions among the Ilinois.
  • Missions among the Iroquois.
  • Mission of Lorette.
  • Missions on the banks and at the mouth of the Mississippi river.
  • [962] Residence of Montreal.
  • Nipisikouit mission.
  • Missions among the Outakouacs.
  • Saguenay mission.
  • Mission of Sault de Sainte Marie.
  • Forest missions.
  • Tadoussac mission.
  • Mission at Three Rivers.
  • _Number of brethren_ 42
  • VIII
  • JOUVENCY'S
  • De Regione ac Moribus Canadensium
  • ROME: GIORGIO PLACKO, 1710
  • SOURCE: We follow the general style of O'Callaghan's Reprint No. 5.
  • The Title-page, Tabula Rerum, and Rerum Insigniorum Indiculus,
  • are the work of that Editor. The Text, he reprinted from
  • Jouvency's _Historia Societatis Jesu_ (Rome, 1710), part v., pp.
  • 344-347; we have read the proof thereof, from a copy of that work
  • found in the library of the College of St. Francis Xavier, New
  • York. The bracketed pagination is that of Jouvency; except in the
  • Tabula Rerum and Rerum Insigniorum Indiculus, which is that of
  • O'Callaghan.
  • DE
  • REGIONE ET MORIBUS
  • CANADENSIUM
  • SEU BARBARORUM
  • NOVÆ FRANCIÆ
  • Auctore JOSEPHO JUVENCIO, Societatis
  • Jesu, Sacerdote.
  • [Illustration]
  • Ex Historiæ Soc. Jesu. Lib. xv. Parte v, impressa
  • ROMÆ:
  • Ex Typographia Georgii Plachi
  • M. D. CC. X.
  • CONCERNING THE
  • COUNTRY AND MANNERS
  • OF THE CANADIANS,
  • OR THE SAVAGES OF
  • NEW FRANCE
  • By JOSEPH JOUVENCY, a Priest of the
  • Society of Jesus.
  • Printed from the History of the Society of Jesus, Book
  • xv., Part v.
  • ROME:
  • Printing House of Giorgio Placko
  • 1710.
  • [3] Tabula Rerum
  • Pag.
  • I _FLUMINA Novæ Franciæ; soli natura; feræ, pisces, aves, &c._ 5
  • II _Canadensium domus & res familiaris; morbi; ægrorum cura &
  • mortuorum_ 16
  • III _Belli gerendi ratio; arma; crudelitas in captivos_ 27
  • IV _Indoles animi: corporis cultus; cibi, convivia; supellex;
  • religio, & superstitiones_ 33
  • [3] Table of Contents.
  • [_The page numbers refer to O'Callaghan's Reprint._]
  • Page.
  • I _RIVERS of New France; nature of the soil; wild beasts, fish,
  • birds, etc._ 5
  • II _Homes and household economy of the Canadians; diseases;
  • treatment of the sick and of the dead_ 16
  • III _Mode of warfare; weapons; cruelty to prisoners_ 27
  • IV _Mental characteristics; care of the body; food: feasts;
  • household utensils; religion and superstitions_ 33
  • [344 §. x.] De regione ac moribus Canadensium, seu barbarorum Novæ
  • Franciæ.
  • FLUMINA NOVÆ FRANCIÆ; SOLI NATURA; FERÆ, PISCES, AVES, &C.
  • DUO sunt in Nova Francia majores fluvii. Unus ab indigenis Canada
  • nominatus, & à quo tota regio nomen traxit, nunc fluvius Sancti
  • Laurentii dicitur, & ab occasu in ortum amplissimo fluit alveo. Alter,
  • cui nomen Missisipus, per vasta, & ignota magnam adhuc partem, terrarum
  • spatia fertur à Septentrione in Meridiem. Habent hoc singulare hujus
  • regionis fluvii, quòd certis in locis ex editiore solo præcipitant
  • in humiliorem planitiem ingenti cum strepitu. Ea loca saltus vocant
  • Franci. Catadupa recte dixeris, qualia in Nilo celebrantur. Aqua tota
  • fluminis, in morem arcuati fornicis, ita sæpe cadit, ut infra suspensum
  • altè amnem sicco vestigio transire liceat. Barbari, cum huc ventum
  • est, suas naviculas, è levi compactas cortice, imponunt humeris, & in
  • placidam fluminis, alveo depressiore fluentis, partem eas deportant,
  • cum sarcinulis. Urbs novæ Franciæ primaria Kebecum nuncupatur, S.
  • Laurentii fluvio imposita. Coelo salubri tota regio utitur; at hyeme
  • frigida, & diuturna vexatur. Hanc efficit partim fluminum & lacuum
  • crebritas; partim opacitas & amplitudo nemorum, quæ vim solis calidam
  • infringunt; denique nivium copia, quibus terra tres quatuorve menses,
  • in iis locis quæ ab Boream propius accedunt, & eidem ac vetus Gallia
  • parallelo subjacent, continenter inhorrescit. Humus omnium arborum
  • plantarumque feracissima, præsertim ubi excisæ silvæ locum culturæ
  • majorem præbuerunt. Quadrupedes eædem, quæ in Europa: nonnullæ regionis
  • propriæ sunt, ut alces. Magnam belluam indigenæ appellant. Id nominis
  • invenit à mole corporis: bovem enim æquat magnitudine. Mulum capite
  • refert; cervum cornibus, pedibus, & cauda. Eam canibus immissis barbari
  • agitant; defatigatam conficiunt jaculis & missilibus. Si desunt
  • venatici canes, ipsi vicem illorum obeunt. Per medias quippe nives
  • incredibili celeritate gradiuntur, ac ne corporis pondus vestigia pedum
  • altius in nivem deprimat, substernunt plantis, inseruntque pedibus,
  • lata reticula, illis simillima, quibus pilam lusores vulgò pulsant. Hæc
  • reticula, spatium nivis ac soli satis magnum amplexa, currentes facile
  • sustinent. Alces vero crura exilia defigens alte in nivem, ægrè se
  • expedit. Illius carnibus vescuntur, teguntur pelle, ungula posterioris
  • sinistri pedis sanantur. Huic ungulæ mira quædam & multiplex virtus
  • inest, medicorum celeberrimorum testimonio commendata. Valet in primis
  • adversus morbum comitialem, sive admoveatur pectori, qua parte cor
  • micat; sive indatur palæ annuli, quem digitus lævæ minimo proximus
  • gestet; sive demum teneatur in ejusdem sinistræ vola, in pugnum
  • contracta. Nec minorem vim habet ad sanandam pleuritidem, capitis
  • vertigines, & sexcentos alios, si credimus expertis, morbos.
  • Alterum animantis genus illic notissimum & frequentissimum est fiber,
  • cujus pelle, cum Europæis mercibus mutanda, commercii Canadensis ratio
  • fere tota constat. Color castaneæ colorem imitatur; modus cor[po]ris
  • idem, qui exigui vervecis: curti pedes & ad natandum compositi, nam
  • in aquis perinde ac in terra degit; cauda glabra, crassa & plana,
  • quæ natanti pro gubernaculo sit: dentes duo, majores ceteris, ex ore
  • utrimque prominent: iis tanquam gladio & serra utuntur fibri ad arbores
  • exscindendas, cum domos extruunt; in iis enim fabricandis mira pollent
  • industria. Eas ponunt ad lacuum fluviorumve ripas: muros è stipitibus
  • componunt, interjecto cespite uliginoso ac tenaci, calcis instar; vix
  • ut multa vi effringi opus & convelli possit. Tota casæ fabrica variis
  • contignationibus distinguitur: infima è transversis lignis crassioribus
  • constat, instratis desuper ramis, ac relicto foramine & ostiolo,
  • per quod in fluvium subire, cum videtur, possint: Hæc modice supra
  • fluminis aquam exstat, aliæ assurgunt altius, in easque, si fluvius
  • intumescens imum tabulatum vicerit, se receptant. In una è superioribus
  • contignationibus cubant; præbet molle stratum alga siccior, & arborum
  • muscus, quo se tutantur a frigore; in altera penum habent, & provisa
  • in hyemem cibaria. Ædificium fornicato tecto clauditur. Sic hyemem
  • exigunt: nam æstate, opacum in ripis frigus captant, aut undis immersi
  • calores æstivos fugiunt. In una sæpe domo ingens, & multorum capitum
  • familia stabulatur. Quod si loci premuntur angustiis, discedunt
  • juniores ultro, & sua sibi domicilia moliuntur. In eam curam incumbunt
  • sub prima autumni frigora, & mutuas sibi invicem operas commodant,
  • tum ad secanda ligna, tum ad comportanda, ita ut plures uni eidemque
  • succedant oneri, & ingentia ramalia, nemorisque stragem, devehant. Si
  • quem fluvium nanciscuntur ad suos accommodatum usus, non tamen satis
  • alto gurgite, struunt aggerem coercendis aquis, donec ad idoneam
  • altitudinem assurgant. Ac primo quidem arbores grandiores arrodendo
  • dejiciunt: deinde transversas ab una ripa ducunt ad alteram. Duplicem
  • versum & ordinem arborum faciunt; relicto inter illas obliquè sic
  • positas spatio sex fere pedum, quod referciunt cæmentis, argilla,
  • ramis, tam solerter, nihil ut perfectius à summo architecto expectes.
  • Operis longitudo major minorve est, pro fluvii, quem coercere volunt,
  • modo. Ducenûm aliquando passuum ejusmodi aggeres reperti. At, si amnis
  • plus justo intumescit, diffringunt aliquam molis partem, ac tantum
  • emittunt aquæ, quantum satis videtur.
  • Ut feris silvæ, sic piscibus abundant flumina. Unus est in Iroquæorum
  • lacu, de quo nihil à priscis legitur proditum scriptoribus. Causarus
  • ab indigenis vocatur: octo pedes longus, aliquando decem. Crassitudo,
  • humani femoris; color leucophæus, candido tamen propior; squamis
  • totus horret tam duris, tamque validè consertis, ut aciem pugionis, &
  • hastilium, excludant. Caput amplum, & cranio præduro, tanquam casside,
  • munitum. Hinc piscis armati nomen illi à Gallis inditum. Et vero
  • perpetua cum aliis piscibus bella gerit, quorum exitio pascitur. Pro
  • telo rostrum immane gerit, humani brachii longitudine, gemino dentium
  • ordine instructum. Hoc venabulo non solum reliquos mactat pisces,
  • verum etiam avibus, cum mutare dapes cupit, insidiatur & illudit. Eam
  • ob rem occultat se inter carecta: rostrum exertat aquis, ac paulisper
  • diducit. Sic perstat immotus donec accedant volucres, & incautæ rostro
  • insideant, arundinem aut virgultum ratæ: continuo perfidus insidiator,
  • misellarum pedes contracto rostro stringit, & in gurgitem demersas
  • vorat.
  • Non minor volucrum est copia, quàm piscium. Certis mensibus palumbes è
  • silvis prorumpunt in agros tanto numero, ut arborum ramos prægravent;
  • quibus postquam infederunt noctu, facile capiuntur, & barbaras mensas
  • regali ferculo cumulant. Præterea in vastissimo sinu, in quem evolvit
  • se flumen sancti Laurentii, cernitur exigua insula, seu potius
  • biceps scopulus: insulam volucrum dicunt. Tot enim eò convolant è
  • finitimo pelago, ut inire numerum nequeas. Indigenæ fustibus prædam
  • non difficilem comminuunt, aut pedibus conculcant; cymbasque lautis
  • dapibus, & inemptis [345] plenas referunt. Ludunt in aquis passim
  • anseres, anates, ardeæ, grues, olores, fulicæ; & aves aliæ, victum ex
  • undis petere solitæ. Peculiare quiddam habet una, gallinæ similis, si
  • molem spectes; pennis in tergo nigricantibus, sub alvo candidis. Pedum
  • alter unguibus aduncis armatur; alter digitos levi & continua pelle
  • junctos habet, qualis est anatum; hoc natat; illo pisces trahit &
  • eviscerat.
  • [344 § x.] Concerning the country and manners of the Savages of New
  • France.
  • RIVERS OF NEW FRANCE; NATURE OF THE SOIL; WILD BEASTS, FISH, BIRDS, ETC.
  • THERE are two great rivers in New France. One, called by the natives
  • Canada, a name thence extended to the whole country, is now called the
  • river St. Lawrence, and flows in a very broad channel from west to
  • east. The other, named Mississippi, flows from North to South, through
  • vast regions, for the most part still unknown. The rivers of this
  • land are remarkable because in certain places they are precipitated
  • with a great uproar from the higher to the lower levels. The French
  • call those places water-falls. You might justly call them cataracts,
  • such as are famous in the case of the Nile. The water of an entire
  • river often falls in the form of an arch, in such fashion that it is
  • possible to walk dry-shod beneath the stream which rushes overhead. The
  • savages, when they come to such a spot, shoulder their boats, which are
  • constructed of light bark, and carry them, together with the baggage,
  • to the calm portion of the river flowing below. The chief city of new
  • France is called Kebec, and is situated on the St. Lawrence river. The
  • whole country possesses a healthful climate, but is harassed by a cold
  • and long winter. This is caused partly by the frequency of the rivers
  • and lakes; partly by the thickness and great extent of the forests,
  • which diminish the force of the sun's heat; finally, by the abundance
  • of snow with which the land, in its most Northern regions, which lie
  • upon the same parallel as old France, is continually desolated for
  • three or four months. The soil is extremely productive of all sorts
  • of trees and plants, especially where the clearing of the forest has
  • furnished additional space for cultivation. The same quadrupeds are
  • found as in Europe; some, as the moose, are peculiar to the country.
  • The natives call it the "great beast." This name it receives because
  • of the huge size of its body, for it is as large as an ox. Its head
  • resembles that of a mule; its horns, hoofs, and tail, those of a stag.
  • The savages hunt this animal with the aid of dogs; when it is worn
  • out they dispatch it with spears and missiles. If hunting-dogs are
  • lacking, they themselves go in place of them. Indeed, they proceed
  • through the midst of the snow with incredible swiftness; and, in order
  • that the weight of the body may not sink their feet too deeply into the
  • snow, they place beneath their soles, and fasten to their feet, broad
  • pieces of net-work, very similar to those with which players commonly
  • strike the ball. These pieces of net-work, which cover a sufficiently
  • large portion of the surface of the snow, readily support them while
  • running. But the moose, planting their slender legs deeply into the
  • snow, with difficulty extricate themselves. The savages eat its flesh,
  • are clothed with its skin, and are cured by the hoof of its left hind
  • leg. In this hoof there is a certain marvelous and manifold virtue, as
  • is affirmed by the testimony of the most famous physicians. It avails
  • especially against the epilepsy, whether it be applied to the breast,
  • where the heart is throbbing, or whether it be placed in the bezel of
  • a ring, which is worn upon the finger next to the little finger of the
  • left hand; or, finally, if it be also held in the hollow of the left
  • hand, clenched in the fist. Nor does it have less power in the cure of
  • pleurisy, dizziness, and, if we may believe those familiar with it, six
  • hundred other diseases.
  • Another well-known and common sort of animal there, is the beaver; its
  • skins, which are exchanged for European merchandise, being the basis
  • of almost the entire system of Canadian commerce. Its color resembles
  • that of the chestnut; the shape of its body is like that of a small
  • wether; its legs are short and formed for swimming; its tail, which
  • it uses as a rudder while swimming, is smooth, thick and flat; two
  • teeth, larger than the others, project from its mouth on each side;
  • these, the beavers use like a sword and a saw in cutting down trees
  • when they build their houses, for in the construction of these they
  • exhibit wonderful industry. They locate them on the banks of lakes
  • or rivers; they build walls of logs, placing between them wet and
  • sticky sods in the place of mortar, so that the work can, even with
  • great violence, scarcely be torn apart and destroyed. The entire house
  • is divided into several stories; the lowest is composed of thicker
  • cross-beams, with branches strewn upon them, and provided with a hole
  • or small door through which they can pass into the river whenever they
  • wish; this story extends somewhat above the water of the river, while
  • the others rise higher, into which they retire if the swelling stream
  • submerges the lowest floor. They sleep in one of the upper stories; a
  • soft bed is furnished by dry seaweed and tree moss, with which they
  • protect themselves from the cold; on another floor they have their
  • store-room, and food provided for winter. The building is covered with
  • a dome-shaped roof. Thus they pass the winter, for in summer they
  • enjoy the shady coolness upon the shores, or escape the summer heat
  • by plunging into the water. Often a great colony of many members is
  • lodged in one house. But, if they be incommoded by the narrowness of
  • the place, the younger ones depart of their own accord and construct
  • homes for themselves. Upon the advent of cool weather in autumn, they
  • devote themselves to this task, and lend mutual services in turn, both
  • in cutting and carrying logs, so that many assist at one and the same
  • burden, and thus carry down great branches and logs of forest trees.
  • If they find any river suitable for their purposes, except in having
  • sufficient depth, they build a dam to keep back the water until it
  • rises to the required height. And first, by gnawing them, they fell
  • trees of large size; then they lay them across, from one shore to the
  • other. They construct a double barrier and rampart of logs, obliquely
  • placed, leaving between them a space of about six feet, which they so
  • ingeniously fill in with stones, clay, and branches that one would
  • expect nothing better from the most skillful architect. The length of
  • the structure is greater or less, according to the size of the stream
  • which they wish to restrain. Dams of this kind a fifth of a mile long
  • are sometimes found. But, if the river swell more than is safe, they
  • break open some part of the structure, and let through as much water as
  • seems sufficient.
  • As the forests abound in wild beasts, so the rivers teem with fish.
  • There is one in the lake of the Iroquois,[67] which is not mentioned
  • by early authors. It is called by the natives "Causar," and is eight
  • feet long, sometimes ten. It is as thick as the human thigh; it is
  • dun-colored, approaching white; it bristles all over with scales,
  • so hard and so firmly set together that they turn the edge of a
  • knife or the point of a spear. The head is large, and protected by an
  • exceedingly hard skull, like a helmet. Hence, the name of "armored
  • fish" has been given it by the French. It carries on perpetual war
  • with, and feeds upon, other fishes. For a weapon it carries an immense
  • beak, of the length of a man's arm and furnished with a double row
  • of teeth. With this hunting-spear it not only devours other fishes,
  • but also, whenever it wishes to vary its diet, deceives and ensnares
  • birds. For this latter purpose it hides itself among the sedge; it
  • projects its beak from the water and opens it slightly. It thus remains
  • motionless until the birds approach and thoughtlessly perch upon the
  • beak, deeming it a reed or a bush; then the treacherous ensnarer seizes
  • the feet of the unfortunate birds by closing its beak, and, dragging
  • them into the water, devours them.[68]
  • The birds are fully as abundant as the fishes. During certain months
  • of the year the pigeons sally forth from the woods into the open
  • country in such great numbers that they overload the branches of the
  • trees. When they have settled upon the trees at night they are easily
  • captured, and the savages heap their tables with royal abundance.
  • Besides this, in the huge gulf into which the river saint Lawrence
  • flows may be seen a small island, or rather a double rock; they call
  • it the isle of birds.[69] For so many congregate there from the
  • neighboring ocean that it is impossible to count their numbers. The
  • natives make an easy prey of them with clubs, or by trampling them
  • under foot, and bring back their canoes filled with sumptuous food
  • acquired without price. [345] Everywhere may be seen, sporting in the
  • water, geese, ducks, herons, cranes, swans, coots and other birds
  • whose habit it is to seek their living from the waves. A certain
  • peculiarity attaches to one, which is about the size of a cock; its
  • wings are black on the outside and white beneath. One of its feet
  • is armed with hooked claws, the other has webbed toes, like those
  • of a duck; with the latter it swims, with the former it seizes and
  • disembowels fishes.
  • CANADENSIUM DOMUS & RES FAMILIARIS; MORBI; ÆGRORUM CURA & MORTUORUM.
  • JAM, si mores & indolem gentis requiras, partim vagi degunt, in silvis
  • per hyemem, quò venationis uberioris vocat spes; æstate, ad amnium
  • ripas, ubi præbet facilem annonam piscatus: aliqui pagos incolunt.
  • Casas fabricantur infixis humi perticis: latera corticibus intexunt;
  • pellibus, musco, ramis operiunt fastigia. In media casa focus: in summo
  • tecto foramen, emissarium fumi. Is ægre eluctatus totam, ut plurimum,
  • casam sic opplet, ut coactis habitare in hoc fumo advenis sæpe oculorum
  • acies obtundatur, & hebescat: barbari, durum genus & his assuetum
  • incommodis, rident. Domesticæ rei cura, & quidquid in familia laboris
  • est, imponitur feminis. Illæ domos figunt, ac refigunt; aquam, & ligna
  • devehunt, cibos apparant: vicem & locum mancipiorum, opificum, &
  • jumentorum, implent. Venationis & belli cura, virorum est. Hinc gentis
  • solitudo, & paucitas. Mulieres enim, ceteroquin haud infecundæ, his
  • districtæ laboribus, neque maturos edere queunt fetus, neque alere jam
  • editos: itaque aut abortum patiuntur, aut partus recentes destituunt,
  • aquationi, lignationi, ceterisque operibus intentæ; vix ut trigesimus
  • quisque infans adolescat. Accedit rei medicæ inscitia, cujus ignoratio
  • facit ut è morbis paulo gravioribus raro emergant.
  • Duos maximè fontes morborum statuunt: unum ex ipsa ægrotantis mente
  • ortum, quæ desideret quidpiam, ac tandiu corpus ægrum vexet, dum
  • re desiderata potiatur. Putant enim inesse in hominum unoquoque
  • innata quædam desideria, sæpe ipsis ignota, quibus singulorum
  • felicitas contineatur. Ad ejusmodi desideria & innatas appetitiones
  • cognoscendas adhibent hariolos, quibus hanc divinitus concessam
  • facultatem arbitrantur, ut animorum intimos recessus pervideant. Illi,
  • quodcumque primum occurrit, aut ex quo fieri quæstum aliquem posse
  • suspicantur, ab ægro desiderari pronunciant. Nec dubitant parentes,
  • amici, & consanguinei ægrotantis, quidquid illud sit, quantivis
  • pretii, comparare ac largiri ægro, nunquam postea reposcendum. Ille
  • dono fruitur, & lucri partem hariolis aspergit; ac sæpe postridie
  • vita cedit. Vulgo tamen relevantur ægroti, quippe levibus tentati
  • morbis: nam in gravioribus timidiores sunt isti præstigiatores,
  • negantque inveniri posse quid ægrotus desideret: tunc eum depositum
  • conclamant, auctoresque sunt consanguineis ut hominem tollant è medio.
  • Ita longiore morbo vexatos necant, aut senio fessos; eamque caritatem
  • summam interpretantur, quia mors ærumnis languentium finem ponit.
  • Eandem benevolentiam adhibent erga pueros parentibus orbatos, quos
  • nullos esse malunt, quam miseros. Alterum fontem morborum esse censent
  • veneficorum occultas artes, & præstigias, quas ridiculis cærimoniis
  • conantur averruncare. Sæpe noxios humores ejiciunt sudando. Certum
  • casæ locum corticibus includunt, ac tegunt pellibus, ne qua possit aer
  • aspirare. Intro congerunt lapides deustos & igne multo saturos. Subeunt
  • nudi & brachia cantitantes jactant. Sed, quod mireris, ab his thermis
  • egressi & sudore diffluentes, hyeme perfrigida, in lacum aut amnem se
  • conjiciunt, de pleuritide securi.
  • Mortuorum cadavera nunquam efferunt per casæ januam, sed per eam
  • partem, in quam conversus eger exspiravit. Animam putant evolare per
  • camini spiraculum; ac ne moras trahat, casæ pristinæ desiderio, neu
  • puerulorum aliquem discedens afflet, hoc afflatu videlicet moriturum,
  • ut putant; crebro fuste tundunt parietes tugurii, ut eam citius
  • exire compellant. Immortalem esse arbitrantur. Ne porro emoriatur
  • fame, magnam vim ciborum infodiunt cum corpore; vestes, item, ollas,
  • variamque supellectilem, magno sumptu, & multorum annorum labore
  • conquisitam, ut iis utatur, inquiunt, ac decentius versetur in regno
  • mortuorum. Sepulcra nobilium exstant paulum ab humo: iis perticas in
  • morem pyramidis compactas imponunt: arcum addunt, sagittas, clypeum,
  • & alia militiæ decora: feminarum vero tumulis, torques & monilia.
  • Infantium corpora sepeliunt propter viam, ut eorum anima, quam ab
  • ipsorum corporibus abire longius non putant, illabatur in prætereuntis
  • alicujus feminæ sinum, & adhuc informem animare fetum possit. In luctu
  • vultum inficiunt fuligine. Moniti de funere affines, vicini, & amici
  • concurrunt in funestum tugurium. Unus aliquis, si mortui conditio
  • ferat, verba facit, neque rationem ullam ex iis prætermittit, quæ ad
  • leniendam ægritudinem à dicendi magistris afferri solent. Excurrit in
  • demortui laudes: hominem eum natum fuisse admonet, atque adeo morti
  • obnoxium: qui casus emendari nequeant, fieri patientia leviores; alia
  • id genus in eandem sententiam edisserit. Tertio die funus ducitur.
  • Epulum funebre apponitur toti pago, singulis suam symbolam, nec
  • malignè, conferentibus. Hujus epuli causas afferunt maximè tres:
  • primam, ut communem mærorem leniant: alteram, ut qui amici peregrè
  • ad funus veniunt, accipiantur honestius: tertiam, ut gratificentur
  • extincti Manibus, quem ea liberalitate delectari existimant, &
  • appositis etiam dapibus pasci. Peracto convivio præfectus funeris, quem
  • in singulis familiis clarioribus, certum atque insignem habent, adesse
  • tempus exequiarum proclamat. Omnes continuo lamentari, & ululare.
  • Effertur cadaver propinquorum humeris, intectum fibrinis pellibus, & in
  • feretro, è corticibus juncisve confecto compositum, collectis in glomum
  • artubus, ut eo modo terræ mandetur, inquiunt, quo in alvo materna olim
  • jacuit. Deponitur feretrum in constituto loco, munera quæ quisque
  • offert mortuo, præfiguntur perticis: & appellantur illorum auctores
  • à funeris præfecto: instauratur planctus; denique juvenes ludicro
  • certamine inter se dimicant.
  • Majori sepeliuntur apparatu & luctu, qui aquis obruti perierunt.
  • Nam eorum cadavera laniantur: carnium pars cum visceribus in ignem
  • projicitur. Id sacrificii quoddam genus est, quo placare coelum
  • contendunt. Iratum enim esse genti non dubitant, cum in undis
  • quispiam extinguitur: ac si quid rite atque ordine peractum in istis
  • funeribus non fuerit, huic piaculo calamitates omnes, quibus postea
  • conflictantur, acceptas ferunt. Indulgent luctui per annum integrum.
  • Primis diebus decem jacent humi, diu noctuque in ventrem proni: nefas
  • tunc vocem ullam, nisi quæ dolorem significet, mittere; aut accedere
  • ad ignem, aut conviviis interesse. Anno reliquo luctus continuatur; at
  • levius. Omittuntur omnia urbanitatis officia, colloquia cum vicinis,
  • congressus amicorum; ac si conjugem amiserint; coelibes, donec annus
  • fluxerit, perstant. Post octavum aut decimum quemque annum Hurones,
  • quæ natio latè patet, omnia cadavera certum in locum ex omnibus pagis
  • deportant, & in foveam prægrandem conjiciunt. Eum diem Mortuorum
  • vocant. Is ubi de procerum sententia constitutus est, eruunt corpora
  • sepulcris; alia jam consumpta, & ossibus vix hærentia; alia putri carne
  • leviter amicta: alia scatentia foedis vermibus, & graviter olentia.
  • Ossa, dissoluta in saccos abdunt: cadavera nondum dissuta componunt
  • in sarcophagis, & supplicantium ritu deferunt in destinatum locum,
  • alto silentio, & composito gradu procedentes, non sine suspiriis,
  • & lamentabili eiulatu. Ne vero memoria nobilium, & arte præsertim
  • bellica insignium, qui prole carent, intercidat, eligunt aliquem
  • ætate ac robore florentem, cui demortui nomen imponunt. Ille militum
  • statim delectum habet, ac bellum capessit, ut præclaro quopiam edito
  • facinore, probet se non tantum nominis, sed etiam virtutis ejus, cui
  • substituitur, heredem esse. Inferioris notæ nomina æterno silentio
  • damnant. Itaque simul ac in pago quispiam è vita cessit, ejus nomen
  • alta voce pronunciatur per omnes casas, ne quis illud temere usurpet.
  • Quod si mortuum tamen appellare necesse fuerit, utuntur verborum
  • circuitione, & præfantur quidpiam, quo mortis ominosa [346] memoria
  • leniatur. Idque si omittatur, accipiunt in gravem contumeliam: neque
  • atrociori maledicto vulnerari filium aut parentem posse putant, quam si
  • huic filius, illi parens, mortuus exprobretur.
  • HOMES AND HOUSEHOLD ECONOMY OF THE CANADIANS; DISEASES; TREATMENT OF
  • THE SICK AND OF THE DEAD.
  • NOW, if you inquire concerning the customs and character of this
  • people, I will reply that a part of them are nomads, wandering during
  • the winter in the woods, whither the hope of better hunting calls
  • them--in the summer, on the shores of the rivers, where they easily
  • obtain their food by fishing; while others inhabit villages. They
  • construct their huts by fixing poles in the ground; they cover the
  • sides with bark, the roofs with hides, moss and branches. In the
  • middle of the hut is the hearth, from which the smoke escapes through
  • an opening at the peak of the roof. As the smoke passes out with
  • difficulty, it usually fills the whole hut, so that strangers compelled
  • to live in these cabins suffer injury and weakening of the eyes; the
  • savages, a coarse race, and accustomed to these discomforts, ridicule
  • this. The care of household affairs, and whatever work there may be
  • in the family, are placed upon the women. They build and repair the
  • wigwams, carry water and wood, and prepare the food; their duties
  • and position are those of slaves, laborers and beasts of burden.
  • The pursuits of hunting and war belong to the men. Thence arise the
  • isolation and numerical weakness of the race. For the women, although
  • naturally prolific, cannot, on account of their occupation in these
  • labors, either bring forth fully-developed offspring, or properly
  • nourish them after they have been brought forth; therefore they either
  • suffer abortion, or forsake their new-born children, while engaged
  • in carrying water, procuring wood and other tasks, so that scarcely
  • one infant in thirty survives until youth. To this there is added
  • their ignorance of medicine, because of which they seldom recover from
  • illnesses which are at all severe.
  • They believe that there are two main sources of disease: one of these
  • is in the mind of the patient himself, which desires something,
  • and will vex the body of the sick man until it possesses the thing
  • required. For they think that there are in every man certain inborn
  • desires, often unknown to themselves, upon which the happiness of
  • individuals depends. For the purpose of ascertaining desires and innate
  • appetites of this character, they summon soothsayers, who, as they
  • think, have a divinely-imparted power to look into the inmost recesses
  • of the mind. These men declare that whatever first occurs to them, or
  • something from which they suspect some gain can be derived, is desired
  • by the sick person. Thereupon the parents, friends, and relatives of
  • the patient do not hesitate to procure and lavish upon him whatever it
  • may be, however expensive, a return of which is never thereafter to be
  • sought. The patient enjoys the gift, divides a portion of it among the
  • soothsayers, and often on the next day departs from life. Commonly,
  • however, the sick recover, plainly because their illnesses are slight;
  • for, in the case of more severe complaints, these soothsayers are more
  • cautious, and deny the possibility of ascertaining what the patient
  • desires; then they bewail him whom they have given up, and cause the
  • relatives to put him out of the way. Thus they kill those afflicted
  • with protracted illness, or exhausted by old age, and consider this the
  • greatest kindness, because death puts an end to the sufferings of
  • the sick. They display the same benevolence towards children deprived
  • of their parents, whom they prefer to see dead rather than to see them
  • miserable. They believe that another source of disease is the hidden
  • arts and the charms of sorcerers, which they seek to avert by means
  • of absurd ceremonies. Often they expel noxious humors by sweating.
  • They inclose a certain portion of the hut with pieces of bark and
  • cover it with hides, in order that no air may enter. Within they pile
  • stones heated to a high temperature. They enter naked and toss their
  • arms while singing. But, strange to say, they will leave this heat,
  • dripping with perspiration, and in the very coldest part of winter cast
  • themselves into a lake or river, careless of pleurisy.
  • They never bear out the corpses of the dead through the door of the
  • lodge, but through that part toward which the sick person turned when
  • he expired. They think that the soul flies out through the smoke-hole;
  • and, in order that it may not linger through longing for its old home,
  • nor while departing breathe upon any of the children, who by such an
  • act would be, as they think, doomed to death, they beat the walls of
  • the wigwam with frequent blows of a club, in order that they may compel
  • the soul to depart more quickly. They believe it to be immortal. That
  • it may not thereafter perish with hunger, they bury with the body
  • a large quantity of provisions; also, garments, pots, and various
  • utensils of great expense, and acquired by many years' labor, in order,
  • they say, that he may use them and pass his time more suitably in
  • the kingdom of the dead. The tombs of the chiefs are raised a little
  • from the ground; upon them they place poles joined in the form of
  • a pyramid; they add a bow, arrows, shield and other insignia of war;
  • but upon the tombs of the women they place necklaces and collars.
  • They bury the bodies of infants beside paths, in order that their
  • souls, which they think do not depart very far from the body, may slip
  • into the bosoms of women passing by, and animate the yet undeveloped
  • fetus. In mourning, they stain the face with soot. When informed of
  • a death, the relatives, neighbors, and friends assemble at the lodge
  • where the corpse lies. If the condition of the dead permit, one of
  • them makes a speech, in which he employs all those arguments that the
  • most eloquent speakers are wont to use for the solace of grief. He
  • rehearses the praises of the dead; he reminds them that the latter
  • was born a man, and therefore liable to death; that those misfortunes
  • which cannot be repaired are made lighter by patience; he sets forth
  • other things of that sort to the same effect. On the third day the
  • funeral is held. A funeral feast is provided for the whole village,
  • each individual liberally furnishing his share. For this feast they
  • advance three main reasons: first, that they may assuage the general
  • grief; secondly, that those friends who come from a distance to the
  • funeral may be more fittingly entertained; thirdly, that they may
  • please the spirit of the dead, which, they believe, is delighted by
  • this exhibition of liberality, and also partakes of the repast placed
  • for him. When the feast is completed the master of the funeral, who, in
  • each distinguished family, permanently holds this office and is greatly
  • honored, proclaims that the time for the burial has come. All give
  • utterance to continuous lamentations and wailings. The corpse, wrapped
  • in beaver skins, and placed upon a bier made of bark and rushes, with
  • his limbs bent and pressed tightly against his body in order that,
  • as they say, he may be committed to the earth in the same position in
  • which he once lay in his mother's womb, is borne out on the shoulders
  • of the relatives. The bier is set down at the appointed place, the
  • gifts which each one offers to the dead are fastened to poles, and the
  • donors are named by the master of the funeral. The mourning is renewed;
  • finally, boys vie with each other in a mock contest.
  • Those who have been drowned are buried with greater ceremony and
  • lamentation. For their bodies are cut open, and a portion of the flesh,
  • together with the viscera, thrown into the fire. This is a sort of
  • sacrifice, by means of which they seek to appease heaven. For they are
  • sure that heaven is enraged against the race whenever any one loses
  • his life by drowning. If any part of these funeral rites has not been
  • duly and regularly performed, they believe that all the calamities from
  • which they afterwards may suffer are a punishment for this neglect.
  • They indulge their grief throughout an entire year. For the first ten
  • days they lie upon the ground day and night, flat upon their bellies;
  • it is impious then to utter any sound unless significant of grief, or
  • to approach the fire, or to take part in feasts. During the remainder
  • of the year the mourning continues, but less vigorously. All the
  • duties of politeness, conversation with neighbors, and association
  • with friends, are neglected; and, if a man has lost a wife he remains
  • unmarried until the year has expired. Every eight or ten years the
  • Hurons, which nation is widely extended, convey all their corpses from
  • all the villages to a designated place and cast them into an immense
  • pit. They call it the day of the Dead. When this has been decreed
  • by resolution of the elders, they drag out the corpses from their
  • graves, some already decomposed, with flesh scarcely clinging to the
  • bones, others thinly covered with putrid flesh, others teeming with
  • vile worms and smelling fearfully. The loose bones they place in sacks,
  • the bodies not yet disintegrated they place in coffins, and bear them,
  • in the manner of suppliants, to the appointed place, proceeding amid
  • deep silence and with regular step, uttering sighs and mournful cries.
  • But, in order that the memory of chiefs and of those especially famous
  • in the art of war, who lack offspring, may not fail, they choose
  • some person in the flower of his age and strength, to whom they give
  • the name of the dead man. The namesake immediately makes a levy of
  • warriors and starts for battle, in order that by the achievement of
  • some glorious deed he may prove himself the heir not only of the name
  • but also of the valor of him whose place he has taken. Names of lesser
  • note are condemned to everlasting silence. Therefore, as soon as any
  • one in the village has departed this life his name is proclaimed in a
  • loud voice throughout all the lodges, in order that no one may rashly
  • use it. But if, nevertheless, it be necessary to name the dead man,
  • they use a circumlocution and preface something by which the unpleasant
  • [346] recollection of his death may be softened. If that be omitted
  • they consider it a deadly insult: nor do they think that son or parent
  • can be wounded by more savage abuse than when their dead relatives are
  • defamed before them.
  • BELLI GERENDI RATIO; ARMA; CRUDELITAS IN CAPTIVOS.
  • BELLA temere ac ferociter suscipiunt, nulla sæpe, aut perlevi de causa.
  • Duces communi suffragio legunt, eosque vel familiarum præcipuarum natu
  • maximos, vel quorum virtus bellica, aut etiam eloquentia perspecta
  • sit. Civili bello nunquam inter se concurrunt; arma in finitimos
  • tantum movent; neque imperii ac ditionis proferendæ causa, sed ferè ut
  • illatam sibi, vel foederatis, injuriam ulciscantur. Gladios, & gravidas
  • nitrato pulvere fistulas, à Batavis & Anglis accepere, quibus armis
  • freti, certiùs & audacius in hostium, atque adeò Europæorum perniciem
  • conspirant. Interdum bella singulari certamine finiunt. Agmina duo,
  • hinc Montanorum, quos vocant, inde Iroquæorum constiterant ante
  • aliquot annos, velut in procinctu. Duces antegressi jam designabant
  • locum ad aciem explicandam, cum unus alterum sic allocutus fertur:
  • Parcamus nostrorum sanguini, imo nostro: manibus nudis rem agamus. Uter
  • alterum dejecerit, is vincat. Placuit conditio. Manus ambo conferunt.
  • Montanus Iroquæum ita delassavit, dolum artemque virtuti miscens, ut
  • humi denique prostratum ligaverit, impositumque humeris ad suum agmen
  • victor detulerit. Clypeos conficiunt è ligno dolato, plerumque cedrino;
  • paulum ad oras incurvos: leves, prælongos & peramplos, ita ut totum
  • corpus protegant. Jam, ne jaculis, aut securibus perrumpantur omnino ac
  • dissiliant, eos intus consuunt restibus ex animalium corio contextis,
  • quæ totam clypei molem continent connectuntque. Non gestant è brachio
  • suspensos, sed funem ex quo pendent, rejiciunt in humerum dextrum:
  • adeo ut latus corporis sinistrum clypeo protegatur; mox ubi jaculum
  • emiserunt, aut ferream disploserunt fistulam, paulum retrahunt dextrum
  • latus, ac sinistrum clypeo tectum obvertunt hosti.
  • In prælio id maximè student, vivos ut hostes capiant. Captis & in suos
  • abductis pagos primum vestes detrahunt; deinde ungues crudis dentibus
  • singillatim avellunt: tum palo alligatos verberant ad satietatem. Mox
  • vinculis solutos cogunt ire, ac redire, geminum inter ordinem armatorum
  • spinis, fustibus & ferramentis. Denique, accenso circum foco, lentis
  • ignibus miseros torrent. Interim torosas carnes fodicant candentibus
  • laminis, & verubus, aut recisas ac semiustulatas, sanie fluentes &
  • sanguine, vorant. Nunc tædis ardentibus totum corpus, ac præsertim
  • hiatus vulnerum, pertentant: nunc detracta capitis cute inspergunt
  • nudæ calvæ favillam, & fervidos cineres: nunc brachiorum nervos ac
  • pedum vellunt, lancinant, aut hebeti secant lente ferro, derepta
  • parumper cute, in pedis malleolo, & manus carpo. Sæpe cogunt captivum
  • infelicem ingredi per subjectos ignes: aut frusta suæ carnis mandere,
  • ac vivo sepulcro condere. Hujusmodi carnificinam non pauci è Patribus
  • Societatis pertulere. Hanc porro extrahunt in multos dies; utque novis
  • cruciatibus tristis victima suppetat, intermittunt eosdem aliquandiu,
  • donec ad extremum fatiscant corpora, & concidant. Tunc è pectore cor
  • avellunt, torrent subjectis prunis; & cruore condîtum juvenibus avidè
  • comedendum objiciunt, si captivus suppliciorum acerbitatem generosè
  • fuerit perpessus: ut viri fortis, inquiunt, masculum robur juventus
  • bellatrix combibat. Laudatur qui rogum, cultros, vulnera, irretorto
  • vultu aspexerit, & exceperit: qui non ingemuerit, qui risu cantuque
  • tortoribus illuserit: nam canere tot inter mortes, amplum ac magnificum
  • esse putant. Itaque cantilenas ipsi multo ante componunt, quas capti,
  • si sors ferat, recitent. Reliqua multitudo cadaver absumit in ferali
  • convivio. Dux reservat sibi verticis pellem cum coma, monumentum
  • victoriæ, trophæum crudelitatis.
  • METHODS OF WARFARE; WEAPONS; CRUELTY TO PRISONERS.
  • THEY engage in war rashly and savagely, often with no cause, or upon a
  • very slight pretext. They choose as leaders, by general vote, either
  • the eldest members of illustrious families or those whose warlike
  • valor, or even eloquence, has been approved. In civil war they never
  • engage; they carry arms only against their neighbors, and not for the
  • sake of extending their dominion and sway, but usually, in order that
  • they may avenge an injury inflicted upon themselves or their allies.
  • They have obtained swords and guns from the Dutch and English, and,
  • relying upon these weapons, they plan with greater determination and
  • boldness the destruction of their enemies, and even of the Europeans.
  • Sometimes they decide their wars by single combat. Two bands, one of
  • the so-called Montagnais,[70] the other of Iroquois, had met a few
  • years ago in readiness for battle. The leaders had advanced and were
  • already designating the positions for the formation of the lines of
  • attack, when it is said that one thus addressed the other: "Let us
  • spare the blood of our followers; nay, rather let us spare our own.
  • Let us settle the matter with our bare hands, and he who overcomes the
  • other shall be the victor." The proposition was accepted, and the two
  • joined battle. The Montagnais, by means of a combination of strategy
  • and skill with courage, so wearied the Iroquois that he finally hurled
  • the latter to the ground, bound him, and triumphantly carried him off
  • upon his shoulders to his own band. They make their shields of hewn
  • wood, principally cedar, with slightly-curving edges, light, very long
  • and very large, so that they cover the entire body. Next, in order
  • that they may not be penetrated and split by spears or tomahawks, they
  • overlace them on the inner side with thongs made from the skins of
  • animals, which hold together and connect the whole mass of the shield.
  • They do not carry the shield suspended from the arm, but cast by a cord
  • over the right shoulder, so that it protects the left side of the body;
  • when they have cast their spears or fired their guns they slightly
  • retire the right side and turn toward the enemy the left side, which is
  • protected by the shield.
  • In battle they strive especially to capture their enemies alive.
  • Those who have been captured and led off to their villages are first
  • stripped of their clothing; then they savagely tear off their nails
  • one by one with their teeth; then they bind them to stakes and beat
  • them as long as they please. Next they release them from their bonds,
  • and compel them to pass back and forth between a double row of men
  • armed with thorns, clubs and instruments of iron. Finally, they kindle
  • a fire about them, and roast the miserable creatures with slow heat.
  • Sometimes they pierce the flesh of the muscles with red-hot plates and
  • with spits, or cut it off and devour it, half-burned and dripping with
  • gore and blood. Next, they plant blazing torches all over the body, and
  • especially in the gaping wounds; then, after scalping him they scatter
  • ashes and live coals upon his naked head; then they tear the tendons of
  • the arms and legs, lacerate them, or, after removing a little of the
  • skin, leisurely cut them with a knife at the ankle and wrist. Often
  • they compel the unhappy prisoner to walk through fire, or to eat, and
  • thus entomb in a living sepulchre, pieces of his own flesh. Torture of
  • this sort has been borne by not a few of the Fathers of the Society.
  • Moreover, they prolong this torment throughout many days, and, in order
  • that the poor victim may undergo fresh trials, intermit it for some
  • time, until his vitality is entirely exhausted and he perishes. Then
  • they tear the heart from the breast, roast it upon the coals, and, if
  • the prisoner has bravely borne the bitterness of the torture, give
  • it, seasoned with blood, to the boys, to be greedily eaten, in order,
  • as they say, that the warlike youth may imbibe the heroic strength of
  • the valiant man. The prisoner who has beheld and endured stake, knives
  • and wounds with an unchanging countenance, who has not groaned, who
  • with laughter and song has ridiculed his tormentors, is praised; for
  • they think that to sing amid so many deaths is great and noble. So
  • they themselves compose songs long beforehand, in order that they may
  • repeat them if they should by chance be captured. The rest of the crowd
  • consume the corpse in a brutal feast. The chief reserves for himself
  • the scalp as a sign of victory, a trophy of cruelty.
  • INDOLES ANIMI: CORPORIS CULTUS: CIBI, CONVIVIA; SUPELLEX: RELIGIO, &
  • SUPERSTITIONES.
  • SIC hostes accipiunt: at domi colunt pacem, rixasque diligenter cavent,
  • nisi quas ebrietatis impotentia excitavit. Fortunati, si nunquam
  • illis hanc pestem Europa importasset! Irasci ne norunt quidem, ac
  • vehementer initio mirabantur, cum inveherentur Patres in vitia pro
  • concione, eosque furere existimabant, qui pacatos inter auditores, &
  • amicos, tanta contentione se jactarent. Liberalitatis & munificentiæ
  • famam aucupantur: sua largiuntur ultro; ablata vix repetunt: nec fures
  • aliter, quam risu & sannis ulciscuntur. Si quem, oborta simultate
  • nefarie aliquid moliri suspicantur, non minis deterrent hominem, sed
  • donis. Ex eodem concordiæ studio fit ut assentiantur ultro, quidquid
  • doceas; nihilo tamen secius tenent mordicus insitam opinionem aut
  • superstitionem: eoque difficilius erudiuntur. Quid enim agas cum
  • annuentibus verbo & concedentibus omnia; re nihil præstantibus?
  • Miserorum egestatem benignè sublevant; viduarum ac senum sustentant
  • orbitatem, nisi cum senio ætas vieta marcet, vel morbus gravior
  • incidit: tunc enim abrumpere infelicem vitam satius arbitrantur, quàm
  • alere ac producere. Quæcumque calamitas ingruat, nunquam se dimoveri de
  • animi tranquillitate patiuntur, qua felicitatem potissimum definiunt.
  • Inediam multorum dierum, morbos, & ærumnas lenissime & constantissimè
  • perferunt. Ipsos partus dolores, licet acerbissimos, ita dissimulant
  • feminæ vel superant, ut ne ingemiscant quidem: ac si cui lacryma vel
  • gemitus excideret, æterna flagraret ignominia, neque virum, à quo
  • duceretur, præterea inveniret, Nihil unquam amicus cum amico, uxor
  • cum viro, cum uxore vir, queritur & expostulat. Liberos mira caritate
  • complectuntur: sed modum non tenent; in eos enim neque animadvertunt
  • ipsi, neque ab aliis animadverti sinunt. Hinc petulantia puerorum
  • & ferocitas, quæ, postquàm se corroboravit ætate, in omne scelus
  • erumpit. Quam autem erga liberos & familiares comitatem præ se ferunt,
  • eandem cum ceteris civibus suis, ac popularibus, usurpant. Si quis
  • amariore joco quempiam momordit, (nam dicaces vulgo sunt, & in jocos
  • effusi) belle dissimulant, aut vicem reponunt, & absentes remordent;
  • nam præsentes cavillari, aut coram dictis incessere, religio est. Non
  • aliud libentiùs convicium regerunt lacessiti, quàm si hominem ingenio
  • carere dicant. Scilicet ingenii laudem vindicant sibi; nec temere.
  • Nemo inter illos hebes, ac tardus; quod nativa illorum in deliberando
  • prudentia, & in dicendo facundia, declarat. Auditi quidem sæpe sunt tam
  • appositè ad persuadendum perorare, idque ex tempore, ut admirationem
  • exercitatissimis in dicendi palæstra moverent.
  • Respondet ingenio corpus, aptum membris, proceritate formosum, robore
  • validum. Idem, qui Gallis, color; tametsi corrumpunt illum unguine,
  • & oleo putri, quo se perungunt; necnon pigmentis variis, quibus sibi
  • pulcri, nobis ridiculi, videntur. Alios cernas naso cæruleo, genis
  • vero & superciliis atratis: alii frontem, nasum, & genas, lineis
  • versicoloribus discriminant: totidem larvas intueri te putes. Ejusmodi
  • coloribus credunt se hostibus esse terribiles; suum pariter in acie
  • metum, quasi velo, tegi: demum pellem ipsam corporis indurari, ad
  • vim hiberni frigoris facilius tolerandam. Præter istos colores
  • induci pro cujusque libidine ac deleri solitos, non pauci stabiles
  • ac perpetuas avium aut animalium, putà serpentis, aquilæ, bufonis,
  • imagines imprimunt cuti, hunc in modum. Subulis, cuspidibus, aut
  • spinis collum, pectus, genasve ita pungunt, ut rudia rerum istarum
  • lineamenta effingant: mox in punctam & cruentam cutem immittunt atrum
  • è carbone comminuto pulverem, qui cum sanguine concretus impressas
  • effigies ita inurit vivæ carni, ut eas nulla temporis diuturnitas
  • expungat. Totæ quædam nationes, ea præsertim quæ a Tabaco nomen habet,
  • itemque alia quæ Neutra dicitur, id constanti more ac lege usurpat,
  • nec sine periculo interdum; maxime si est tempestas frigidior, aut
  • debilior [347] corporis constitutio. Tunc enim dolore victi, licet eum
  • ne gemitu quidem significent, linquuntur animo, & exanimes aliquando
  • concidunt. Laudant oculos exiles, labra repanda & prominentia: pars
  • radunt comam, pars alunt: his nudum sinciput, illis occiput: aliis coma
  • tota surrigitur in vertice, aliis parcè ad tempora utrimque propendet.
  • Barbam, instar monstri, execrantur; ac si quis in mento succrescat
  • pilus, statim vellunt. Viri æque ac feminæ imas auriculas pertundunt:
  • & iis inaures è vitro, testisve piscium, inferunt. Quo foramen amplius
  • est, eo censent formosius. Nunquam ungues resecant. Europæos rident,
  • qui defluentem è naribus humorem candidis sudariis excipiant, &, Quo,
  • inquiunt, rem adeo sordidam reservant isti? Saltantes curvant arcuatim
  • corpus prono capite, & brachia sic agitant, ut qui farinam manibus
  • subigunt, raucùm identidem grunnientes. Alvum infimam succingunt lato
  • cortice, vel animantis pelle, aut versicolore panno, cetera nudi.
  • Feminæ pelles ex humeris & collo promittunt ad genua. Zonas atque
  • armillas, è concha veneria, quam vulgo porcellanam appellamus, aut
  • seta hystricis non inscite contextas, gestant: torques hunc in modum
  • confectos magno habent in pretio. Storeas è marisco (junci marini
  • genus est) satis eleganter elaborant: iis pavimentum sternunt, in
  • iisdem carpunt somnos, aut in vitulorom marinorum, fibrorumve mollibus
  • exuviis. Dormiunt circa focum in mapali medio semper ardentem, si
  • frigus est: sub dio, si æstas.
  • Mensam, aut cathedram, in casa tota videas nullam; in clunes subsidunt,
  • simiarum instar: is vescentium, is deliberantium, & confabulantium
  • habitus est. Adeuntes amicos salutant inepto risu; sæpius ho, hho,
  • hhho, conclamantes. Cum vescuntur, potum dapibus non intermiscent,
  • neque identidem bibunt; sed semel tantùm, sumpto cibo. Qui amicos
  • convivio accipit, cum iis neque accumbit, nec ciborum partem ullam
  • attingit, sed epulantibus dividit: aut, si quem adhibet structorem,
  • sedet seorsum jejunus, & spectat. Inter edendum silent: salem
  • aversantur, & condimenta: ossa canibus projicere piaculum arbitrantur:
  • igni cremant, vel terræ infodiunt. Si enim, inquiunt, ursi, fibri,
  • & aliæ, quas venando captamus, feræ, ossa sua permitti canibus, &
  • comminui, rescirent; non tam facile capi se paterentur. Adipem è
  • pinguibus collectum cibis, abstergunt coma; genis interdum brachiisve
  • allinunt, elegantiæ, ut aiunt, causa, & valetudinis: nam adipe non
  • solum nitere cutem, sed corroborari membra existimant. Non alio cibo
  • vescuntur libentius quàm Sagamita. Pulmentum est è farina, præsertim
  • Indici tritici, confectum: admisto, quod illis condimentum præcipuè
  • sapit, oleo. Itaque in conviviis pars dapum prima oleum, aut adeps,
  • in quem concretum & spissum ita dentes infigunt, ut nos in panem aut
  • pomum. Antequam illis lebetes, cortinæ, aliaque id genus vasa ærea
  • deferrentur è Gallia, utebantur cacabis è cortice compactis; verùm quia
  • imponi flammis non poterant impunè, hanc ad coquendas carnes artem
  • excogitaverant. Silices plurimos conjiciebant in focum, donec penitus
  • ignem combibissent. Candentes in ollam frigida plenam & carnibus alios
  • atque alios subinde immittebant. Ad hunc modum aqua calefacta carnes
  • citius opinione faciliusque percoquit. Ad tergendas manus utuntur
  • piloso canum tergo, cui illas affricant; item scobe ligni putris. Hæc
  • matribus vice panniculorum est, ad purgandas infantium sordes; hæc
  • instar culcitæ languidis corporibus substernitur. Vasa coquinaria, non
  • extergunt. Quo sunt crasso pingui magis oblita, eo melius, illorum
  • judicio, nitent. Turpe ducunt & superbum inambulare inter colloquendum.
  • Odorem mosci graviter ferunt, & meram esse mephitim putant, præ carnis
  • rancidæ, aut adipis mucidi frusto.
  • Sexcenta sunt ejus generis, in quibus longissimè recedunt ab Europæorum
  • institutis: sed ab illorum vitiis propius absunt, eaque vel æquant, vel
  • superant. Gulæ irritamenta, & inimicas bonæ ac sanæ menti potiones, ab
  • Europæis mercatoribus acceperunt, quibus lucri bonus est odor, etiam
  • ex flagitio, & scelerata nundinatione. Tandiu esse pergunt, dum adest
  • quod edant: nihil in crastinum, aut hyemem, reponunt: nec famem valde
  • reformidant, quia se ferre diuturnam posse confidunt. Conviviis ea lex
  • posita consensu moribusque gentis est, ut omnia fercula consumantur.
  • Si quis edit parciùs, & excusat valetudinem, plectitur, aut ejicitur,
  • ut insulsus, quasi qui vivendi artem nesciat. Primaria supellectilis
  • domesticæ pars, olla est, sive ahenum, in quo carnes coquuntur. Opes
  • lebetum numero metiuntur: nec regem Galliæ aliam ob causam initio magni
  • æstimabant; quàm quòd plures habere ollas dicebatur. Quanta sit apud
  • exleges, & omni freno solutos, intemperantiæ impunitas & licentia,
  • præsertim in adolescentibus, promptum est intelligere: nam grandiores
  • natu libidinem certis finibus circumscribunt, cùm æstus cupiditatum
  • deferbuit: nec impune est peccanti feminæ.
  • Religionis apud illos neque lex ulla, neque cura. Nullo stato & certo
  • cultu Numen prosequuntur. Esse tamen aliquod, velut in sublustri
  • nocte, vident. Quod quisque puer aspicit in somnis, cum lucescere
  • ratio incipit, hoc illi deinceps numen est, canis, ursus, avis.
  • Vivendi normam & agendi plerumque ducunt è somniis; ut si quem
  • interficiendum, exempli causa, somniaverint, non conquiescant donec
  • hominem insidiis exceptum necaverint. Piget fabulas referre, quas de
  • mundi opificio comminiscuntur. His implent otiosas & avidas plebis
  • aures harioli, & circulatores nequissimi, impietate quæstuosa.
  • Malorum auctorem genium nescio quem vocant Manitoù, ac vehementissime
  • perhorrescunt. Hostem procul dubio generis humani, qui à nonnullis
  • divinos honores & sacrificia quædam extorquet. Circa naturam animarum
  • non levius delirant. Simulacra fingunt corporea, cibi & potionis
  • egentia. Destinatum animabus versus occidentem solem, pagum credunt,
  • in quem obita morte se recipiant: & ubi epulis, venationi, & choreis
  • indulgeant. Hæc enim apud illos summa.
  • Cum primum de sempiternis ignibus, & incendiis sceleri destinatis
  • audierunt, immane quantum obstupuere: fidem tamen pertinaciter
  • abrogabant, quòd dicerent ibi esse ignem non posse, ubi nihil ligni
  • sit: tum, quænam silvæ alere tot ignes, tam diuturnos, possent? Hæc
  • ratio ineptissima tantam vim apud barbaras mentes habebat, ut iis
  • persuaderi veritas evangelica non posset. Quippe in homine carnali, ut
  • ait è SS. PP. nonnemo, tota ratio intelligendi est consuetudo cernendi.
  • Expugnavit nihilominus pertinaciam sacerdos acer & ingeniosus. Fidenter
  • affirmavit inferorum terram vices obire ligni, & ipsam ardere per sese.
  • Risu barbaræ multitudinis exceptus est. Imo, inquit, hujus Avernalis
  • terræ frustum proferam vobis, ut, quoniam verbis divinis non creditis,
  • vestris ipsi oculis credatis. Accendit curiositatem promissi novitas &
  • fiducia. Convenerunt è tota regione ad diem constitutum, & in ingenti
  • planitie, collibus instar amphitheatri cincta, consederunt. Primores
  • gentis duodecim lecti fuere, viri graves & cordati, qui sacerdotem
  • observarent, numquid fraudis ac præstigiarum lateret. Ille sulphuris
  • glebam depromit, dat istis arbitris & cognitoribus tractandam: hanc
  • oculis, naso, manu scrutati, haud dubie terram esse confessi sunt.
  • Aderat olla cum prunis candentibus. Tunc sacerdos populo procul
  • spectante; inhiantibus, demisso in prunas naso, judicibus, excussit in
  • carbones è sulphurea gleba particulas aliquot, quæ subito conceperunt
  • ignem & odore fetido nares curiosas impleverunt. Hoc iterum, ac tertiò
  • cum esset factum, assurrexit multitudo attonita, manum planam imponens
  • ori, quo gestu summam admirationem testantur; & inferos esse dicenti
  • Deo credidit.
  • MENTAL CHARACTERISTICS; CARE OF THE BODY; FOOD; FEASTS; HOUSEHOLD
  • UTENSILS; RELIGION AND SUPERSTITIONS.
  • THUS they treat their enemies; but at home they cultivate peace and
  • carefully avoid quarrels, except those which the fury of drunkenness
  • has aroused. Fortunate would they be if Europe had never introduced
  • this scourge among them! They know nothing of anger, and at first
  • were greatly surprised when the Fathers censured their faults before
  • the assembly; they thought that the Fathers were madmen, because
  • among peaceful hearers and friends they displayed such vehemence.
  • These people seek a reputation for liberality and generosity; they
  • give away their property freely and very seldom ask any return; nor
  • do they punish thieves otherwise than with ridicule and derision. If
  • they suspect that any one seeks to accomplish an evil deed by means of
  • false pretences, they do not restrain him with threats, but with gifts.
  • From the same desire for harmony comes their ready assent to whatever
  • one teaches them; nevertheless they hold tenaciously to their native
  • belief or superstition, and on that account are the more difficult to
  • instruct. For what can one do with those who in word give agreement and
  • assent to everything, but in reality give none? They kindly relieve
  • the poverty of the unfortunate; they provide sustenance for widows
  • and old men in their bereavement, except when, with old age, vitality
  • is withering away, or some grievous disease arises; for then they
  • think it better to cut short an unhappy existence than to support and
  • prolong it. Whatever misfortune may befall them, they never allow
  • themselves to lose their calm composure of mind, in which they think
  • that happiness especially consists. They endure many days' fasting,
  • also diseases and trials, with the greatest cheerfulness and patience.
  • Even the pangs of childbirth, although most bitter, are so concealed
  • or conquered by the women that they do not even groan; and if a tear
  • or a groan should escape any one of them, she would be stigmatized by
  • everlasting disgrace, nor could she find a man thereafter who would
  • marry her. Friends never indulge in complaint or expostulation to
  • friends, wives to their husbands, or husbands to their wives. They
  • treat their children with wonderful affection, but they preserve no
  • discipline, for they neither themselves correct them nor allow others
  • to do so. Hence the impudence and savageness of the boys, which,
  • after they have reached a vigorous age, breaks forth in all sorts
  • of wickedness. Moreover, they exercise the same mildness which they
  • exhibit toward their children and relatives, toward the remainder of
  • their tribe and their countrymen. If any person has injured another by
  • means of a rude jest (for they are commonly very talkative, and are
  • ready jesters), the latter carefully conceals it, or lays it up, and
  • in retaliation injures his detractor behind his back; for to jest in
  • the victim's presence, or to make a verbal attack, face to face, is
  • characteristic of religion. There is nothing which they are more prone
  • to use as a counter-allegation, when provoked, than to charge a man
  • with a lack of intelligence. For they claim praise because of their
  • intelligence, and not without good reason. No one among them is stupid
  • or sluggish, a fact which is evident in their inborn foresight in
  • deliberation and their fluency in speaking. Indeed, they have often
  • been heard to make a peroration so well calculated for persuasion,
  • and that off-hand, that they would excite the admiration of the most
  • experienced in the arena of eloquence.
  • Their bodies, well proportioned, handsome because of their height,
  • vigorous in strength, correspond to their minds. They have the same
  • complexion as the French, although they disfigure it with fat and
  • rancid oil, with which they grease themselves; nor do they neglect
  • paints of various colors, by means of which they appear beautiful to
  • themselves, but to us ridiculous. Some may be seen with blue noses,
  • but with cheeks and eyebrows black; others mark forehead, nose and
  • cheeks with lines of various colors; one would think he beheld so many
  • hobgoblins. They believe that in colors of this description they are
  • dreadful to their enemies, and that likewise their own fear in line of
  • battle will be concealed as by a veil; finally, that it hardens the
  • skin of the body, so that the cold of winter is more easily borne.
  • Besides these colors, which are usually applied or removed according
  • to the pleasure of each person, many impress upon the skin fixed and
  • permanent representations of birds or animals, such as a snake, an
  • eagle, or a toad, in the following manner: With awls, spear-points,
  • or thorns they so puncture the neck, breast or cheeks as to trace
  • rude outlines of those objects; next, they insert into the pierced
  • and bleeding skin a black powder made from pulverized charcoal, which
  • unites with the blood and so fixes upon the living flesh the pictures
  • which have been drawn that no length of time can efface them. Some
  • entire tribes--that especially which is called the Tobacco nation,
  • and also another, which is called the Neutral nation--practice it as
  • a continuous custom and usage; sometimes it is not without danger,
  • especially if the season be somewhat cold or the physical constitution
  • rather weak. [347] For then, overcome by suffering, although they do
  • not betray it by even a groan, they swoon away and sometimes drop dead.
  • They praise small eyes and turned-up and projecting lips. Some shave
  • their hair, others cultivate it; some have half the head bare, others
  • the back of the head; the hair of some is raised upon their heads, that
  • of others hangs down scantily upon each temple. They detest a beard as
  • a monstrosity, and straightway pull out whatever hair grows upon their
  • chins. The men as well as the women pierce the lobes of their ears, and
  • place in them earrings made of glass or shells. The larger the hole,
  • the more beautiful they consider it. They never cut their nails. They
  • ridicule the Europeans, because the latter wipe off the mucus flowing
  • from the nose with white handkerchiefs, and say: "For what purpose do
  • they preserve such a vile thing?" In dancing, they bend the body, with
  • the head lowered, in the form of a bow, and move their arms like those
  • who knead dough, at the same time emitting hoarse grunts. They gird
  • the lower portion of the belly with a broad piece of bark or hide or a
  • parti-colored cloth, and leave the rest of the body naked. The women
  • wear skins hanging from the shoulders and neck to the knees. They wear
  • belts and bracelets ingeniously manufactured from Venus shells,[71]
  • which we commonly call porcelain, or from porcupine quills; and
  • necklaces made in this fashion they value highly. They make very neat
  • mats from marisco (a variety of marine rush); with these they cover
  • their floors, and also take their rest upon them, or upon the soft
  • furs of the seal or the beaver. In winter they sleep about a fire
  • constantly burning in the middle of the lodge, in summer under the open
  • sky.
  • Neither table nor chair can be seen in the hut. They squat upon their
  • haunches like monkeys; this is their custom while eating, deliberating
  • or conversing. They greet approaching friends with silly laughter,
  • more often exclaiming, ho, hho, hhho. When they eat they do not take
  • beverages with their food, nor do they drink often, but only once
  • after eating. Whoever entertains his friends at a feast neither sits
  • with them nor touches any part of the food, but divides it among the
  • feasters; or, if he has some one act as carver, sits apart fasting
  • and looks on. While eating they keep silence; they reject salt and
  • condiments; they consider it a sin to throw the bones to the dogs; they
  • either burn them in the fire or bury them in the ground. For, they
  • say, if the bears, beaver, and other wild animals which we capture in
  • hunting should know that their bones were given to dogs and broken to
  • pieces, they would not suffer themselves to be taken so easily. They
  • wipe off upon their hair the grease which is collected from fatty
  • foods; sometimes they smear their cheeks or arms for the sake, as they
  • say, of elegance and health; for they think that not only is the skin
  • made resplendent with grease, but that the limbs are thus strengthened.
  • For no other food do they have such fondness as for Sagamita. It is a
  • relish made from flour, especially that of Indian corn, mixed with oil,
  • which as a flavor is held in especial esteem among them. Therefore, in
  • feasts the first course consists of oil or fat, in hard and compact
  • lumps, into which they bite as we do into a piece of bread or an apple.
  • Before pots, kettles and other vessels of the sort were brought to
  • them from France, they used receptacles of closely joined bark; but,
  • because they could not place them with safety over the flames, they
  • devised the following way of cooking meat: They cast a large number of
  • flint stones into the fire until they had become red-hot. Then they
  • would drop these hot stones one after another into a vessel full of
  • cold water and meat. In this manner the water was heated and the meat
  • cooked more quickly and more easily than one would suppose. For wiping
  • their hands they use the shaggy back of a dog, also powder of rotten
  • wood. The last-named is used by mothers, in the place of wash-cloths,
  • to clean the dirt from their infants; it is also used as a mattress to
  • support the weary body. They do not cleanse their cooking utensils.
  • The more they are covered with thick grease, so much the better are
  • they, in their judgment. They consider it disgraceful and arrogant to
  • walk while conversing. They dislike the odor of musk, and consider it a
  • downright pest in comparison with a piece of rancid meat or moldy fat.
  • There, are six hundred matters of this sort in which their customs
  • differ very widely from those of Europeans; but they are less removed
  • from the faults of the latter, and either equal or excel them. They
  • have received stimulants of the appetite, and drinks hostile to a good
  • and sound mind, from European traders, who think much of profit, even
  • when tainted with the disgrace of a wicked traffic. They continue to
  • exist so long as they have anything to eat; they store up nothing for
  • to-morrow, or for the winter; nor do they greatly dread famine, because
  • they are confident of their ability to bear it for a long time. In
  • feasts it is the rule, by general consent and custom of the race, that
  • all the food shall be consumed. If any one eats sparingly and urges
  • his poor health as an excuse, he is beaten or ejected as ill-bred, just
  • as if he were ignorant of the art of living. The principal article
  • of their household utensils is the pot or kettle in which the meat
  • is cooked. They measure property by the number of kettles, and in
  • the beginning conceived a high opinion of the king of France, for no
  • other reason than because he was said to possess a good many kettles.
  • How great is the impunity and wantonness of licentiousness among men
  • uncivilized and free from all restraint, especially among the youth,
  • maybe readily observed; for the elder men confine their lust within
  • fixed limits, after the violence of their passions has subsided, and an
  • erring woman does not go unpunished.
  • There is among them no system of religion, or care for it. They honor
  • a Deity who has no definite character or regular code of worship. They
  • perceive, however, through the twilight, as it were, that some deity
  • does exist. What each boy sees in his dreams, when his reason begins
  • to develop, is to him thereafter a deity, whether it be a dog, a bear,
  • or a bird. They often derive their principles of life and action from
  • dreams; as, for example, if they dream that any person ought to be
  • killed, they do not rest until they have caught the man by stealth
  • and slain him. It is wearisome to recount the tales which they invent
  • concerning the creation of the world. Soothsayers and worthless quacks
  • fill with these the idle and greedy ears of the people in order that
  • they may acquire an impious gain. They call some divinity, who is the
  • author of evil, "Manitou," and fear him exceedingly. Beyond doubt it
  • is the enemy of the human race, who extorts from some people divine
  • honors and sacrifices. Concerning the nature of spirits, they go none
  • the less astray. They make them corporeal images which require food
  • and drink. They believe that the appointed place, for souls, to which
  • after death they are to retire, is in the direction of the setting sun,
  • and there they are to enjoy feasting, hunting, and dancing; for these
  • pleasures are held in the highest repute among them.
  • When they first heard of the eternal fire and the burning decreed as
  • a punishment for sin, they were marvelously impressed; still, they
  • obstinately withheld their belief because, as they said, there could
  • be no fire where there was no wood; then, what forests could sustain
  • so many fires through such a long space of time? This absurd reasoning
  • had so much influence over the minds of the savages, that they could
  • not be persuaded of the truth of the gospel. For, plainly, in the
  • physical man, as some one from Sts. Peter and Paul says, the entire
  • system of knowledge is based on vision. Nevertheless, a clever and
  • ingenious priest overcame their obstinacy. He confidently declared that
  • the lower world possessed no wood, and that it burned by itself. He
  • was greeted by the laughter of the crowd of savages. "But," said he,
  • "I will exhibit to you a piece of this land of Avernus, in order that,
  • since you do not believe the words of God, you may trust the evidence
  • of your own eyes." The novelty and boldness of the promise aroused
  • their curiosity. Upon the appointed day they assembled from the whole
  • neighborhood, and sat down together in an immense plain, surrounded by
  • hills like an amphitheater. Twelve leading men of the tribe, persons
  • of dignity and sagacity, were chosen to watch the priest, in order
  • that neither fraud nor sorcery might be concealed. He produced a lump
  • of sulphur and gave it to the judges and inspectors to be handled;
  • after examining it with eyes, nose, and hand, they admitted that it
  • was certainly earth. There stood near by a kettle containing live
  • coals. Then the priest, under the eyes of the people at a distance,
  • while the judges were gaping with their noses thrust down toward the
  • coals, shook some grains from the lump of sulphur upon the coals, which
  • suddenly took fire and filled the curious noses with a stifling odor.
  • When this had been done a second and a third time, the crowd arose in
  • astonishment, placing their hands flat over their mouths, by which
  • gesture they signify great surprise; and believed in the word of God
  • that there is a lower world.
  • [51] Rerum Insigniorum Indiculus.
  • _ALCES consideratio_, 7
  • _virtus mira ungulæ ejus_, 8
  • _Angli barbaris gladios et gravidas nitrato
  • pulvere fistulas suppeditant_, 27
  • _Animarum de natura delirant Canadenses_, 20, 46
  • _Aves Novæ Franciæ_, 14
  • _Avis prædatrix_, 15
  • _Batavi barbaris arma vendunt_, 27
  • _Canada fluvius_, 5
  • _Canadensium domus_, 16
  • _mulierum labores_, 17
  • _morbi et ægrorum cura_, 18
  • _funera_, 20
  • _bella_, 27
  • _arma_, 28
  • _crudelitas in captivos_, 29
  • _indoles_, 33
  • _corporis cultus_, 37
  • _cibi_, 42
  • _convivia_, 44
  • [52] _Canadensium supellex_, 44
  • _religio et superstitiones_, 45
  • _Captivorum crudelis sors_, 29
  • _Casæ Canadensium_, 16
  • _cadavera perjanuam nunquam esseruntur_, 20
  • _Casæ fibrorum_, 10
  • _Causarus seu Piscis armatus_, 12
  • _Clypei barbarorum_, 28
  • _Coquendi ratio in cacabis è cortice confectis_, 42
  • _Ebrietas ab Europæis discitur_, 44
  • _Exequiarum ritus_, 20
  • _Feminis imponitur quidquid laboris est_, 17
  • _Fibri consideratio_, 9
  • _Fluvii quid habent singulare_, 6
  • _Franciæ Novæ descriptio, flumina_, 5
  • _coelum_, 6
  • _soli natura_, 7
  • _feræ_, 7
  • _Galliæ rex cur magni æstimabatur_, 45
  • _Hurones diem Mortuorum celebrant_, 25
  • _Infantium mira mortalitas_, 17
  • _cur corpora propter viam sepeliunt_, 21
  • _Infernales ignes esse probat sacerdos_, 48
  • [53] _Iroquæi bellum cum Montanis singulari certamine finiunt_, 28
  • _Iroquæorum lacus_, 12
  • _Kebecum, urbs primaria Novæ Franciæ_, 6
  • _Magna Bellua, quid_, 7
  • _Manitoù, genius malorum_, 46
  • _Missisipus fluvius_, 6
  • _Montani bellum singulari certamine finiunt_, 28
  • _Morborum fontes duo_, 18
  • _Mortuorum festa celebritas apud Hurones_, 25
  • _Mos Canadensis mortuos suscitandi_, 25
  • _Naviculæ barbarorum_, 6
  • _Neutra Natio_, 38
  • _Numen nullo certo cultu prosequuntur_, 44
  • _Palumbes absque numero_, 14
  • _Pisces armatus_, 13
  • _Patres non pauci Societatis Jesu dire torquentur_, 31
  • _Religio Canadensium_, 45
  • _Reticula pedibus substrata ut super nives de ambulent_, 8
  • _S. Laurentii fluvius_, 5, 6
  • _Sagamita quid_, 42
  • [54] _Saltus seu catadupæ in fluviis_, 6
  • _Sinus Sancti Laurentii_, 14
  • _Somniorum vanitas_, 46
  • _Sudando noxios humores ejiciunt_, 19
  • _Tabacum, natio ejus nominis_, 38
  • _Trophæus_, 32
  • _Volucrum insula_, 14
  • [51] Index of Prominent Topics.
  • [_The page numbers refer to O'Callaghan's Reprint._]
  • _ELK: description_, 7
  • _wonderful efficacy of its hoof_, 8
  • _The English supply swords, guns and ammunition to the savages_, 27
  • _Absurd ideas of Canadians concerning the soul_, 20, 46
  • _Birds of New France_, 14
  • _A bird of prey_, 15
  • _The Dutch sell arms to the savages_, 27
  • _The river Canada_, 5
  • _Homes of the Canadians_, 16
  • _tasks of the women_, 17
  • _diseases and treatment of the sick_, 18
  • _funerals_, 20
  • _wars_, 27
  • _weapons_, 28
  • _cruelty to prisoners_, 29
  • _character_, 33
  • _care of the body_, 37
  • _food_, 42
  • _feasts_, 44
  • [52] _Implements of the Canadians_, 44
  • _religion and superstitions_, 45
  • _Cruel fate of prisoners_, 29
  • _Houses of the Canadians_, 16
  • _corpses are never carried out through the door_, 20
  • _Houses of the beavers_, 10
  • _The Causar or armored Fish_, 12
  • _Shields of the savages_, 28
  • _Manner of cooking in vessels made from bark_, 42
  • _Drunkenness is learned from the Europeans_, 44
  • _Rites of sepulture_, 20
  • _Whatever work there is, is placed upon the women_, 17
  • _Description of the beaver_, 9
  • _Peculiarities of the rivers_, 6
  • _Description of New France, rivers_, 5
  • _climate_, 6
  • _nature of the soil_, 7
  • _wild animals_, 7
  • _Why the king of France was greatly respected_, 45
  • _The Hurons celebrate the day of the Dead_, 25
  • _Remarkable mortality among infants_, 17
  • _why they bury the bodies near the road_, 21
  • _A priest proves that there is hell fire_, 48
  • [53] _The Iroquois conclude a war with the Montagnais by single
  • combat_, 28
  • _Lake of the Iroquois_, 12
  • _Kebec, the chief city of New France_, 6
  • _The Great Beast, what it is_, 7
  • _Manitou, the spirit of evil_, 46
  • _Mississippi river_, 6
  • _The Montaignais conclude a war by single combat_, 28
  • _Two sources of disease_, 18
  • _Festival of the Dead among the Hurons_, 25
  • _Canadian manner of honoring the dead_, 25
  • _Boats of the savages_, 6
  • _The Neutral Nation_, 38
  • _They revere a deity with no fixed form of worship_, 44
  • _Innumerable pigeons_, 14
  • _The armored fish_, 13
  • _Fathers of the Society of Jesus are cruelly tortured_, 31
  • _Religion of the Canadians_, 45
  • _Network bound under the feet, to walk over the snow_, 8
  • _St. Lawrence river_, 5, 6
  • _Sagamita, what it is_, 42
  • [54] _Water-falls, or cataracts, in the rivers_, 6
  • _Gulf of St. Lawrence_, 14
  • _Ignorant belief in dreams_, 46
  • _They expel noxious humors by sweating_, 19
  • _Tobacco, the nation of that name_, 38
  • _The trophy_, 32
  • _Isle of Birds_, 14
  • BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA: VOL. I
  • I
  • Our text of Lescarbot's _La Conversion_ follows, to the close of p.
  • 44 (original pagination), the copy at Lenox Library: pp. 45, 46, the
  • "Regitre de Bapteme," follow the copy at John Carter Brown Library,
  • Providence, R. I., as the Lenox copy does not have these two pages.
  • It is a rare book; the two copies above cited are the only ones known
  • to us, in America. Leclerc, in _Bibliotheca Americana_ (Paris, 1867),
  • p. 206, says: "Cette pièce est plus rare que l'Histoire de la Nouvelle
  • France," referring to Lescarbot's better-known work. Sabin speaks of it
  • (vol. x., no. 40167), as "probably the rarest of Lescarbot's works."
  • See further references in the John Carter Brown Catalogue (Bartlett's
  • _Bibliotheca Americana_, Providence, 1882), vol. ii., no. 99: Graesse's
  • _Trésor de Livres Rares et Précieux_ (Dresden, 1863), vol. iv., p.
  • 175; Harrisse's _Notes sur la Nouvelle France_ (Paris, 1872), no. 21;
  • Ternaux's _Bibliothèque Américaine_ (Paris, 1837), no. 330; Winsor's
  • _Narrative and Critical History of America_, vol. iv., p. 299; and
  • Lenox _Catalogue of Jesuit Relations_ (N. Y., 1879), p. 3.[XVII.]
  • _Title-page._ This is given in photographic facsimile, in this
  • reissue. The Lenox and Brown copies are alike, in this. It will be
  • noticed that there is no date of publication, this being established
  • from the Privilege.
  • _Collation._ Title, 1 p.; blank at back of title, 1 p.; dedication
  • "A LA ROYNE," 3 pp., signed "MARC LESCARBOT;" privilege, 1 p., dated
  • "Paris, 9 Sep., 1610," and signed "Brigard;" text, pp. 7-44. Page 7 is
  • misnumbered 1. (The Brown Catalogue says: Page 1 is misnumbered 7."
  • This is a misprint in the Catalogue.) "FIN," at end of p. 24; then
  • pp. 23 and 24 are reprinted, all except the last sentence on p. 24:
  • "Dieu vueille par sa | grace conduire le tout en sorte que la chose |
  • reüssisse à sa gloire & à l'édification de ce peu-| ple, pour lequel
  • tous Chrétiens doivent faire | continuelles prieres à sa divine bonté,
  • à ce qu'il | lui plaise confirmer & avancer l'oeuvre qu'il | lui a pleu
  • susciter en ce temps pour l'exaltation | de son nom, & le salut de ses
  • creatures. | FIN."
  • It is evident that the intention was to have the first leaf (pp. 23,
  • 24) cut out. This duplication of pp. 23, 24 is in both the Brown and
  • Lenox copies.
  • The "Extrait du Regitre de Bapteme" in the Brown copy (it is not in the
  • Lenox Copy) forms 2 pages at the end of text. The first page of this
  • "Regitre" is not numbered; the second is numbered "-4-6" (intended for
  • 46), and this ends the book. The same "Regitre" appears in somewhat
  • different order in Lescarbot's _Nouvelle France_, (1612 ed.), pp.
  • 638-640, chap. 5, book v.; also, according to Harrisse's _Notes_, in
  • chap. 3, book v., of the 1611 ed.
  • II
  • In Bertrand's _Lettre Missive_, we follow the original Paris edition,
  • in Lenox. It is a rare publication, the Lenox copy being apparently
  • the only one in the United States; Brown has a manuscript copy, made
  • from that at Lenox. Sabin (vol. x., no. 40682), says: "It is a piece of
  • unusual rarity." Sabin has a previous reference in vol. ii., no. 5025,
  • under caption "Bertrand," wherein a misprint makes him cite the date of
  • the letter as "28 June, 1618" (eight years later than the actual date);
  • a further misprint causes Sabin to record the pamphlet as having "48
  • pages or less," the actual number being 8. In his _Notes_, Harrisse
  • omits a line-ending after the second "nouuelle" in his description of
  • the title-page. See, for further references: Ternaux, no. 329; Winsor,
  • p. 299; Lenox Catalogue, p. 3; Brown Catalogue, vol. ii., no. 103.
  • _Title-page._ Given in photographic facsimile, in present volume.
  • _Collation._ Title, 1 p.; blank at back of title, 1 p.; text, pp. 3-6;
  • dated on p. 6, "Port Royal xxviij. Iuin, 1610," and signed "Bertrand."
  • Blank leaf at end, completing 4 leaves = 8 pp.
  • III-VI
  • In these four letters, by Biard and Massé, we follow Carayon's
  • _Première Mission des Jésuites au Canada_ (Paris, 1864). It is a
  • scarce book, and brought $8 at the Barlow Sale, in New York, 1890.
  • See references in Harrisse, p. 285; Sabin, no. 10792; Winsor, pp. 151,
  • 292, 300; and Lenox Catalogue, p. 15. The origin of the letters in the
  • volume is found at the top of the first page of each letter; and these
  • data, with accompanying notes by Carayon, are reproduced in the present
  • series, which will, in strict chronological order, contain all of the
  • papers given by that editor; although in many cases we shall follow the
  • original issues of the letters, whenever found. Documents III., V., and
  • VI. were written in Latin; and Document IV. in French.
  • _Collation._ Blank, 2 pp.; bastard title, 1 p.; blank, 1 p.; title
  • proper, 1 p.; blank, 1 p. Preface begins on p. vii. (not numbered), and
  • ends on p. xvi. Preface acknowledges indebtedness to F. Felix Martin,
  • S. J., for copying and translating into French (from the Latin) most of
  • the letters in the volume. Text, pp. 1-302; Table at end, 2 pp.; the
  • last of these is numbered 304.
  • VII
  • We follow the style and make-up of Dr. E. B. O'Callaghan's Reprint
  • (Albany, N. Y., 1871) of the _Canadicæ Missionis_, in Jouvency's
  • _Hist. Soc. Jesu_, part v., commencing p. 321. In the Lenox Catalogue,
  • it is designated "O'Callaghan's Reprint, No. 4." This numbering of
  • O'Callaghan's reprints, is merely a device peculiar to the Lenox
  • Catalogue, for sake of easy reference, and has been followed by Winsor;
  • the reprints themselves bear no numbers.
  • The text of this document, however, we have compared with the original
  • folio edition of Jouvency's work, in the library of St. Francis Xavier
  • College, New York, and the pagination thereof is indicated instead of
  • that of the O'Callaghan Reprint. The list, "Missiones Societatis Jesu
  • in America Septentrionali Anno M. DCC. X.," which O'Callaghan reprints
  • as if a part of the original _Canadicæ Missionis_, is on pp. 961, 962
  • of the same volume of Jouvency in which the latter appears (part v.).
  • _Title-page._ The O'Callaghan Reprint is closely imitated.
  • _Collation of O'Callaghan Reprint._ Title, 1 p.; reverse of title,
  • with inscription: "Editio viginti quinque exemplaria. O'C.," 1 p.;
  • Biardi Eulogium ac Vita, pp. i-v.; blank, 1 p.; Tabula, 1 p.; blank,
  • 1 p.; text, pp. 5-33; colophon: "Albaniae Excvdebat Joel Munsellius
  • | Mense Aprilis Anno | CI[C=]. I[C=]CCC. LXXI.," 1 p.; half-title,
  • "Appendix," 1 p.; blank, 1 p.; "Missiones Societatis Iesu | in America
  • Septentrionali |Anno M.DCC.X.," 2 pp., the last of which is numbered 38.
  • VIII
  • We follow the style and make-up of O'Callaghan's Reprint (Albany,
  • 1871), which is numbered 5 in the Lenox Catalogue. The text and
  • pagination follow the original, in Jouvency's _Hist. Soc. Jesu_, part
  • v., commencing p. 344.
  • _Title-page._ The O'Callaghan Reprint is closely imitated.
  • _Collation of O'Callaghan Reprint._ Title, 1 p.; reverse of title,
  • with inscription: "Editio viginti quinque exemplaria. O'C.," 1 p.;
  • Tabula Rerum, 1 p.; blank, 1 p.; text, pp. 5-49; blank, 1 p.; Rerum
  • Insigniorum Indiculus, 4 pp.; colophon: "Albaniae Excvdebat Joel
  • Munsellius | Mense Qvintilis Anno | CI[C=]. I[C=]CCC. LXXI.," 1 p.
  • FOOTNOTES:
  • [XVII.] In order to save needless repetition of long titles,
  • bibliographical works, when once cited in full, will thereafter be
  • referred to by the usual cut-shorts: e.g., the John Carter Brown
  • Catalogue will be hereafter known in our Bibliographical Data as
  • "Brown Catalogue;" the list of Jesuitica in Winsor's _Narrative and
  • Critical History_ vol. iv., as "Winsor;" the Lenox _Catalogue of
  • Jesuit Relations_, as "Lenox Catalogue;" Harrisse's _Notes sur la
  • Nouvelle France_, as "Harrisse's _Notes_," or simply as "Harrisse;"
  • etc., etc. The student who is familiar, in a general way, with these
  • bibliographical sources,--and it is presumed that those are, for whom
  • this series of reprints is designed,--will not be confused by the
  • customary method of brief citation.
  • NOTES TO VOL. I
  • (_Figures in parentheses, following number of note, refer to pages of
  • English text._)
  • 1. (p. 55)--Marie de Médicis, queen regent, widow of Henry of Navarre;
  • appointed regent by the king, the day before his assassination, May 14,
  • 1610. She was accused of having been privy to his murder.
  • 2. (p. 55)--The reports of Champlain, and the maps and charts with
  • which, upon returning from his voyage of 1603, he entertained
  • Henry IV., so interested the latter that he vowed to encourage the
  • colonization of New France. To carry on this work he commissioned,
  • as his lieutenant-general in Acadia, Pierre du Gua, Sieur de Monts,
  • governor of Pons, a Huguenot resident at court, and, according to
  • Champlain, "a gentleman of great respectability, zeal, and honesty." De
  • Monts' commission is given at length in Baird's _Huguenot Emigration
  • to America_, vol. i., p. 341; his charter of "La Cadie" embraced the
  • country between the 40th and 46th degrees of latitude, and he held
  • therein a monopoly of the fur trade. J. G. Bourinot, in _Canadian
  • Monthly_, vol. vii., pp. 291, 292, says the name Acadia (also written
  • Acadie, and La Cadie) "comes from àk[^a]de, which is an affix used
  • by the Souriquois or MIC Macs ... to signify a place where there is
  • an abundance of some particular thing."--See, also, Laverdière's
  • _Oeuvres de Champlain_ (Quebec, 1870), p. 115. In 1604, De Monts
  • sailed from France with a colony composed of Catholics and Huguenots,
  • served by "a priest and a minister." Champlain and Poutrincourt were
  • with the expedition, and Pontgravé commanded one of the two ships.
  • The cancelling of his monopoly (1607), deprived De Monts of the means
  • to carry on his colonization schemes. The title to Port Royal he had
  • already ceded to Poutrincourt. The king renewed De Monts' monopoly
  • for one year, upon his undertaking to found a colony in the interior.
  • Thereupon De Monts sent Champlain to the St. Lawrence (1608), as
  • his lieutenant. Upon the death of Henry IV. (1610), De Monts, now
  • financially ruined, surrendered his commission, selling his proprietary
  • rights to the Jesuits.
  • "Jean de Biencourt, Baron de Poutrincourt, a gentleman of Picardy,
  • a brave chevalier, had carried arms against Henry IV. in the ranks
  • of the Catholics, during the wars of the League. Lescarbot tells how
  • 'The king, holding him besieged in his castle of Beaumont, wished
  • to give him the dukedom of this place in order to attach him to his
  • service.' Poutrincourt refused. But, when the king had abjured his
  • faith, he served this prince loyally and followed him to battle, where
  • he accumulated more honor than fortune. In 1603, he lived in retirement
  • with his wife, Jeanne de Salazar, and his children, in his barony of
  • Saint-Just, in Champagne, struggling painfully against the difficulties
  • of an embarrassed situation, and striving to improve the tillage and
  • crops of his little domain. It was here that De Monts, his former
  • companion in arms, found him. He knew his courage, his intelligence,
  • and his activity, and did not doubt that a voyage to Canada and an
  • agricultural colony in these distant lands, so fertile and primeval,
  • would appeal to his ardent soul. Poutrincourt, in fact, received with
  • enthusiasm the plan of his old friend; however, before binding himself
  • definitely, he wished to find out, on his own account, something
  • about the state of the country, and for this purpose to make a trial
  • voyage."--Rochemonteix's _Les Jésuites et la Nouvelle France_ (Paris,
  • 1896), vol. i., p. 11.
  • Pleased with Annapolis harbor, Poutrincourt decided to settle there
  • with his family, and De Monts gave him a grant of the place. In 1606,
  • Poutrincourt made a second voyage to Port Royal, exploring the coast
  • with Champlain and Lescarbot. After the abandonment of the colony
  • (1607), he went to France, returning to Acadia in 1610, inspired with
  • zeal to convert the savages, but without the aid of the Jesuits. See
  • Parkman's _Pioneers of France in the New World_ (ed. 1885, which will
  • hereafter be cited, unless otherwise noted), pp. 244-322; also Shea's
  • ed. of Charlevoix's _History of New France_, vol. i., p. 260. By the
  • destruction of Port Royal in 1613, he was the heaviest loser--the
  • total loss to the French, according to Charlevoix, being a hundred
  • thousand crowns. In 1614, Poutrincourt visited the ruins of Port Royal
  • for the last time, thence returning to France to engage in the service
  • of the king. He was fatally wounded by a treacherous shot after the
  • taking of Méry (1615). Baird (_Hug. Emig._, vol. i., p. 94), says:
  • "This nobleman, if nominally a Roman Catholic, appears to have been in
  • full sympathy with his Huguenot associates, De Monts and Lescarbot.
  • His hatred of the Jesuits was undisguised." Lescarbot's account of
  • Poutrincourt's dispute with them differs essentially from that given by
  • Biard, _post_.
  • 3. (p. 55)--Marc Lescarbot (or L'Escarbot), parliamentary advocate,
  • was born at Vervins, France, between 1570 and 1580. He was more given
  • to literature than to law, and appears to have been a man of judgment,
  • tact, and intelligence. He spent the winter of 1606-07 at Port Royal,
  • which Slafter (Prince Soc. ed. of _Voyages of Samuel Champlain_, vol.
  • ii., p. 22, _note_ 56) locates "on the north side of the bay [Annapolis
  • Basin] in the present town of Lower Granville; not, as often alleged,
  • at Annapolis." See Bourinot's "Some Old Forts by the Sea," in _Trans.
  • Royal Society of Canada_, sec. ii, pp. 72-74, for description of Port
  • Royal, which he places on the site of the present Annapolis. In the
  • spring of 1607, Lescarbot explored the coast between the harbor of St.
  • John, N. B., and the River St. Croix. On the abandonment of De Monts'
  • colony, the same year, he returned to France, where he wrote much
  • on Acadia and in praise of Poutrincourt. Larousse gives the date of
  • his death as 1630. Parkman's _Pioneers_, pp. 258 _et seq._, gives a
  • lively account of Lescarbot's winter at the colony. Abbé Faillon, in
  • _Histoire de la Colonie Française en Canada_ (Montreal, 1865), vol. i,
  • p. 91, says he has given us the best accounts extant (in the present
  • document, his _Histoire de la Nouvelle France_, 1609, and his _Les
  • Muses de la Nouvelle France_, 1618) of the enterprises of De Monts and
  • Poutrincourt; and that while a Catholic in name, he was a Huguenot at
  • heart.
  • 4. (p. 57)--_Clameur de Haro, Chartre Normand_, an expression used in
  • all the privileges or licenses granted by the king to booksellers.
  • The latter phrase refers to a deed containing numerous privileges or
  • concessions, accorded to the inhabitants of Normandy by Louis X., Mar.
  • 19, 1313, and repeatedly confirmed afterward. _Haro_ is supposed to be
  • derived from, _Ha Rou!_ or _Ha Rollo!_ Hence an appeal to Rollo, the
  • first Duke of Normandy.
  • 5. (p. 59)--The first attempt of the Huguenots to establish a colony in
  • America was at Rio Janeiro, under Villegagnon (1555). A reinforcement
  • was sent thither in 1557, and among its Calvinist preachers was Jean de
  • Léri, the historian of the disastrous undertaking. See his _Historia
  • Navigationis in Brasiliam_ (1586), quoted in Parkman's _Pioneers_, p.
  • 28.
  • 6. (p. 61)--The St. Lawrence; so named by Cartier (1535), but
  • frequently called "The Great River," "The River of the Great Bay,"
  • etc., by early annalists. In the account of his second voyage, Cartier
  • styles it _le grand fleuve de Hochelaga_. See Winsor's _Narrative and
  • Critical History of America_, vol. iv., p. 163; also his _Cartier to
  • Frontenac_, p. 28.
  • 7. (p. 61)--Concerning early European acquaintance with American
  • Indians:
  • "In the yeere 1153 ... it is written, that there came to Lubec, a
  • citie of Germanie, one Canoa with certaine Indians, like vnto a long
  • barge: which seemed to haue come from the coast of Baccalaos, which
  • standeth in the same latitude that Germanie doth." (Antoine Galvano,
  • in Goldsmid's ed. of _Hakluyt's Voyages_, vol. xvi., p. 293.)
  • Harrisse (_Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima_, no. 71) cites the
  • _Chronicon_ of Eusebius (Paris, 1512) as having, "under the date 1509,
  • a notice saying that there had been brought to Rouen seven Savages from
  • North America."
  • The Indians of Newfoundland, when first discovered by the French,
  • called codfish _bacalos_, which Lescarbot and other early French
  • writers say is identical with the Basque word for codfish. Many
  • evidences led Cartier, upon his first voyage (1534), to believe that
  • the natives had had previous intercourse with Europeans.
  • 8. (p. 61)--Probably André Thevet. A translation of his description of
  • the Isles of Demons (now known as Belle Isle and Quirpon), is given
  • in Parkman's _Pioneers_, p. 191. Thevet's _Cosmographie Universelle_
  • (Paris, 1558), and _Singularitez de la France antarctique_ (Paris,
  • 1558), must have been familiar to Lescarbot. De Costa gives a
  • translation of so much of the _Cosmographie_ as relates to New England,
  • in _Magazine of American History_, vol. viii., p. 130: "The production
  • of the mendacious monk, André Thevet." It seems clear that Thevet never
  • saw the American coast, that his imagination amplified the accounts of
  • navigators who had visited the region, particularly those of Cartier.
  • Priceless as are first editions of Thevet, he has a poor reputation for
  • veracity.
  • 9. (p. 61)--The Armouchiquois (or Almouchiquois of Champlain)
  • were, according to Parkman (_Jesuits of N. America_, p. xxi.), the
  • Algonkin tribes of New England,--Mohicans, Pequots, Massachusetts,
  • Narragansetts, and others,--"in a chronic state of war with the tribes
  • of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia." Williamson, in _History of the
  • State of Maine_ (Hallowell, 1832, vol. i., p. 477), says they were an
  • Etchemin tribe, the Marechites of the St. John River; but Champlain,
  • who had, like Biard, visited the Armouchiquois country, says that it
  • lies beyond Choüacoet (Saco), and that the language is different from
  • those of the Souriquois and Etchemins. Laverdière affirms that "the
  • French called Almouchiquois several peoples or tribes that the English
  • included under the term Massachusetts;" and he conjectures that these
  • two names are etymologically allied.--See his _Champlain_, pp. 200,
  • 205, 206.
  • 10. (p. 61)--Lescarbot here refers to his _Histoire de la Nouvelle
  • France_. The first edition (Paris, 1609) is a rare prize to
  • collectors,--a London catalogue of 1878 pricing it at £45. The edition
  • of 1612 is followed in the Tross reprint (Paris, 1866); that of 1618
  • contains Lescarbot's assault upon the Jesuits. The fourth and sixth
  • books, only, were "translated out of the French into English" by P.
  • Erondelle, 1609. A German version of a brief summary of the work
  • appeared in 1613.
  • 11. (p. 67)--The term Norembega, variously spelled, was applied
  • indifferently to the entire range of Acadian and New England coast;
  • but apparently the Penobscot is here meant. See Winsor's _N. and C.
  • Hist._, vol. iv., index; _Documentary History of State of Maine_, vol.
  • ii., pp. lii., liii.; Prince Society's ed. of _Champlain_, memoir and
  • index. The claim is made for Bangor, Me., that it is on the site of an
  • ancient town called Norumbega. Much information on this point is given
  • in _Maine Hist. Soc. Colls._, vols. ii., iv., v., vii., viii., and ix.
  • Sewall claims that the true form of Norumbegua is Arâmbec, and that it
  • was the name of a city of the savages, situated near the head-waters of
  • the Damariscotta, above Pemaquid.--_Ancient Dominions of Maine_, pp.
  • 30-46. Horsford, in _Discovery of the Ancient City of Norembega_ and
  • _Defences of Norembega_ (Boston, 1890 and 1891), claims, on slender
  • evidence, that Watertown, Mass., occupies the site of an old town of
  • that name founded by Norse vikings in 1000 A. D.
  • 12. (p. 67)--Bay of Fundy; first shown on map of Diego Homem (1558);
  • named by De Monts Grande Baye Française (shown on Lescarbot's chart of
  • Port Royal); appears as Argal's Bay, on Alexander's map (1624); Golfo
  • di S. Luize, on Dudley's (1647); Fundi Bay, on Moll's (1712); and Bay
  • of Fundy, or Argal, on that of the English and French Commissioners
  • (1755). Bourinot (_Canad. Mo._, vol. vii., p. 292) says that Fundy is
  • a corruption of _Fond de la Baie_, as the lower part of the bay was
  • called; he follows here Ferland's suggestion, in _Cours d'Histoire du
  • Canada_ (Quebec, 1861), vol. i., p. 65.
  • 13. (p. 67)--The son of Pontgravé, who, according to Parkman
  • (_Pioneers_, p. 290) had exasperated the Indians by an outrage on one
  • of their women, and had fled to the woods.
  • 14. (p. 69)--_Palourdes_ is Breton for a kind of shellfish.
  • 15. (p. 73)--The Souriquois, or Micmacs, of Nova Scotia. Champlain's
  • map of 1632 places them east of Port Royal.
  • 16. (p. 73)--Raphael Maffei, Maffeus Volaterranus, or Raffaello
  • Volterrano, savant and historian; born in Volterra 1451, died 1521 or
  • 1522. Harrisse (_Bib. Amer. Vet._, p. 88) gives a catalogue of his
  • works, and says, "The _Commentary_ of Maffei has a peculiar interest
  • from the fact that it preceded the publication of Peter Martyr's
  • _Decades_" (1511-46).
  • Laverdière (_Champlain_, p. 70, _note_) says that _sagamo_ is a
  • Montagnais word; and he cites Laflèche as deriving it from _tchi_ and
  • _okimau_, meaning "great chief."
  • 17. (p. 73)--Berosus (325-255 B. C., _circa_), a Chaldean priest,
  • astrologer, and historian. His best known work is the _Babylonica_,
  • a history of Babylonia; its remaining fragments have been reproduced
  • by several European writers, especially in Richter's _Berosi Chald.
  • Historiæ quae supersunt_ (Leipsic, 1825).
  • 18. (p. 75)--The Tolosains were a tribe of the Volcæ of Gaul. Another
  • tribe of the Volcæ were the Tectosages--so called from their _sagum_
  • (frock or cloak).
  • 19. (p. 75)--Membertou was chief of all the Micmac groups from Gaspé to
  • Cape Sable. Champlain writes, that he was "a friendly savage, although
  • he had the name of being the worst and most traitorous man of his
  • tribe." Lescarbot called him "the _chef d'oeuvre_ of Christian piety,"
  • and Biard had strong faith in him. He claimed to remember the first
  • visit of Cartier (1534).
  • 20. (p. 77)--Biard, six years later, complains bitterly of this
  • overhaste in baptizing, declaring that these savages, when he went
  • among them in 1611, did not know the first principles of the Faith, and
  • had even forgotten their Christian names.
  • 21. (p. 81)--In the original edition, pp. 25 and 26, apparently through
  • an error in make-up, are verbal repetitions of the two preceding pages.
  • This duplication has been omitted in the present edition.
  • 22. (p. 105)--Marked changes occurred in the population of the St.
  • Lawrence valley, between the visits of Cartier (1535) and Champlain
  • (1603). Morgan, in _League of the Iroquois_ (Rochester, 1851), p. 5,
  • maintains the correctness of a tradition that the aborigines whom
  • Cartier found at Hochelaga were Iroquois, and that they then were
  • subject to the Algonkins, whom Champlain found in possession of the
  • valley. Cf. Parkman's _Pioneers_, p. 208, and Schoolcraft's _Hist.
  • of Indian Tribes of the U. S._, vol. vi., pp. 33, 188. For further
  • treatment of the migrations of the Iroquois, see Introduction to Hale's
  • _Iroquois Book of Rites_ (Phila., 1883), and Faillon's _Col. Fr._, vol.
  • i., pp. 524, _et seq._
  • 23. (p. 107)--_Tabagie._ A feast described fully in one of the later
  • Relations.
  • 24. (p. 107)--This easy victory of the French and Algonkins over the
  • Iroquois (July 29, 1609), on the western shores of Lake Champlain, cost
  • New France dearly, as it secured for the struggling colony the deadly
  • enmity of the most warlike savages on the continent, for nearly a
  • century and a half. It was impossible for New France to make permanent
  • headway when sapped by such an enemy. Slafter's exhaustive notes to
  • _Champlain's Voyages_ (Prince Soc.), vol. i., p. 91, and vol. ii.,
  • p. 223, make it clear that the site of this momentous skirmish was
  • Ticonderoga.
  • 25. (p. 109)--Jessé Fléché, a secular priest from the diocese of
  • Langres, was invited by Poutrincourt to accompany the first colony to
  • Acadia. The papal nuncio gave him authority to absolve in all cases,
  • except those reserved to the pope.--Faillon's _Col. Fr._, vol. i., p.
  • 99. Poutrincourt evidently meant to Christianize Acadia without the aid
  • of the Jesuits. The wholesale baptism of savages by Fléché, before the
  • arrival of Biard and Massé, was, according to Faillon (_Ibid._, vol.
  • i., p. 100), condemned as a profanation by good Catholics, "tous les
  • théologiens, and notamment la Sorbonne."--Cf. also note 19, _ante_,
  • and Sagard's _Histoire du Canada_, p. 97. He had been at Port Royal
  • nearly a year before the arrival of the Jesuits. The name is variously
  • spelled: Fleche, Fléche, Flèche, Fléché, Flesche, Fleuchy, and Fleuche;
  • see Sulte's _Poutrincourt en Acadie_, p. 38. See Bourinot's picturesque
  • description of the baptismal scene, in _Can. Royal Soc. Trans._, sec.
  • ii, p. 73. Fléché was much esteemed by the Micmacs; his nickname, "Le
  • Patriarch," is still current among them corrupted into "Patliasse,"
  • as the name for a priest.--See Ferland's _Cours d'Histoire_ (Quebec,
  • 1861), vol. i, p. 80.
  • 26. (p. 127)--The four letters here given (Biard, Jan. 21, June 10, and
  • June 11, 1611; and Massé, June 11, 1611) are from Carayon's _Première
  • Mission des Jésuites au Canada: Lettres et Documents Inédits_ (Paris,
  • 1864). All of the documents in Carayon's collection will be published
  • in this series, in chronological order, with that Editor's valuable
  • footnotes.
  • Auguste Carayon, S. J., a leading authority upon the history of his
  • order in New France, was born in Saumur, France, 1813, and died in
  • Poitiers, 1874. His principal works were: _Bibliographie historique de
  • la Compagnie de Jésus; Catalogue des ouvrages relatifs à l'histoire
  • des Jésuites depuis leur origine jusqu'à nos jours_ (Paris, 1864);
  • _Documents inédits concernant la Compagnie de Jésus_ (Poitiers,
  • 1863-1875, 18 vols.); _Première Mission des Jésuites au Canada_ (Paris,
  • 1864); _Bannissement des Jésuites de la Louisiane_ (Paris, 1865);
  • _Établissement de la Compagnie de Jésus à Brest, par Louis XIV._
  • (1865); _Prisons du Marquis de Pombal, ministre du Portugal, journal
  • de 1759 à 1777_ (1865); _Notes historiques sur les parlements et les
  • Jésuites au dix-huitième siécle_ (1867). Carayon also edited numerous
  • important historical works, between 1864 and 1871.
  • 27. (p. 127)--Pierre Biard, S. J., writer of several of the early
  • Acadian _Relations_, was born at Grenoble, France, 1567, and died at
  • Avignon, November 17, 1622. In 1608, he was called from a chair of
  • scholastic theology and Hebrew, in Lyons, by Father Coton, the King's
  • confessor and preacher, to take charge of the Jesuit mission in Acadia.
  • His several accounts of the colony, with the part taken by himself in
  • notable episodes, do not always agree with the version of Lescarbot.
  • See Parkman's _Pioneers_, part ii., chaps, v.-viii.; also, R. P. Felix
  • Martin's _Life of R. P. Pierre Biard,_ S. J. (Montreal, 1890).
  • 28. (p. 127)--Claude Aquaviva, S. J., born 1544; elected general of the
  • Society of Jesus, 1581; died, 1615; a Neapolitan nobleman; chamberlain
  • of the Court of Rome; fifth general of the order, and ranked by some
  • historians as its ablest legislator and second founder. See Nicolini's
  • _History of the Jesuits_, pp. 210, 257.
  • 29. (p. 127)--Fathers Biard and Massé sailed January 26.
  • 30. (p. 129)--_Brother-coadjutor._ The six classes of the order
  • of Jesuits were: (1) novices, (2) lay-brothers, (3) scholars, (4)
  • coadjutors, (5) Jesuits of the Third Order, and (6) Jesuits of the
  • Fourth Order. See Thomas D'Arcy McGee's _Lecture on the Jesuits_.
  • 31. (p. 133)--Biencourt and Robin de Coulogne, not having means to
  • equip and provision the vessel which was to convey Biard and Massé
  • to Port Royal, made an arrangement with Dujardin and Duquesne, two
  • merchants of Dieppe, by which the latter undertook to furnish the
  • equipment and supplies in consideration of being admitted as partners
  • in Poutrincourt's fur-trading and cod-fishing enterprise. Concerning
  • this _Contract d'Association des Jésuites au Trafique du Canada_,
  • made January 20, 1611, see Parkman's _Pioneers_, p. 288, _note_. Cf.
  • also, Rochemonteix's _Jésuites_, vol. i., p. 32. These partners, being
  • Huguenots, objected to the shipment of the Jesuits, but finally sold
  • their interests for 2,800 livres to Madame de Guercheville, whose
  • part in this expedition is related in note 33, _post_. See Biard's
  • succeeding letter, for fuller details of this adventure.
  • 32. (p. 133)--_Formal order of the Queen._ October 7, 1610, the young
  • King, Louis XIII., wrote from Monceaux to Baron de Poutrincourt:
  • "Monsieur de Poutrincourt, as Father Pierre Biard and Father Ennemond
  • Massé, religious of the Society of Jesus, are being sent over to New
  • France to celebrate the divine services of the church and to preach the
  • Gospel to the people of that country, I wish to hereby recommend them
  • to you, that you may, upon all occasions, assist and protect them in
  • the exercise of their noble and holy calling, assuring you that I shall
  • consider it a great service."
  • The Queen Mother also wrote: "Monsieur de Poutrincourt, now that the
  • good Jesuit Fathers are about to try, under the authority of the King,
  • my son, to establish our faith over there, I hereby request you to
  • give them, for the success of this good work, all the courtesy and
  • assistance in your power, as a service very near our heart, and very
  • acceptable to us, praying God, Monsieur de Poutrincourt, to keep you
  • under his holy and watchful care."--David Asseline's _Antiquities and
  • Chronicles of the City of Dieppe_ (Dieppe, 1874; 2 vols.) The letters
  • are reproduced in Faillon's _Col. Fr._, vol. i., p. 102.
  • 33. (p. 135)--Antoinette de Pons, Marquise de Guercheville, patroness
  • of Jesuit missions in New France, was lady of honor to Marie de
  • Médicis, and accounted one of the most beautiful and zealously
  • religions women of her time. Taking up the defence of the Jesuits
  • against Poutrincourt, she not only bought the ship in which to
  • transport them to America, but the cargo and the royal patent of
  • De Monts, thus succeeding the latter as proprietor of all Acadia,
  • excepting Port Royal, which still remained in Poutrincourt's
  • possession. Concerning her rupture with De Monts, see Shea's
  • _Charlevoix_, vol. i., p. 274. She resolved to plant a strictly
  • Catholic colony at Pentagoet (site of Bangor, Me.), and sent out,
  • under La Saussaye, some fifty settlers and three Jesuit missionaries
  • (1613). Upon reaching Port Royal, they were joined by Biard and Massé,
  • and thence proceeded to the eastern side of Mount Desert Island. For
  • the location of their mission, St. Sauveur, see Parkman's _Pioneers_,
  • p. 304, _note_. The descent of the English under Argall (1613), was
  • the end of Madame de Guercheville's mission. See _N. Y. Colonial
  • Documents_, vol. iii., pp. 1, 2, concerning reparation allowed her
  • by the government of Great Britain for the loss of her vessel. Cf.
  • Faillon's _Col. Fr._, vol. i., pp. 110-117; and Baird's _Hug. Emig._,
  • vol. i., p. 103. Upon the queen regent's high regard for the Jesuits,
  • see _Col. Fr._, vol. i., pp. 101, 102.
  • 34. (p. 141)--Several of the old French coins were called écus. They
  • date from the period of Charles VII.,--_écus à la couronne_, or crowns
  • of gold, from the crown which formed the type of the reverse.--Prime's
  • _Coins, Medals, and Seals_, p. 150. The écu of Louis XIV. is first
  • given in Dye's _Coin Encyclopedia_, p. 621; value in United States
  • currency, $1.10S. The early écu was equal to three francs; later, to
  • about five.
  • 35. (p. 141)--_Viaticum._ In Père de Ravignan's _On the Existence and
  • Institutions of the Jesuits_ (Paris, 1862), p. 190, _note_ ii., mention
  • is made of a custom in connection with the viaticum of missionaries,
  • which was frequently observed at this time. The founders or benefactors
  • of missions, in order to obtain with greater certainty and abundance
  • the money which they intended for missionary work in distant lands,
  • charged the merchants, who acted as agents, to sell the merchandise
  • which they consigned to them, and to remit the price of it to the
  • missionaries for their support. Thus Madame de Guercheville furnished
  • considerable money to Biencourt to invest in the fish and fur trade,
  • which he was about to undertake, with the sole condition that, for
  • her share, he should support the missionaries. See Rochemonteix's
  • _Jésuites_, vol. i., pp. 35-36, _note_.
  • 36. (p. 141)--The Marchioness de Verneuil furnished their chapel,
  • Madame de Sourdis their vestments and linen, and Madame de Guercheville
  • provided other necessaries.--_Annuæ Litteræ S. J._, an. 1612, p. 570.
  • Madame de Verneuil founded a convent of Annunciades, and gave her
  • declining years to religion. She died at Paris, 1633, aged 54.
  • 37. (p. 143)--In his _Relation_ of 1616, chap, xi., Biard says: "Thomas
  • Robin de Coulogne enjoyed a modest fortune; he had often heard about
  • New France from the Dieppe merchants, and had wished to mingle in this
  • colonization movement. What Baron de Poutrincourt told him about the
  • attempts made at Port Royal pleased him greatly, and he promised to
  • assist him."
  • The names of Monsieur de Coullogne (Coulogne) and of Madame de
  • Sigogne (Sicoine) appear in Fléché's list of baptisms, _ante_. Other
  • contemporary spellings of Coulogne are: Cologne, Coloigne, and Coloine.
  • 38. (p. 147)--This is an interesting, and we believe a unique
  • statement of Biard, that the islands off the Gulf of St. Lawrence were
  • once called the "Azores of the Great Bank." The maps of many early
  • cartographers and navigators represent Newfoundland as a group of
  • islands, or a large island with a circlet of smaller ones, or "almost a
  • single island."--See Winsor's _N. and C. Hist._, vol. i., pp. 74, 77,
  • 79, 93, 379. As Newfoundland was the first land sighted by voyagers in
  • New France, and as their last sight of land had been the Azores, the
  • naming of the islands on the Great Bank the Azores is in keeping with
  • their custom in this regard.
  • 39. (p. 149)--Ennemond Massé, S. J., born at Lyons, 1574; died at
  • Sillery, Canada, 1646; admitted to the Society of Jesus at the age of
  • twenty, and assigned to a chair of theology in Lyons; in 1608, chosen
  • by Father Coton to accompany Biard to Acadia. He was again sent to
  • Canada in 1625, with Charles Lalemant, Jean de Brébeuf, and two lay
  • brothers. During the English occupation of Canada (1629-32), he was in
  • France, but returned with Brébeuf in 1633. Rochemonteix (_Jésuites_,
  • vol. i., p. 24). says of him: "Of an impetuous and violent nature, he
  • had all he could do to restrain it. But, by vigilance and perseverance,
  • he conquered it so well that he no longer seemed to have any strong
  • impulses or passions. Industrious, unwearying, of robust health, he
  • was prepared for the hardships of a distant mission by a life of
  • penitence and denial, frequently fasting, sleeping upon hard boards,
  • accustoming his taste to everything, and his body to extreme cold and
  • heat. Although innocent as a child, he led the life of a penitential
  • anchorite; in 1608, they made him an Associate to Father Coton, then
  • confessor and preacher to the king. But this austere apostle preferred
  • a life of privation and sacrifice to that of the court. He chose
  • Canada." Bressani's _Relatione_, to be given _post_, describes the
  • death of Massé, who was one of the most notable of the missionaries
  • of New France. A monument to his memory has been erected at Sillery.
  • There is a difference of usage in the matter of accenting his name:
  • Charlevoix, Winsor, and Parkman do not use the accent; but Champlain,
  • Biard, and Cretineau-Joly do, and Faillon (_Col. Fr._, vol. i., p. 101)
  • gives authorities for this usage, which we have preferred to adopt.
  • 40. (p. 151)--Bourinot (_Canad. Mo._, vol. vii., p. 292) says _Canso_
  • is a Souriquois word meaning "facing the frowning cliff;" also, that
  • "the strait was long called after the Sieur de Fronsac, one of the
  • early gentlemen adventurers who held large estates in Acadia." It is
  • shown as _detroit de Fronsac_ on Chabert's map (1750); it is Camceau on
  • Champlain's map of 1632; it sometimes appears as Campceau on old French
  • documents; and is spelled both Canceaux and Canso in the official
  • correspondence between France and England in the eighteenth century. In
  • 1779, the fisheries of Canso were worth £50,000 a year to England. See
  • Murdoch's _History of Nova Scotia_ (Halifax, 1865-67), vol. ii, p. 597.
  • 41. (p. 151)--Lescarbot states that they arrived at night, three hours
  • after sunset.--_Relation dernière_ (Bans, 1612), to be given _post_.
  • 42. (p. 153)--Cap de la Hève, now known as Cape La Have, is the
  • southern point of La Have Island, off New Dublin Bay, one of many
  • indentations of the coast of the township of New Dublin, Lunenburg
  • County, Nova Scotia. The cape is a picturesque cliff or bluff rising
  • 107 feet above tide level, and visible a long distance out to sea.
  • When De Monts and Champlain left Havre de Grâce, France, in March,
  • 1604, Cap de la Hève, in the suburb of St. Adresse, must have been the
  • last land seen by them; as this cliff off New Dublin was probably the
  • first sighted by them in La Cadie, it was natural that they should
  • name it after the famous French landmark. There are evidences on La
  • Have Island of an early French settlement, of which there appear to be
  • no records; although it is known that Saussaye planted a cross there,
  • May 16, 1613. De Laet, in describing Cadie (1633) says: "Near Cap de
  • la Hève lies a port of the same name, 44° 5' north latitude, with safe
  • anchorage."--See Des Brisay's _Hist. of Co. of Lunenburg, N. S._ (2d
  • ed., Toronto, 1895), pp. 166 _et seq._ The Editor is also indebted to
  • F. Blake Crofton, secretary of the Nova Scotia Historical Society, for
  • information under this head.
  • 43. (p. 163)--People from St. Malo, France. Spelled also by Biard,
  • _post_, Malouines.
  • 44. (p. 169)--Robert, the son of Pontgravé, who had escaped from
  • custody, and had been in hiding in the forest. See Parkman's
  • _Pioneers_, pp. 265, 290; also, Lescarbot's reference to him, _ante_.
  • 45. (p. 181)--Referring to Queen Blanche of Castile (1187-1252), regent
  • after the death of her husband, Louis VIII., during the absence of her
  • son, Louis IX. (Saint Louis), in the Holy Land.
  • 46. (p. 197)--Joseph Jouvency (also written Juvency, Jouvenci, and
  • Jouvancy), Jesuit historian, an eminent litterateur of his time. Born
  • in Paris, September 14, 1643; died at Rome, May 29, 1719. In 1659,
  • he was admitted to the Society of Jesus, for many years filling the
  • position of professor of rhetoric at La Flèche, and devoting much time
  • to historical and classical research. After taking his vows in 1677,
  • he was sent to Rome, as one of the staff of writers upon _Historia
  • Societatis Jesu_.
  • 47. (p. 197)--Count Ernest von Mansfeld, soldier of fortune,
  • conspicuous in the Thirty Years War. Born, 1585; died, 1626, soon after
  • his defeat by Wallenstein at the bridge of Dessau. His great army of
  • mercenaries was, according to Motley (_John of Barneveld,_ vol. ii.,
  • p. 32), "the earliest type, perhaps, of the horrible military vermin
  • destined to feed so many years on the unfortunate dismembered carcass
  • of Germany." Cf. Kohlrausch's _History of Germany_ (Haas trans.), pp.
  • 320, 326. Concerning the campaign of Louis XIII., against the Huguenots
  • (1622), and Count von Mansfeld's part therein, see Kitchin's _History
  • of France_, pp. 497, 498.
  • 48. (p. 199)--Philip Alegambe, a Jesuit scholar (Flemish). Died in
  • 1652, while superior of the house of his order at Rome. He was the
  • leading writer upon _Bibliotheca Scriptorum Societatis Jesu_ (1643).
  • 49. (p. 219)--_Seven Islands._ A group at the mouth of the St. Lawrence
  • River, near the northerly shore of the gulf.
  • 50. (p. 219)--Chicoutimi River, rising in numerous small lakes near
  • Lake St. John, pursues a picturesque course, frequently interrupted by
  • rapids, eastward and northeastward into the Saguenay. At the junction,
  • seventy-five miles above the mouth of the latter, is now the important
  • lumber-shipping port of Chicoutimi, at whose wharves ocean-going
  • vessels are laden. The old missionary district of that name included
  • the rugged country lying south and southwest of Lake St. John.
  • 51. (p. 221)--The French Jesuits definitely abandoned the Iroquois
  • field in 1687, owing to the rising power of the English. In 1701,
  • Bruyas was again on the ground, being joined the year following by
  • De Lamberville, Garnier, and Le Valliant, and later by D'Hue and De
  • Marieul. The entire party was driven out in 1708, and many of their
  • Iroquois converts retired with them to the mission of Caughnawaga, near
  • Montreal.
  • 52. (p. 221)--The Iroquois Mission of St. Francis Xavier was founded in
  • 1669 by Iroquois Christians,--emigrants from the "castles" of the Five
  • Nations. The mission was finally removed to Sault St. Louis, on the St.
  • Lawrence, and called Caughnawaga, from the Indian village of that name
  • on the Mohawk, where had also been a Jesuit mission.
  • 53. (p. 221)--Lake Michigan. Called Lac des Puants on Champlain's map
  • of 1632, in reference to the Winnebago tribe (Puants) on Green Bay; in
  • several of the _Relations_, and on Marquette's map (1674), it is styled
  • Lac des Illinois, from the Illinois Indians upon its southern coast;
  • Allouez calls it (1675) Lac St. Joseph, because of Fort and River St.
  • Josephs on the southeast coast; Coronelli's map (1688) honors the
  • Dauphin by calling the lake after him; Hennepin comes the nearest to
  • modern usage, in his name, Michigonong.
  • 54. (p. 221)--Lake Huron, which has figured under many titles, in the
  • old maps and chronicles. This name has reference to the Indian family
  • upon its eastern shores. Champlain first named it La Mer Douce, ("The
  • Fresh Sea"), and later Lac des Attigouantan, after the chief tribe of
  • the Hurons; Sanson's map (1657) names it Karegnondi; Coronelli's map
  • (1688) christens it Lac d'Orleans; Colden in one place gives it as
  • Quatoghe, and in another as Caniatare. Lac des Hurons first appears in
  • the map accompanying the _Relation_ for 1670-71.
  • 55. (p. 221)--The mission of St. Ignace was founded by Marquette, in
  • 1670, on Point St. Ignace, on the mainland north of and opposite the
  • Island of Michillimackinac (now shortened to Mackinaw or Mackinac, as
  • fancy dictates). The term Michillimackinac, variously spelled, was
  • applied by the earliest French not only to the island and straits of
  • that name, but in general to the great peninsula lying north of the
  • straits.
  • 56. (p. 221)--The mission of Sault Ste. Marie, at the outlet of Lake
  • Superior, was founded by Raimbault and Jogues in 1640. The place was
  • always an important rallying-point for the natives, and naturally
  • became the center of a wide-spreading fur trade, which lasted, under
  • French, English, and American dominations in turn, until about 1840.
  • 57. (p. 221)--The Western mission of St. Francis Xavier was founded by
  • Allouez in 1669, at the first rapids in the Fox River (of Green Bay),
  • on the east side of the river, in what is now the city of Depere, Wis.
  • An important Indian village had from the earliest historic times been
  • located there.
  • 58. (p. 223)--Outaouaki = Ottawas; Puteatamis = Pottawattomies;
  • Kikarous = Kickapoos; Outagamies = Foxes; Oumiamis = Miamis.
  • 59. (p. 223)--Bayagoulas, one of the Louisiana missions, of which
  • Father Paul du Ru, S. J., was in charge in 1700. Shea's _Catholic
  • Missions_, p. 443.
  • 60. (p. 227)--An anonymous writer in _The Catholic World_, (vol. xii.,
  • p. 629) makes the statement that Quentin and Du Thet were sent out to
  • replace Biard and Massé "if they had perished; otherwise to return to
  • France." Contemporary writers, however, speak of their coming as a
  • reinforcement.
  • 61. (p. 227)--On what came to be known as Frenchman's Bay, on the east
  • side of the island of Mount Desert. Parkman says (_Pioneers_, ed. 1865,
  • p. 276, _note_): "Probably all of Frenchman's Bay was included under
  • the name of the Harbor of St. Sauveur. The landing-place so called
  • seems to have been near the entrance of the bay, certainly south of Bar
  • Harbor. The Indian name of the Island of Mount Desert was Penetic. Its
  • present name was given by Champlain."
  • 62. (p. 227)--The "Jonas," conspicuous in the annals of Acadia from the
  • time in which Poutrincourt and Lescarbot sailed in her for Port Royal,
  • in 1606, to her capture by Argall in 1613. Parkman aptly calls her "the
  • 'Mayflower' of the Jesuits."
  • 63. (p. 229)--Samuel Argall, born in Bristol, England, 1572; died,
  • 1639. See Cooke's _Virginia_ (Amer. Commonwealths ser.), pp. 111-113,
  • for a fair estimate of this tempestuous character. Folsom's "Expedition
  • of Captain Samuel Argal," to _N. Y. Hist. Colls._ (new ser.); vol. i.,
  • pp. 333-342, goes over that ground quite completely.
  • 64. (p. 231)--Sir Thomas Dale, the predecessor of Argall as governor
  • of Virginia; he was in the service of the Low Countries, 1588-95, and
  • 1606-10; in 1611, he entered the service of the Virginia Company, where
  • he remained five years as governor of the colony; and in 1619 he died
  • at Masulipatam, while in command of an expedition to the East Indies.
  • 65. (p. 233)--The charge was freely made at the time, that Biard and
  • Massé, incensed at Biencourt, who had been unkind to them, piloted
  • Argall to Port Royal. Poutrincourt and Lescarbot, disliking the
  • Jesuits, naturally believed it, and the former addressed the French
  • admiralty court on the subject, under the date of July 18, 1614.--See
  • Lescarbot's _Nouv. France_, book v., chap. 14. Champlain discredited
  • the charge, saying that Argall compelled an Indian to serve as
  • pilot. Cf. Parkman's _Pioneers_, pp. 313 _et seq._, and Biard's
  • own statements, _post_ (Letter to T.-R. Général, May 6, 1614; and
  • _Relation_ of 1616).
  • 66. (p. 233)--Argall's lieutenant, in command of the captured "Jonas."
  • According to Parkman (_Pioneers_, p. 318), he was "an officer of merit,
  • a scholar, and linguist," treating his prisoners with kindness.
  • 67. (p. 251)--Reference is here made to Lake Champlain, the Mer des
  • Iroquois and Lacus Irocoisiensis of the early French cartographers.
  • Richelieu River was at first styled Rivière des Iroquois. In a letter
  • of John Winthrop to Lord Arlington, dated Boston, Oct. 25, 1666, Lake
  • Champlain is referred to as Lake Hiracoies.--_N. Y. Colon. Docs._,
  • iii., p. 138. See also, Palmer's _History of Lake Champlain_ (Albany,
  • 1866), pp. 12, 13; and Blaeu's maps of 1662 and 1685, in Winsor's _N.
  • and C. Hist._, vol. iv., p. 391.
  • 68. (p. 253)--The gar-pike (_Lepidosteus osseus_). A picture of this
  • "armored fish" is given in Creuxius's _Historia Canadensis_ (Paris,
  • 1664), p. 50.
  • 69. (p. 253)--Jouvency plainly refers to what is still known as Bird
  • Island, of Bird Rocks, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, N. W. of Cabot
  • Strait. Authorities disagree in locating the Bird Island of Cartier's
  • first voyage. See _Hakluyt's Voyages_ (Goldsmid ed.), vol. xiii.,
  • pt. i, p. 78; Shea's _Charlevoix_, vol. i., p. 112, _note;_ both
  • indicating that what is now called Funk Island, off the eastern coast
  • of Newfoundland, was the Bird Island of Cartier. Kingsford, in _History
  • of Canada_ (Toronto, 1887), vol. i., p. 3, identifies it, however, with
  • the present Bird Island of the Gulf. Champlain's map of 1613 has a Bird
  • Island near the mouth of the Bay of Fundy. Anspach, in _History of
  • Newfoundland_ (London, 1819), p. 317, says: "Fogo Island [N. W. of Cape
  • Freels] is described in the old maps by the name of Aves, or Birds'
  • Island."
  • 70. (p. 269)--The Montagnais, a wretched tribe of nomads, were, at this
  • time, chiefly centered upon the banks of the Saguenay River.
  • 71. (p. 281)--_Venus mercenaria_, the round clam, or quahaug.
  • [Illustration: MAP OF NEW FRANCE (PARTS OF UNITED STATES AND CANADA)
  • 1610-1791.
  • To Illustrate THE JESUIT RELATIONS AND ALLIED DOCUMENTS.
  • THE BURROWS BROTHERS COMPANY, PUBLISHERS.]
  • Transcriber's Note.
  • Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
  • inconsistencies have been silently repaired.
  • Corrections.
  • The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.
  • p. 49:
  • except the last sentence on p. 24; p. 49 numbered "[-4-6]."
  • except the last sentence on p. 24; p. 46 numbered "[-4-6]."
  • p. 110:
  • 8. La 5. fille dudit Louïs a eu nom IEHANNE ainsi nõmée par ledit sieur
  • de Poutrincourt au nõ d'une de ses filles. [-46-]
  • 8. La 5. fille dudit Louïs a eu nom IEHANNE ainsi nõmée par ledit sieur
  • de Poutrincourt au nõ d'une de ses filles. [46]
  • p. 153:
  • while Monsieur de Potrincour soon arrived at Port Royal,
  • while Monsieur de Potrincourt soon arrived at Port Royal,
  • p. 196:
  • charitas, an patienta.
  • charitas, an patientia.
  • p. 198:
  • Deumque nesciens Hærisis
  • Deumque nesciens Hæresis
  • p. 200:
  • cùm Auenionem diuertissit
  • cùm Auenionem diuertisset
  • p. 224:
  • nisi anno seculi superioris quinto & vigemo
  • nisi anno seculi superioris quinto & vigesimo
  • p. 276:
  • præterea in veniret
  • præterea inveniret
  • p. 288:
  • Hæc ratio ineptissimat antam vim apud barbaras mentes habebat
  • Hæc ratio ineptissima tantam vim apud barbaras mentes habebat
  • p. 311:
  • Pierre Biard, S. J., writer of several of the early Acadian
  • _Relations_, was born at Grenoble, France, 1657
  • Pierre Biard, S. J., writer of several of the early Acadian
  • _Relations_, was born at Grenoble, France, 1567
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied
  • Documents, Vol. I: Acadia, 1610-1613, by Various
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS, VOL I ***
  • ***** This file should be named 44669-8.txt or 44669-8.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/6/6/44669/
  • Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
  • file was produced from images generously made available
  • by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions
  • (www.canadiana.org))
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org/license.
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
  • North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
  • contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
  • Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.